Our hangers and supports can be found all over the world!

Similar documents
Pipe Hangers and Supports

Fig Fig. 290L: Left-Hand Thread. rod attachments. Extension piece

Pipe Hangers. 47 B-Line series Pipe Hangers & Supports

Pipe Hangers. Pipe Hangers. Pipe Hangers & Supports

ORDERING: Specify size, figure number, description, nominal pipe size or special O.D. and C-to-C dimension. C - C LOAD lb.

PIPE SUPPORT HARDWARE

Band Hanger PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS 1 0F 2. Product Features. Certifications

229 B-Line series Pipe Hangers & Supports

HANGERS, STRUT, AND FITTINGS SUBMITTAL

Pipe hanger solutions

ENGINEERED HANGERS PRODUCT LINE ANVIL MARKETS DESIGN SERVICES

SECTION PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

Ground Wire Size. 1/2 in /4 in. 2 in /2 in. 3-1/2 in TB. 4 in. 5 in. #4 4/0 AWG 3906-TB

SURGE RESTRAINT FIG. 055

PHD Manufacturing, Inc.

TG/RB/2M/Web Rev.12/1/16. Pipe Hangers & Devices

q Quadruple Spring: Standard Type: q A, q B, q C, q D, q E, q F, q G q Quadruple Spring-CR: Corrosion Resistant SPRING HANGERS

Model R. q Fig. 81-H: Standard Type: q A, q B, q C, q D, q E, q F. q Fig. C-81-H: Corrosion Resistant CONSTANT SUPPORTS.

INDUSTRIAL PIPE SUPPORTS CATALOGUE

Product Specifications PIPE SUPPORT PRODUCTS. For the most up to date information visit our website:

Product Specifications PIPE SUPPORT PRODUCTS

High Performance Butterfly Valves 2 Way Way 2-20 Bray MK Series High Performance Butterfly Valves ANSI Class 150 and 300

CCTF LOOKING BACK AND BEYOND

STANDARD PIPE CLAMP FIG. 520 & 521

Channel Cable Tray - Accessories & Fittings

Industrial Lifting Equipment

Pipe Fittings & Steel Nipples

Care, Use & Inspection Herc-Alloy 800 Chain...35 Herc-Alloy 800 Slings Herc-Alloy 800 Components Master Link...

Introduction. We stay ahead of today s evolving market requirements by committing to a program of continued research and development.

Pipe Fittings & Steel Nipples

Beam Clamps. Materials & Finishes (Unless otherwise

Section 5 Fiber Optics: FIBERLIGN Hardware for OPGW

A Zy-Tech Global Industries Product

General Applications. Axle Types D20 LEAF SPRING LBS. CAPACITY Lbs. Capacity

General Applications. Axle Types D20 LEAF SPRING LBS. CAPACITY Lbs. Capacity

Presentation, Application Severe Duty Limit Switches Mill and Foundry Switches Conforming to NEMA A600 and UL508

Pipe/Conduit Clamps & Hangers

10. Universal Clips. 254 Product overview 2013 We reserve the right to change designs and technical specifications of our products.

Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections

MILLCENTRIC B ALANCING PLUG VALVE

Index ADDITIONAL ANCILLARY ITEMS 342 OFFSET PIPE CLAMP 115A SLING ROD CAGE PIPE ROLLER 362 ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT ROLLER CHAIR

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories

General Applications. Axle Types. d72 leaf spring lbs. capacity Lbs. Capacity 12V

argco.com

P Series Puller 1000 and 2000 lb Capacity

General Applications. Axle Types. d20 leaf spring lbs. capacity Lbs. Capacity

Heating Cable. Ordering Information SRL-C SRL-CR, CT SRP-C, SRP-CT CWM-C CWM-CT SRL-MC SRL-MCR, MCT SRM/E-C SRM/E-CT SRL-C SRL-CR, CT SRP-C, SRP-CT

Series 1 Steel - Straight Sections

General Cable Support Information

Pipe Support Systems & Components. EDITION 3.

Pipe Supports PS 1. PO Box Highbrook Auckland

SECTION COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION. A. Pipe, fittings, valves, and connections for sprinkler systems.

Pipe Hangers, Strut & Accessories

Medium Duty Hydraulic Cylinders Series 3L

Zurn Wilkins Fire Protection Series. Backflow Preventers, Pressure Regulating Valves, and Water Control Products for Fire Sprinkler Applications

Ford Service Saddles and Tapping Sleeves

The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc., 103 Fairview Park Drive, Elmsford, New York Bulletin 617 Rev. C

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Aluminum - Accessories

Products Recommended for Steam Service

B U I L D I N G C O N N E C T I O N S T H AT L A S T

CONTENTS Bushings and Hubs

Dimensional Data Clevis / Brackets / Pins / rod Eyes

P R O D U C T C A T A L O G

DIST. AUTORIZADO. Design Features

Cable & Wire Management

GP 300 Grooved Butterfly Valve

SECTION SWING CHECK VALVES

Diameters 10 Length w/ Coupling 5 Length w/ Coupling Trade Size Metric Size OD ID Wt./Ft. Type 304 Type 316 Type 304 Type 316

Steel Conduits Conduit Fittings Flexible Conduits

Features EN/IEC Applications

SECTION GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC. A. Section includes valves for building services piping.

Industrial Lifting Equipment

FREE STANDING WORK STATION JIB CRANE

TABLE OF CONTENTS. Pipe Diameter Chart (Reference Only)..50 Extensions 38,40,42,44

WaterPumps QH QV QVK

PIPE/CONDUIT CLAMPS, SUPPORTS AND HANGERS FOR 1 5 8" (41 MM) WIDTH SERIES CHANNEL

Manufacturing Facilities. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc. is proud to be a member or affiliated with the following associations;

American made. American strong. The mark of a true craftsman. A strong history. Mission. . Republic Steel acquires facility from Elyria Iron and Steel

Fleet-Lift System Components

Single, Two & Three-piece Ball Valves. ASME Class 150, 300 & mm mm (¼"- 8")

Series 1 Steel - Accessories

ISO Standard Hydraulic Cylinder

Saf-T Vent EZ Seal. Technical and Dimensional Data. Single Wall AL 29-4C Stainless Steel Special Gas Vent

Utilities Catalog. PC-U2008, February, 2008

Series 2, 3, 4, & 5 Steel - Accessories

APCO CVS-6000/6000A SWING CHECK VALVES

Superstrut. Metal Framing. Threaded Products and Hardware. Channel Nuts. Design Data. Screw Threads. Finish and special materials

Victory A-Series Actuators PRODUCT CATALOG V55A V43A FG1 V32A FG2 V26A

CABLE TRAY SURFACE RACEWAY J-HOOKS IN-FLOOR SYSTEMS POWER POLES DESK PEDESTALS CHANNEL TRAY

Type 12 / 13 Enclosures

Webb Chain Conveyors. Technical Selection Guide for Conveyor Components. Power Only Overhead and Inverted Conveyors. Hand Pushed Trolleys

CLEVIS HANGER 401. Standard Duty B A

Pages 2-3 Standard Straight Shank Holder. Pages 8-11 Speed & Feed Chart and Coolant Recommendations

BELT DRIVE SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART CAUSES CORRECTIVE ACTION ENGINE RUNS BUT PADDLES DO NOT TURN

Valves & Flow Control Components Valves & Flow Control Components

Fittings and Tubing. Low Pressure. Fittings and Tubing - Low Pressure. Low Pressure Fittings and Tubing Features: Pressures to 15,000 psi (1034 bar)

A. This Section includes piping and related specialties for general-service compressed-air systems operating at 150 psig or less.

Type 4 Panel Enclosures

Model ZW204 Non-Modulating Float Valve

besseges Handrail Catalogue VALVES TUBES FITTINGS

Transcription:

HISTORY Our roots can be traced to the mid-800 s and to the founding father of our company, rederick J. Grinnell - a time when blacksmiths used their hands to form steel into usable hanger products. Today our state-of-the-art equipment cuts, forms, mills, welds and tests our hanger and support products with just as much pride in quality, but with far greater precision. We re known for the quality of our products, quality that our customers demand and on which they continue to rely to this present day. Our long, successful history has proven our products and validated our latest advances in pipe hanger and support technology. Since pril of 2000, nvil has been our new name, but our record of design excellence, quality products, selection and customer support afford us our position as the world leader in pipe hangers and supports. Our hangers and supports can be found all over the world! WHY HOOS NVIL? nvil Pipe Hangers and Supports are the result of many years of engineering and testing. We continue to upgrade our hanger and support designs and manufacturing to take advantage of the latest technologies Our designs provide the most accurate supporting loads for your pipe throughout the full range of its movement, along with the simplest load adjustment of any manufacturer in the industry today. It is not uncommon for our staff to provide technical assistance for nvil products that have been in service for 0 years. ommitment The employees of nvil are committed to produce and service a package of quality Hanger products unmatched by any other single manufacturer. Our commitment extends to the full requirements of the ISO ustomer Satisfaction Standard and is constantly monitored to assure we achieve our goals. Our U.S. made Pipe Hangers and Supports can be found the world over in applications ranging from power plants to refining to manufacturing to on-board ships. Simply, nvil is the most experienced manufacturer of Pipe Hanger and Supports in merica. or service, capability and quality, nvil should be your first choice for all of your Pipe Support requirements.

NGINR HNGRS PROUT LIN MNUTURING XLLN nvil Pipe Hangers and Supports are manufactured in three primary U.S. locations: North Kingstown, Rhode Island; Henderson, Tennessee and olumbia, Pennsylvania, each with its own unique capabilities. t 22,000 square feet, our Pipe Support design and fabrication facility in North Kingstown, Rhode Island is the industry leader in the ngineered Hanger Market for experience and in house manufacturing capability. Our equipment can accommodate any project since we have the capability to machine, saw and flame cut up to " thick carbon and alloy steel and plasma cut stainless steel. We thread rod through 4" in diameter and we hot form small to large diameter clamps. Our facility also has complete in house blasting and painting capability and we perform complete in house Non-estructive xamination including X-Ray, PT, UT and Magnetic Particle testing. This expertise is supported by our total quality programs including our SM NPT and "NS" Nuclear ertificates of uthorization, ISO 900 certification and audited by NUPI. Our manufacturing facility in Henderson, Tennessee has over,000 square feet of manufacturing capability dedicated to producing a complete line of commercial, light industrial and industrial Pipe Hangers and Supports. These include clamps, braces, inserts, rods and attachments, slides and guides to exacting industry standards and certified to ISO 9000 quality. The products manufactured in Henderson are designed for use in a wide variety of rigid Pipe Hanger or Support applications, in markets including fire protection, electrical, water and waste water treatment, petrochemical, seismic, industrial and commercial. Special fabrication is available from our Henderson facility as well. t our olumbia, Pennsylvania oundry, where we manufacture malleable fittings, cast iron fittings and our Gruvlok products, we also manufacture our malleable and ductile iron Hanger Products such as beam clamps, numerous types of pipe clamps, concrete inserts, ceiling flanges and different types of rod attachments. With over 600,000 square feet of manufacturing floor space under roof, our foundry has an annual pouring capacity of 00,000 tons. olumbia is ISO 9000 certified and is a quality manufacturer of malleable, ductile and cast iron products. In addition to these three facilities nvil also has Hanger fabrication facilities in Houston, Texas to service the Gulf oast ngineered Hanger requirements. ustomer Service With five key stocking locations throughout North merica, you can count on getting all of the product you need - when you need it. When you have installation questions our solid customer service personnel are there to answer all of you questions, backed by our designers or engineers we are there for you - on site if needed. Variable Springs onstant Supports Hydraulic Snubbers Vibration Sway races Sway Struts Limit Stops We also provide: Special abrication/ Miscellaneous Structural Steel abrication Special esign Products Per ustomer Specifications omestic Manufactured Product Line NVIL MRKTS Nuclear Power ossil Power o-generation Petro hemical Refinery Pulp & Paper Marine Waste Water, Water Treatment Industrial Mechanical HV/ Plumbing ire Protection WW SIGN SRVIS ither on or off-site, nvil esign Services helps you maximize the efficiency of your pipe support systems. These services include: Pipe Hanger esign & ngineering Manual & omputer- ided rafting System nalysis Pipe Stress nalysis Product Qualification Testing (environmental static and cycling loads, flow and leak) Supervision of lient esign Personnel

TL O ONTNTS opper Tubing Hangers through Straps opper Tubing Hangers ig. T-69............................................... 4 ig. T-6............................................... ig. T-99 & ig. T-99................................... 6 ig. T-09.............................................. ig. T-8R............................................ ig. T-2 & ig. T-2................................. 8 ig. T-28R............................................ 9 ig. T-2.......................................... 20-2 Pipe Rings ig. 08................................................ 22 ig. 8R................................................ 2 ig. 04................................................ 24 ig. 9 & ig. 9......................................... 2 ig. 69................................................. 26 levis ig. 6................................................. 2 ig. 6................................................. 28 ig. 260................................................ 29 ig. 00................................................ 0 ig. 90................................................ Steel Pipe lamps ig. 26................................................ 2 ig. 40................................................. ig. 0................................................ 4 ig. 00................................................ ig. 22................................................ 6 ig. 22P............................................... ig. 26................................................ 8 ig. 29................................................ 9 ig. 29................................................ 40 ig. 29H................................................ 4 ig. 224................................................ 42 ig. 246................................................ 4 Socket lamps ig. 9 & ig. 94........................................ 44 ig. 600 & ig. 99........................................ 4 eam lamps ig. 86, ig. 8 & ig. 88................................... 46 ig. 9................................................. 4 ig. 89................................................. 48 ig. 89X................................................. 48 ig. 92................................................. 49 ig. 9................................................. 0 ig. 94................................................. ig. 22................................................ 2 ig. 2................................................ ig. 4................................................. ig................................................. 4 ig. 4................................................ 4 ig. 28................................................ ig. 228................................................ 6 ig. 292 & ig. 292 L...................................... Structural ttachments ig. & ig. L......................................... 8 ig. 4................................................. 9 ig. 66................................................. 60 ig. 60................................................. 6 ig. 2................................................ 62 ig................................................. 62 rackets ig. 202................................................ 6 ig. 206................................................ 64 ig. 20................................................ 64 ig. 94................................................ 6 ig. 9................................................ 66 ig. 99................................................ 6 eiling Plates & eiling langes ig. 9................................................ 68 ig. 2................................................ 68 ig. 28 & ig. 28R...................................... 69 ig................................................. 0 oncrete Inserts & ttachments ig. 2................................................ ig. 282................................................ 2 ig. 28................................................ ig. 28................................................ 4 ig. 286................................................ ig. 284................................................ 6 ig. 4................................................. ig. 49................................................. 8 ig. 2................................................. 9 Hanger Rods ig. 42................................................ 80 ig. 46................................................ 80 ig. 40................................................ 8 ig. 2................................................ 8 ig. 248 & ig. 248L...................................... 8 ig. 28 & ig. 28L....................................... 82 ig. 248X............................................... 82 ig. 28X............................................... 82 ig. 48................................................ 8 Rod ttachments ig., ig. & ig. R.............................. 84 ig. 6 & ig. 6R...................................... 84 ig. 4................................................ 8 ig. 0R............................................... 8 ig................................................. 86 ig. 299................................................ 8 ig. 2................................................ 88 ig. 20................................................ 88 ig. 290 & ig. 290L....................................... 89 olts, Nuts,Pins & U-olts ig. 29................................................ 90 Machine olts............................................ 9 Hexagon Nuts............................................ 9 ig., ig. S & ig............................... 92 ig. 20................................................ 9 Straps ig. 26................................................ 9 ig. 262................................................ 94 ig. 24................................................ 9 ig. 244................................................ 9 PH 4

TL O ONTNTS Pipe Supports through Technical ata Pipe Supports ig. 62................................................. 96 ig. 6................................................. 9 ig. 92................................................ 98 ig. 9................................................ 98 ig. 28................................................ 99 ig. 264............................................... 00 ig. 26............................................... 0 ig. 29............................................... 02 Trapeze ig. 46................................................ 0 ig. 4................................................ 04 ig. 0................................................ 0 Pipe Shields & Saddles ig. 6............................................... 06 ig. 68............................................... 0 ig. 60 to ig. 66.................................08 - Pipe Rolls ig................................................ 2 ig................................................ ig. 8............................................... 4 ig. 8............................................... ig................................................ 6 ig. 2 & ig. 2S...................................... ig. 2............................................... 8 ig. 24, ig. 24P & ig. 2.............................. 9 Pipe Guide & Slides ig. 2...........................................20-2 ig. 26...........................................22-2 ig. 2 & ig. 2...................................... 24 ig. 46 & ig. 46...................................... 24 ig. 49............................................... 2 ig. 42............................................... 29 ig. 22............................................... 0 Spring Hangers ig. 24............................................... ig. 82, -268, 98, Triple & Quadruple Springs.............2 - Spring Hanger & Series Selection....................4 - heck List.............................................. 6 ig. -268, ig. -268 Type............................... ig. -268, ig. -268 Type &........................... 8 ig. -268, ig. -268 Type &........................... 9 ig. -268, ig. -268 Type............................... 40 ig. -268, ig. -268 Type G............................... 4 ig. 82, ig. -82 Series................................... 4 ig. 98, ig. -98 Series................................... 4 Triple Spring, Triple Spring-R Series........................ 4 Quadruple Spring, Quadruple Spring-R Series................. 49 onstant Supports Model R 80-V, -80-V Vertical..........................0 - Total Travel & Selection hart...........................4 - ig. 80-V Type......................................... 8 ig. 80-V Type......................................... 9 ig. 80-V Type......................................... 60 ig. 80-V Type......................................... 6 ig. 80-V Type......................................... 62 ig. 80-V Type G......................................... 6 ig. 80-V Type, & 84-0......................... 64 ig. 8-H Type.........................................6 ig. 8-H Type.........................................66 ig. 8-H Type.........................................6 ig. 8-H Type.........................................68 ig. 8-H Type.........................................69 ig. 8-H Type Upthrust..................................0 ig. 8-H Type, & 84-0.......................... ig. 80-V and ig. 8-H - Weight hart........................2 heck List.............................................. ig. 0................................................4 Vibration ontrol & Sway race ig. 296, 0, -296, -0........................... - 6 ig. 29, 298, 02, 0.................................... Sway Strut ssembly ig. 2, -2, 640, -640........................... 8-9 ig. 222, -222..................................... 80-8 ig. 20................................................82 Snubbers & Limit Stops ig. 06, 0..................................... 84-8 ig. 200, -200..................................... 88-9 ig. 2................................................92 ig. 06, 0..........................................8 Special esign Products ig. 8S...............................................9 ig. S...............................................9 ig. S...............................................9 ig. 2S...............................................94 ig. S...............................................94 ig. 6S...............................................94 ig. S...............................................9 ig. 40S...............................................9 ig. 4S...............................................96 ig. 42S...............................................96 pplication ssembly xamples...................... 9-204 Technical ata Typical Pipe Hanger Specification...................... 20-20 Thermal xpansion of Pipe Material..........................208 eam imensions........................................209 Steel Pipe ata..........................................20 opper Tube ata........................................2 Maximum Recommended pplied Torques.....................22 Other Pipe ata..........................................22 PV Pipe Support Spacing.................................2 PV Pipe Support Spacing................................24 nvil ompliances and pprovals....................... 2-28 nvil Terms of Sale and onditions...........................220 nvil Pipe Hangers and Support Services......................22 Subject Index............................................22 Numerical Index..................................... 226-22 nvil reserves the right to make specification changes without notice. While every effort has been made to assure the accuracy of information contained in this catalog at the time of publication, we cannot accept responsibility for inaccuracies resulting from undetected errors or omissions. The blue color used in the artwork indicates items that are not included with that individual part. Rod load ratings shown in this catalog are based upon the pending edition of the MSS-SP-8. PH

PITORIL TL O ONTNTS opper Tubing Hangers levis Hangers opper Tubing Hangers ig. T-69 djustable Swivel Ring Range: 2" thru 4" PH-4 ig. T-6 Light Weight djustable levis Range: 2" thru 4" PH- ig. T-99 & T-99 djustable Tubing Ring Range: 2" thru 4" PH-6 ig. T-09 Split Tubing Ring Range: 2" thru " PH- ig. T-8R xtension Split Tubing lamp Range: 2" thru 2" PH- ig. T-2 & T-2 opper Tubing Riser lamp Range (T-2): 2" thru 4" Range (T-2): 2" thru 4" PH-8 ig. T-28R Rod Threaded eiling lange Range: 8" and 2 PH-9 Pipe Rings ig. T-2 opper Tubing lignment Guide Range: " thru 4" PH-20 - PH-2 ig. 08 Split Pipe Ring Range: 8" thru 8" PH-22 ig. 8R xtension Split Pipe lamp Range: 8" thru " PH-2 ig. 04 djustable Swivel Ring, Split Ring Type Range: 4" thru 8" PH-24 ig. 9 & ig 9 djustable Pipe Ring Range: 2" thru 4" Range: 4 thru 4" PH-2 ig. 69 djustable Swivel Ring Range: 2" thru 8" PH-26 levis ig. 6 Pipe or onduit Hanger Range: 2" thru 6" PH-2 ig. 6 Light uty djustable levis Range: 8" thru 4" PH-28 ig. 260 djustable levis Hanger Range: 2" thru 0" PH-29 ig. 00 djustable levis for Insulated Lines Range: 4" thru 2" PH-0 ig. 90 djustable levis for uctile or ast Iron Range: 4" thru 24" PH- PH 6

PITORIL TL O ONTNTS Steel Pipe lamps eam lamps Steel Pipe lamps ig. 26 xtension Pipe or Riser lamp Range: 4" thru 24" PH-2 ig. 40 Riser lamp Standard Range: 2" thru 24" PH- ig. 0 Offset Pipe lamp Range: 4" thru 8" PH-4 ig. 00 xtended Pipe lamp Range: 2" thru 8" PH- ig. 22 Medium Pipe lamp Range: 2" thru 0" PH-6 ig. 22P arthquake racing lamp Range: 2 2" thru 2" PH- ig. 26 Heavy Pipe lamp Range: " thru 42" PH-8 ig. 29 ouble olt Pipe lamp Range: 4" thru 6" PH-9 ig. 29 lloy ouble olt Pipe lamp Range: 2" thru 24" PH-40 ig. 29H Heavy uty ouble olt Pipe lamp Range: 6" thru 6" PH-4 ig. 224 lloy Steel Pipe lamp Range: 4" thru 6" PH-42 ig. 246 Heavy uty lloy Steel Pipe lamp Range: 0" thru 24" PH-4 Socket lamps ig. 9 & ig. 94 Socket lamp for uctile Iron or ast Iron Pipe & Socket lamp Washer Range: 4" thru 24" PH-44 ig. 600 & ig. 99 Socket lamp for uctile Iron or ast Iron Pipe & Socket lamp Washer Range: " thru 24" pipe PH-4 eam lamps ig. 86, ig. 8, ig. 88 & ig. 89 -lamp With Set Screw & Lock Nut Range: 8" thru 4" PH-46 ig. 9 -lamp with Locknut Range: 8" and 2" PH-4 ig. 89 Retaining lip Range: 8" thru 2" PH-48 ig. 89X Retaining lip Range: 8" thru 4" PH-48 ig. 92 Universal -type lamp Range: 8 and 2" PH-49 ig. 9 Universal -type lamp Range: 8 and 2" PH-0 PH

PITORIL TL O ONTNTS eam lamps (cont.) rackets eam lamps ig. 94 Wide Throat Top eam -lamp Range: 8" and 4" PH- ig. 22 Top eam lamp PH-2 ig. 4 djustable Side eam lamp Range: 8" thru 8" PH- ig. 2 djustable Side eam lamp Range: " thru 8" PH- ig. Standard uty eam lamp Range: 4" thru 2" PH-4 ig. 4 Heavy uty eam lamp Range: 4" thru 2" PH-4 ig. 28 Malleable eam lamp Without xtension Piece PH- ig. 228 Universal orged Steel eam lamp PH-6 ig. 292 & ig. 292L eam lamp R&L Hand Thread With Weldless ye Nut PH- Structural ttachments ig. & ig. L Structural Welding Lug Ranges: ig. : 2" thru 4" ig. L 2" thru 2" PH-8 ig. 4 Two Hole Welding eam Lug Range: 2" thru 2 4" PH-9 ig: 66 Welded eam ttachment Range: 8" thru 2" PH-60 ig. 60 Steel Washer Plate Range: 8" to 4" PH-6 ig. 2 & ig. race itting omplete Range: " and 4" PH-62 rackets ig. 202 Iron Side eam racket Range: 8" thru 8" PH-6 ig. 206 Steel Side eam racket Range: 8" thru 8" PH-64 ig. 20 Threaded Steel Side eam racket Range: 8" and 2" PH-64 ig. 94 Light Welded Steel racket PH-6 ig. 9 Medium Welded Steel racket PH-66 ig. 99 Heavy Welded Steel racket PH-6 PH 8

PITORIL TL O ONTNTS eiling Plates Hanger Rods eiling Plates ig. 2 Plastic eiling Plate Range: 8" and 2" PH-68 ig. 9 ast Iron eiling Plate Range: 2" thru 8" PH-68 ig. 28 & ig. 28R Pipe Threaded, eiling lange Range (28): 4" Range (28R): 8" and 2" PH-69 ig. Pipe Hanger lange Range: 8" thru 4" PH-0 oncrete Inserts & ttachments ig. 2 Screw oncrete Insert Range: 8" thru 8" PH- ig. 282 Universal oncrete Insert Range: 8" thru 8" PH-2 ig. 28 Wedge Type oncrete Insert Range: 4" thru 8" PH- ig. 28 Light Weight oncrete Insert Range: 4" thru 8" PH-4 ig. 286 Iron ross esign Range: 4 thru 2 PH- ig. 284 Metal eck Hanger Range: 8" thru 4" PH-6 ig. 4 oncrete Single Lug Plate Range: /2" thru 2 PH- ig. 49 oncrete levis Plate Range: 8" thru 4" PH-8 ig. 2 oncrete Rod ttachment Plate Range: 8" thru 4" PH-9 Hanger Rods & ttachments ig. 42 oach Screw Rods Machine Threaded on Opposite nd Range: 8" and 2" PH-80 ig. 46 ontinuous Thread Range: 4" thru 2" PH-80 ig. 40 & ig. 2 Machine Threaded Rods Threaded oth nds Range: 8" thru " PH-8 ig. 248 Threads ye Rod Not Welded Range: 8" thru 2 2 PH-8 ig. 28 Threads ye Rod Welded Range: 8" thru 2 2" PH-82 ig. 248X Linked ye Rods Range: 8 thru 2 2" PH-82 ig. 28X Welded Linked ye Rods Range: 8 thru 2 2" PH-82 ig. 48 Rod W/ye nd Range: 2 4" thru " PH-8 ig. & ig. Straight Rod oupling Range: 4" thru " PH-84 ig. 6 & ig. 6R Straight Rod oupling Range: /4" thru " PH-84 ig. 4 Turnbuckle djuster Range: /4" thru /4" PH-8 PH 9

PITORIL TL O ONTNTS Hanger Rods (cont.) Pipe Supports Hanger Rods & ttachments ig. 0R Socket, Rod Threaded Range: /4" thru /8" PH-8 ig. xtension piece Range: 8" thru /8" PH-86 ig. 299 orged Steel levis Range: /8" thru 4" PH-8 ig. 20 Turnbuckle Range: /8" thru 2 2" PH-88 ig. 2 Turnbuckle Range: 4" thru " PH-88 ig. 290 Thread Weldless ye Nut Range: 8" thru 2 2" PH-89 ig. 29 levis Pin w/otters Range: 2" thru 4" PH-90 Machine olts & Hex Nuts PH-9 U-olts ig. & ig. S Standard U-olts Range: 2" thru 6" PH-92 ig. Plastic oated U-olts Range: 2" thru 8" PH-9 ig. 20 Light Weight U-olt Range: 2" thru 0" PH-9 Straps ig. 262 Strap Short Range: 2" thru 4" PH-94 ig. 26 One-Hole lamp Range: 8" thru 4" PH-94 ig. 24 Pipe Strap Range: 2" thru 6" pipe PH-9 ig. 244 Pipe Strap Range: 2" thru 6" pipe PH-9 Pipe Supports ig. 62 Type, and Pipe Stanchion Range: 2" thru 8" PH-96 ig. 6 Type, and Pipe Stanchion Range: 2 2" thru 42" PH-9 ig. 92 djustable Pipe Saddle Support Range: 2" thru 2" PH-98 ig. 9 djustable Pipe Stanchion Saddle With U-olt Range: 2" thru 2" PH-98 PH 0

PITORIL TL O ONTNTS Pipe Supports (cont.) Pipe Rolls Pipe Supports ig. 28 Pipe Saddle Support Range: 4" thru 6" PH-99 ig. 264 djustable Pipe Saddle Support Range: 2 2" thru 6" PH-00 ig. 26 djustable Pipe Saddle Support Range: 4" thru 6" PH-0 ig. 29 Pipe Saddle Support Range:: 4" thru 6" PH-02 Trapeze ig. 46 Universal Trapeze ssembly PH-0 ig. 4 hannel ssembly PH-04 ig. 0 qual Leg ngle for Trapeze ssembly PH-0 Pipe Shields & Saddles ig. 6 Insulation Protection Shield Range: 2" thru 24" pipe with up to 2" thick insulation PH-06 ig. 68 Rib-Lok Shield Range: 2" thru 8" pipe or copper tube with up to 2" insulation PH-0 Pipe Rolls ig. 60 to ig. 66 Pipe overing Protection Saddle Range: 4" thru 6" PH-08 - PH- ig. djustable Pipe Roll Support Range: " thru 0" PH-2 ig. Pipe Roll Single Pipe Roll Range: " thru 0" PH- ig. 8 Spring ushion Hanger PH-4 ig. 8 djustable Steel Yoke Pipe Roll Range: 2 2" thru 24" PH- PH

PITORIL TL O ONTNTS Pages Pipe Rolls (cont.) Spring Hangers Pipe Rolls ig. Roller hair Range: 2" thru 0" pipe PH-6 ig. 2 & ig. 2S Pipe Roll and ase Plate Range: 2" thru 24" PH- Pipe Guide & Slides ig. 2 omplete Pipe Roll Stand Range: 2" thru 42" PH-8 ig. 24, ig. 24P & ig. 2 djustable Pipe Roll Stand Range: 2" thru 42" PH-9 ig. 2 Pipe lignment Guide Range: " thru 24" pipe and insulation thickness of " thru 4" PH-20 - PH-2 ig. 26 Pipe lignment Guide Range: " thru 24" pipe and insulation thickness of " thru 4" PH-22 - PH-2 ig. 2 & ig. 2 Structural Tee Slide ssembly Range: ll sizes within maximum load rating. PH-2 - PH-26 ig. 46 & ig. 46 Structural Tee Slide ssembly Range: ll sizes within maximum load rating. PH-2 - PH-26 ig. 49 Structural H Slide ssembly, omplete Range: 6" thru 6" PH-2 - PH-28 ig. 42 Special lamp Range: 2" thru 24" PH-29 ig. 22 Medium Pipe lamp Range: 2" thru 0" PH-0 Spring Hangers ig. 24 Light-uty Spring Hanger PH- Triple Spring, Triple Spring-R, PH-46 - PH-4 ig. 82, -82 Short Spring PH-42 - PH-4 ig. -268, -268 Spring Hangers (Type - G) PH- - PH-4 ig. 98, -98 ouble Spring PH-44 - PH-4 Quadruple Spring, Quadruple Spring-R, PH-48 - PH-49 PH 2

PITORIL TL O ONTNTS onstant Supports Snubbers & Limit Stops onstant Supports Model R 80-V Vertical onstant Support PH-8 - PH-64 ig. 8-H Horizontal onstant Support PH-6 - PH- Horizontal Traveler & Sway race ig. 0 Horizontal Traveler Range: vailable in four sizes to take loads to 20,00 (lbs). ll sizes provide for 2" of horizontal travel. PH-4 ig. 296, 29, 299, 0, 02, 0 Sway race with djustable Preload Range: Preloads from 0 to,800 pounds and maximum forces from 200 to,200 pounds. PH- - PH- Sway Strut ssembly ig. 2, -2, 640, -640 Sway Strut ssembly PH-8 - PH-9 ig. 222, -222 Mini-Sway Strut ssembly PH-80 - PH-8 ig. 20 Replacement Strut PH-82 Snubbers & Limit Stops ig. 06 & 0 Limit Stop Range: Rated loads from 60 (lbs) to 60,000 (lbs). PH-8 ig. 06, 0 Hydraulic Shock and Sway Suppressor Range: Six standard sizes with load ratings from 0 to 0,000 pounds. PH-84 - PH-8 ig. 200, -200, ig. 20 & ig. -20 Hydraulic Shock and Sway Suppressor (Snubber) PH-88 - PH-9 ig. 2 Tapered Pin Range: 8" thru 2 2" PH-92 PH

OPPR TUING HNGRS ig. T-69 djustable Swivel Ring Range: 2" through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: opper plated, also available in yellow dichromate. Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated stationary copper tube. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 0) WW-H-- (Type 0) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 0). eatures: Threads are countersunk so that they cannot become burred or damaged. Knurled swivel nut provides vertical adjustment after piping is in place. aptured swivel nut will not fall off. Ordering: Specify nominal tube size, figure number, name and finish. 8" L Tube 2 Max Load ig. T-69: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Weight 0.0 2 6 4 0.0 2 6 2 9 6 0.0 2 6 6 4 00 4 0.0 2 2 6 2 0.0 2 6 6 2 0. 6 2 2 2 2 2 0.2 6 2 6 6 2 0.2 4 4 4 60 0.48 4 2 2 PH 4

OPPR TUING HNGRS ig. T-6 Light Weight djustable levis Range: 2" through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: opper plated, also available in yellow dichromate and plastic coated. Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated, stationary copper tube. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification WW-H-- (Type 2). Installation: () djustment may be made either before or after tubing is in place without temporary support of pipe. (2) Hanger rod and nuts may be locked into position after adjustment by use of the upper nut. eatures: Provides for adjustment up to ". Ordering: Specify nominal tube size, figure number, name and finish opper Tubing Hangers L ig. T-6: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Tube Max Load Weight Rod Rod Take Out - djustment 2 0 0.09 2 2 2 6 6 4 0.0 6 2 2 9 6 4 6 6 0. 2 2 6 2 4 0.8 2 2 2 6 4 6 20 2 0.2 2 2 6 2 6 6 2 0.26 2 4 2 2 6 2 6 2 2 0 0.48 2 2 9 2 2 4 4 6 0. 4 2 6 2 4 400 0.60 4 2 6 2 4 4 PH

OPPR TUING HNGRS ig. T-99 ig. T-99 djustable Tubing Ring djustable Tubing Ring (Plastic oated) ig. T-99: djustable Tubing Ring Range: 2" through 4" Material: arbon steel ring and malleable iron adjusting nut. inish: opper plated Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated stationary copper tube. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 9) WW-H-- (Type 9) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 9). Installation: ull load carrying capacity is reached when the rod is screwed to the bottom of the opening in the nut. eatures: Large sight hole provides means of assuring thread engagement. d for copper tubing. Greater vertical adjustability. Nut may be attached to rod before pipe is picked up in band and snapped into position. ompetitively priced. Ordering: Specify nominal tube size, figure number, name. ig. T-99: oated djustable Tubing Ring Range: 2" through 4" Material: arbon steel ring and malleable iron adjusting nut. inish: opper plated with the band plastic coated. eatures: liminates possibility of galvanic action between hanger and copper tubing. Ordering: Specify nominal tube size, figure number, name. ig. T-99, ig. T-99: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) L Tube 2 Max Load Weight 0.4 Rod 0. 2 4 2 400 4 0.6 2 4 2 2 4 4 0. 2 2 0. 2 djustment 6 9 6 2 0. 6 2 9 6 2 2 2 0. 6 60 0.6 2 4 4 6 4 0.4 6 4 6 2 PH 6

OPPR TUING HNGRS ig. T-09 Split Tubing Ring (Ring Only) Range: 2" through " Material: Malleable iron inish: opper plated Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated stationary copper tube. May be used with rod socket ig. 0R or turnbuckle adjuster ig. 4 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). Service: The split tubing ring ig. T-09 is used for suspension of tubing on many installations where it is necessary to specify universally adaptable parts. May be used with rod socket ig. 0R or turnbuckle adjuster ig. 4. Ordering: Specify nominal tube size, figure number, name. opper Tubing Hangers ig. T-09: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Tube Max Load Weight olt 2 200 0.0 4 #0 x 4 4 0.09 L 0.2 4 00 0. 4 2 0.8 4 x 2 0.24 6 2 2 0. 6 40 0.46 4 4 x 4 ig. T-8R xtension Split Tubing lamp (Rod Threaded) Range: 2" through 2" Material: Malleable iron inish: opper plated Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated stationary copper tube. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H-- (Type 2) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 2). Installation: Permanent installation of clamp may be made before the tubing is placed in position. inal installation is attained by swinging the lower portion of the hinged clamp up under the tubing and inserting a single screw securely. eatures: Hinged design provides for economical installation. esigned to provide a tight fit on copper tubing. Ordering: Specify nominal tube size, figure number, name. ig. T-8R: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) 8" Tube Max Load Weight 2 0.0 4 L 4 0.2 0.4 80 4 0.8 2 0.22 4 2 0.6 9 6 PH

OPPR TUING HNGRS ig. T-2 Range: 2" through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: opper plated, also available in yellow dichromate. Service: Recommended for support and steadying of copper tube risers, either insulated or non-insulated. This product is not intended for use with hanger rods. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8) WW-H-- (Type 8) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). Service: or support and steadying of copper tubing risers. Installation: lamp is fitted and bolted preferably below a coupling or fitting on the tubing. o not over tighten bolts. eatures: Rounded ears provide greater safety for personnel. Ordering: Specify tube size, figure number, name. opper Tubing Riser lamp ig. T-2: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Tube Max Load Weight 2 0.2 6 2 4 0.6 L Stock Width olt 6 20 0.94 9 L 4 0.98 9 2 0.0 0 2.0 0 4 2 2.0 6 L.80 2 00 2.90 2 4 2.60 2 2 ig. T-2 Range: 2" through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: opper plated with formed portion plastic coated. lso available in yellow dichromate. eatures: liminates possibility of galvanic action between hanger and copper tubing Ordering: Specify tube size, figure number, name. opper Tubing Riser lamp (Plastic oated) ig. T-2: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Tube Max Load Weight L Stock Width olt 2 0.2 6 2 4 0.6 6 L 20 0.94 9 4 0.98 9 2 0.0 0 L 2.0 0 2 2.0 6 00.80 2 2.90 2 4 4 2.60 2 2 PH 8

OPPR TUING HNGRS ig. T-28R Rod Threaded eiling lange Range: 8" and 2" Material: Malleable iron inish: opper plated Service: Recommended for attachment to wood beams or ceiling. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name. opper Tubing Hangers 6" 2 4" 6" 2" 8" ig. T-28R: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod 2 Max Load Weight Quantity Screws No. 80 0.6 2 2 PH 9

OPPR TUING HNGRS ig. T-2 opper Tubing lignment Guide Range: " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized with copper plated finish on spider Service: or maintaining alignment of tubing through its axial expansion and contraction cycles. Normally, two or more pipe alignment guides are used on a single tubing run to avoid a pivoting effect within the tubing system. onsult the xpansion Joint Manufacturers ssociation or the opper Tube Manufacturers for additional guidelines of spacing requirements of intermediate guides. Supports are usually required between intermediate guides to comply with standard support practices. Maximum Temperature: 400 Installation: () ttach outer housing to structure by bolting or welding. (2) Remove upper selection of housing to open position. () ttach spider clamp to tube and completely insulate. (4) Set tube and spider clamp into outer housing. () Replace upper section of housing to closed position and secure. Note: Spider attachments to tube must be properly located during installation to insure that a minimum of one-half the spider width remains within the length of the outer housing for all conditions of operation. If larger travels are required, special guides can be furnished to special order. How to size: by nominal tube size and insulation thickness in accordance with the selection table. Ordering: Specify size number, tube size, insulation thickness, figure number, name and finish. aution: Guides are designed to carry 20% of dead weight load. ead weight load is defined as maximum span of water filled pipe. Tube (in) L (in) Maximum Movement " to 4" 4 4 PH 20

OPPR TUING HNGRS ig. T-2 opper Tubing lignment Guide (cont.) H I 4 HOLS L J INSULTION THIKNSS T 2 4 4 4 Tube H I 4 HOLS L J INSULTION THIKNSS T 2 4 Tube opper Tubing Hangers OPPR TUING LIGNMNT GUI, IGUR T-2, SIZ & OPPR TUING LIGNMNT GUI, IGUR T-2, SIZ THRU Guide No. imensions (in) H T 8 6 6 4 8 4 4 0 6 8 4 0 4 6 4 2 6 6 4 4 6 6 9 4 4 6 Tube Guide Number Insulation Thickness (in) 2 2 2 2 4 2 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 PH 2

PIP RINGS ig. 08 Split Pipe Ring Range: " through 8" Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated stationary pipe lines or conduit. May be used with rod socket ig. 0R or turnbuckle adjuster ig. 4. Maximum Temperature: 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). eatures: Permits installation before or after pipe is in place. Provides economical installation. Permits use of universally adaptable parts. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name. igure 08: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) L Pipe Max Load Weight olt 200 0.06 4 #0 x 2 0.09 6 4 0. 4 x 0. 4 4 00 0.8 9 6 2 0.26 6 2 0. 2 6 2 2 0.44 2 4 40 0.6 2 4 4 x 4 2 0.8 4 20 0.9.0 4 2 6,00 2.60 6 8,800.20 6 x 2 2 x 2 PH 22

PIP RINGS ig. 8R (Rod Threaded) xtension Split Pipe lamp Range: " through " Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for non-insulated stationary pipe lines. Maximum Temperature: 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H-- (Type 2) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 2). eatures: Rapid installation assured by hinged design and single closure screw. When used with nipple this clamp is particularly adaptive for use on refrigeration or compressor piping subject to vibration. Interior design provides firm grip on pipe. Inside of ring tapered to prevent entrapment of condensed moisture. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. ig. 8R Pipe Rings ig. 8R: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) L Pipe Max Load Weight Rod 0.0 6 2 0. ig. 8R 4 0.4 80 0.6 4 0.22 6 2 0.24 6 2 0. 6 2 2 0.60 2 00 2 0.4 2 6 PH 2

PIP RINGS ig. 04 djustable Swivel Ring, Split Ring Type Range: 4" through 8" Material: Malleable iron, carbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated stationary pipe lines. Maximum Temperature: 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 6) WW-H-- (Type 6) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 6). eatures: Labor-saving features in installation completely outweigh slight additional cost. Hanger may be installed prior to suspension of pipe. Off-center hinge provides seating for pipe during installation. Wedge-type locking pin is inseparably cast into hinged section, sizes 2 2" and larger. djustable swivel ring is self-locking; prevents loosening due to vibration; maintains proper pitch of pipe. Wire retaining ring prevents separation of swivel shank from pipe ring before installation. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. L Pipe Max Load Weight 4 ig. 04: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Inside ia. of Ring 0. 2 6 6 6 0.2 2 2 4 9 6 4 6 4 00 0.4 2 8 6 6 6 2 0.4 4 2 6 2 0.48 2 2 6 4 6 6 2 2 2 2 0.8 00 6 2 2 2.00 4 2 6 2 4 4.0 900 6 9 6 8 6 2 4 6 2.0 6 9 6 2 6 6 6,00.80 4 4 6 0 6 2 6 8,800 6.0 9 4 2 9 6 PH 24

PIP RINGS ig. 9, ig 9 (Plastic oated) djustable Pipe Ring Range: 2" through 4" Material: Malleable iron adjusting nut; carbon steel band. inish: Plain adjusting nut; Galvanized steel band Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated stationary pipe lines or conduit. Maximum Temperature: 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 9) WW-H-- (Type 9) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 9). UL Listed and M pproved. Installation: ull load rating is obtained when rod is screwed to the bottom of the opening in the nut. eatures: Large sight hole provides means of ascertaining proper thread engagement. esign of band provides greater load carrying capacity. Nut may be attached to rod before pipe is picked up in band and snapped into position. Greater vertical adjustability. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Pipe Rings ig. 9: Plastic coated Range: 4 through 4". Material: Malleable iron adjusting nut; plastic coated carbon steel band. Service: Recommended for suspension of fiberglass, copper, brass and aluminum pipe. Maximum Temperature: 22 eature: No metal surface in contact with pipe. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name. ig. 9, ig. 9: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe 2 Max Load Weight 0.4 Rod 2 2 4 4 0. 2 djustment L 0. 2 4 2 400 4 0.6 2 4 2 0. 2 2 0.8 6 2 9 6 2 2 0. 9 6 60 2 0. 4 4 4,00 0.82 6 4 6 2 6 PH 2

PIP RINGS ig. 69 djustable Swivel Ring, Tapped Per NP Standards Range: 2" through 8" Material: arbon steel inish: Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of non-insulated stationary pipe line. Maximum Temperature: 60 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 0) WW-H-- (Type 0) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 0). UL Listed and M pproved (s /4" - 8"). eatures: Threads are countersunk so that they cannot become burred or damaged. Knurled swivel nut provides vertical adjustment after piping is in place. aptured swivel nut in the 2" through " sizes. Ordering: Specify size, figure number and name. L ig. 69: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Max Load Weight Rod 2 0.0 2 2 9 6 4 0.0 2 4 6 00 0.0 2 9 6 6 4 0.0 2 4 2 0.0 2 4 2 0. 4 2 2 2 2 0.20 4 2 4 6 0.20 6 2 6 6 4 60 0.0 4 6 6 9 6 0.4 6 4 6,000 0.6 2 6 6 9 6 2 4 8.00 8 2 6 PH 26

LVIS ig. 6 Pipe or onduit Hanger Range: 2" through 6" Material: arbon steel inish: Galvanized Service: an be suspended by hanger rod or attached to wall. T slot in hanger permits side bolt to be installed after installation and setting of pipe. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). omponents: Strap and bolt with nut assembled. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and name. levis Hangers G L L lternate Installation olt/screw to Vertical Support ig. 6: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Load Rating Weight Rod G 2 0.2 2 4 2 6 4 0.22 2 6 2 0.2 2 6 6 6 2 6 400 4 6 4 0.2 4 2 2 6 2 2 0.29 9 6 2 6 2 6 2 2 0. 6 2 2 9 6 6 2 2 0. 4 6 2 6 6 00 2 0.8 4 6 2 9 6 2 4 6 4.9 0.66 6 4 4 6 4 6 6 9 6 4 6 6 600 2.26 4 4 9 6 6 6 PH 2

LVIS ig. 6 Light uty djustable levis Range: " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain, Galvanized or poxy coated Service: Recommended for suspension of stationary pipe or conduit. Maximum Temperature: Plain 60, Galvanized and poxy 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification WW-H-- (Type 2). UL Listed (s 2 /2" through 4" galvanized only). Installation: Hanger load nut above the clevis must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. djustment: Vertical adjustment is provided, varying with the size of clevis. Tighten upper nut after adjustment. eatures: n economical attachment for light duty service. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. L ig. 6: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Max Load Weight Rod Rod Take Out djustment 0 0.09 2 2 2 6 6 2 0.0 6 2 2 4 6 4 0. 2 2 6 2 0.8 2 2 2 6 6 4 20 0.2 2 2 2 6 2 0.24 2 6 6 2 6 6 2 0.26 2 4 2 2 6 2 2 0.0 2 2 9 2 4 6 0 0.9 4 2 6 2 2 2 0.62 4 2 6 2 4 4 400 0. 2 2 2 4 6 2 PH 28

LVIS ig. 260 djustable levis Hanger Range: 2" through 0" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized, also available plastic or epoxy coated Service: Recommended for the suspension of stationary pipe lines. Maximum Temperature: Plain 60, Galvanized and poxy 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ), WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). UL, UL Listed and M pproved (s 4" through 8"). Installation: Hanger load nut above clevis must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. When an oversized clevis is used, a pipe spacer should be placed over the clevis bolt as a spacer to assure that the lower U-strap will not move in on the bolt. or ductile iron pipe sizes, see igure 90. djustment: Vertical adjustment without removing pipe may be made from " through ", varying with the size of clevis. Tighten upper nut after adjustment. eatures: esign has yoke on outside of lower U-strap so yoke cannot slide toward center of bolt, thus bending of bolt is minimized. s " and up have rod and two nuts instead of bolt and nut; thread length on clevis rod is such that the thread locks the nuts in place, and threads are not in shear plane. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Note: Punched forming holes may be present on certain sizes of this clevis hanger. These holes are solely for the purpose of manufacturing, and do not effect the structural integrity or load carrying capacities of these hangers. ig. 260: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) levis Hangers G Pipe Max Load Span t. Weight Rod Rod Take Out djust. 2 0.4 2 6 60 2 2 6 4 0.4 2 6 * 8 0. 8 2 6 8 4 0.40 2 8 4 6 0 2 9* 0.4 2 6 6 2 8 8 G 4 2 0* 0.0 6 4 2 2 8 8 L * 0.6 4 6 2 6 6,0 2* 0.8 2 4 4 6 2 4 6 8 2 2 8 2" through 4" Pipe 2 *.0 6 6 4 6 6 4 4*. 9 6 6 4 2 6,40 8 6*.0 6 9 6 8 6 2 6 8 G 6,940 *.0 4 6 6 0 4 4 6 8 2,000 9* 4. 8 8 2 6 6 2 0,600 22* 8.60 8 9 8 4 8 6 2 8 2,800 2*.20 9 6 6 0 8 2 6 4 4,200 2* 2.0 2 9 6 9 9 6 0 6 2 6 6 4,600 2 9.8 4 22 2 2 4 8 4,800 28 22.2 6 24 6 6 6 2 8 4 L 20 4,800 0 40. 9 6 2 9 6 6 24 4,800 2 49.8 9 6 6 6 4 8 4 " through 0" Pipe 0 6,000 0.8 24 6 9 6 2 9 6 8 "Span" represents the maximum recommended distance between hangers on a continuous and straight run of horizontal standard weight steel pipe filled with water. In all cases, verify that chosen location of hangers does not subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown above. *Indicates that span represents the maximum span for water filled pipe as given in Table of page PH-20. PH 29

LVIS ig. 00 djustable levis for Insulated Lines Range: 4" through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain, Galvanized or poxy coated Service: Recommended for suspension of insulated stationary pipe lines. Maximum Temperature: Plain 60, Galvanized and poxy 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). Installation: Hanger load nut above clevis must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. djustment: Vertical adjustment is provided, varying with the size of the clevis. Tighten upper nut after adjustment. eatures: esigned for 2" of insulation on 4" through 2" pipe and 4" of insulation on 2" and larger pipe. When properly installed, clevis bolt is outside the insulation. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. G H L ig. 00: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Max Load Weight 4 0. Rod djustment 4 4 2 2 0.8 4 4 6 4 4 0 0.64 4 6 4 2 0.2 4 4 4 4 6 6 2 0.8 6 8 6 6 2 2 2.90,0 8 6 9 6 2 2 2 2.00 8 0 6 9 6 4 4 2.0,40 9 8 6 6.00 9 2 8 4 4 6,940.40 4 0 4 9 8 2,000 6.0 2 6 4 2 0,600.0 4 9 6 2 4 2 2,800.8 2 9 6 2 6 G 4 2 4 H 2 4 PH 0

LVIS ig. 90 djustable levis for uctile or ast Iron Pipe Range: 4" through 24" ductile or cast iron pipe Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for the suspension of ductile iron or cast iron pipe. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). Installation: Hanger rod nut above clevis must be tightened securely to assure proper hanger performance. djustment: Vertical adjustment without removing pipe may be made from 6" through 6", varying with the size of the clevis. Tighten upper nut after adjustment. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. levis Hangers L ig. 90: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in).i./.i. Pipe Max Load Weight.I./.I. Pipe O.. Rod 4,40.64 4 8 6 4 4 6,940 4.26 4 0 9 6 6 8 2,000 6.0 9 6 8 6 2 2 4 0,600 9. 2 6 0 6 8 4 2 6 2,800.64 2 2 6 8 6 0 6 2 4 4,200 6.04 4 4 20 6 2 9 6 6 4,600 24.2 4 4 22 6 2 9 6 2 6 8 4,800 2.4 20 6 26 6 20 4,800 46.24 22 8 4 29 6 6 4 24 4,800.0 26 20 6 4 8 6 PH

STL PIP LMPS ig. 26 xtension Pipe or Riser lamp Range: 4" through 24" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain, Galvanized or poxy coated Service: or support of stationary steel pipe risers, cast iron pipe or conduit. This product is not intended for use with hanger rods. or this application refer to ig. 40 Riser lamp, page PH-. Maximum Temperature: Plain 60, Galvanized and poxy 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8) WW-H-- (Type 8) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). UL, UL Listed (s /2" - 8"). Installation: lamp is fitted and bolted preferably below a coupling or welded lugs on steel pipe. olt torques should be per industry standards (see page PH-22). lamp is designed for standard steel pipe O.. and this must be considered in sizing the riser for other types of piping. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. L ig. 26: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Max Load Weight L olt ia. L. 2 220 8 8. 4 4.6 0 2 20 2.6 0 8 4 2 00. 4 4 2 2 400.9 4 4 4 2 6 00.9 2 2 600 2. 6 2 2 4 0 2.4,00.6 4 8 2 2 6,600 4.0 4 4 9 8.6 8 2 2 2,00 0. 20 4 4 2 6. 22 4 4 2,00 4. 24 4 6 0.4 26 9 4 8 2,900.8 28 2 4 4 4 20.0 0 2 4 24,200 82.0 6 4 0 PH 2

STL PIP LMPS ig. 40 Riser lamp Standard Range: 2" through 24" Material: arbon steel (S), lloy (), or Stainless Steel (SS) inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: Galvanized 40, 60 (S), 90 () and,000 (SS) Service: Riser clamps are used for the support of vertical piping. Load is carried by shear lugs which are welded to the pipe. Shear lugs provided upon request. Local pipe wall stress evaluation available upon request. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 42) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 42). Ordering: Specify pipe size, material, figure number, name and finish. Note: If greater loads are required, refer to ig. 40-S special design riser clamp. Steel Pipe lamps S L OLT/STU I. ield Welded Shear Lugs ig. 40, 46 PIP SPR ig. 290 to G (max) s 6" to 20" have (4) inner bolts. ig. 40 Pipe Rigid ssembly Max Load Spring ssembly ig. 40: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) - G (max) S Maximum Weight ach S SS lloy 2 8 9 8 8 900,800 2 2 2 4 2 2 20 20 20 20 0,00,000 0 2 0 4 2 2,200 4,400 22 40 40 44 4 4 4 4 40 4 6 24 2 60 60,000 6,000 2 4 8 2 2 82 82 82 0,00,000 0 4 6 2 4 2 2 6 26 202 20,800,600 4 4 2 2 8 228 228 26 2 6 6 8 8 4 2 9,000 8,000 2 8 9 9 2 9 8 8 20 42 2 0 2 2 80,00 2,000 2 2 2 4 4 24 4 22 2 62 6 68 PH

STL PIP LMPS ig. 0 Offset Pipe lamp Range: 4" through 8" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or use in supporting piping away from wall or floor. Maximum Temperature: Plain 60, Galvanized 40 Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish olt ia. L HOL SIZ LO W ig. 0: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Max Load Weight W olt ia. 4.0 8 4 2 2.60 9 4 2 90 4.0 9 4 2 6 2.80 0 2 6 2 2.0 4 6 2 2 420 2.90 4 6.20 2 4 4 4.60 4 4 60.0 4 4 6.80 6 4 6 80 8 9.00 8 4 6 6 6 9 6 6 2 PH 4

STL PIP LMPS ig. 00 xtended Pipe lamp Range: 2" through 8" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or attachment to structure without use of rods. Maximum Temperature: Plain 60, Galvanized 40 Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Steel Pipe lamps H G 8" L 2" W ig. 00: Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe W G H Weight 2 2 6 x 4 4.8 4 4 2 2.20 6 2.2 6 x 4 4 6 4 2 2.4 2 4 4 2.9 2 8 6.2 2 2 8 4 x 4.40 2 0 6 4 8 4.8 4 0 4 x 2 9 4.4 2 8 0.09 6 2 9 4 4 x 2 2 8.2 8 2 4 4 9.2 PH

STL PIP LMPS ig. 22 Medium Pipe lamp Range: 2" through 0" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of cold pipe lines or hot lines where no insulation is required. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H-- (Type 4) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). UL, UL Listed and M pproved (s /4" - 8"). Installation: Normally used with weldless eye nut ig. 290, page PH-89 or eye rod. eatures: lamps tightly to pipe. Wide range of sizes. qual gap design. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Note: The gap dimention should be used at the upper and lower locations to ensure proper installation of the clamp. L H ig. 22: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Span Max Load or Service Temp Rod Take Weight t. 60 0 Out H 2 0.29 6 2 2 2 4 0. * 00 4 2 2 2 2 0. 29 2 2 4 0.8 6 2 2 2 6 2 9* 800 0.4 9 6 6 2 2 2 2 2 0*.0 2 2 2 4 2 4 2 2 *.20 2 2 4 4 2 2*.40 2,040 90 2 2 2 2 *.0 6 6 6 6 4 4*.80 2 2 4 4 4 4 6* 2.60 4 6 4 4 6 4 6 4 6 6 *.40 4 4,6,440 8 4 4 4 8 9* 6.0 6 6 6 6 4 0 22*.60 6 6 8 9 6 8 9 6 2 2*.20 8 6 8 6 9 9 6 9 9 6 2,490 2,220 4 20 20.0 9 4 9 4 0 0 6 22.0 0 4 0 4 8.60 4 20 2,060 2,0.80 2 4 2 4 4 4 24 2.0 4 4 6 6 4 0 9,00,60.90 9 2 9 2 2 4 lamps may be furnished with square ends. "Span" represents the maximum recommended distance between hangers on a continuous & straight run of horizontal standard weight steel pipe filled with water. In all cases, verify that chosen location of hangers does not subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown above. or vapor service, the presence of fittings or insulation, and other weights and types of pipe, spans may either increase or decrease. In all cases, verify that chosen location of hanger does not subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown. *Indicates that span represents the maximum span for water filled pipe as given in Table of page PH-20. PH 6

STL PIP LMPS ig. 22P arthquake racing lamp Range: 2 2" through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or seismic bracing, to be used with ig. brace fitting. Pipe clamp bolt holes are designed to match holes in brace fitting. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H-- (Type 4) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). Installation: esigned for use with ig. brace fitting, see page PH-62. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Note: The gap dimention should be used at the upper and lower locations to ensure proper installation of the clamp. Steel Pipe lamps H L ig. 22P: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Max Load or Service Temp Weight (lbs) 60 0 Rod Take-Out H 2 2.20 2 2 4 4.40 2 2 2 2 2.0 6 6 6 6 4 2.20 2 2 4 4 4 4,040 90 2.0 4 6 4 4 6 4 6 4 6 2 6.20 4 4 8 6.0 6 6 6 0.60 6 6 8 9 6 8 9 6 2.20 8 6 8 6 9 9 6 9 9 6 PH

STL PIP LMPS ig. 26 Heavy Pipe lamp Range: " through 42" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of pipe lines where no insulation is required. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H-- (Type 4) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). Installation: Normally used with welded eye rod or with weldless eye nut ig. 290, see page PH-89. eatures: esigned for heavy load up to 0 Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. H L ig. 26: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Max Load or Service Temp Weight 60 0 Rod Take Out H,0,00.6 2 6 4 4 6 4.,, 6 4 4 4 6 6. 4 2 4 4 6 4,0. 6 4,86 8 4 6 8 4,40.9 6 6 4 2 0 6,00,60 22. 9 6 4 9 6 6 4 8 6 2 8,6,40 8. 9 0 9 4 0 4 46.8 9 2 9,20 8, 4 0 6.4 0 4 2 2 8,800 0. 4 2 4 4 2 2 4 20,00 6.6 6 8 4 6 8 4 24 6,00 2.2 8 2 2 2 8 2 2 4 2 2 4 28 8,000 02.8 20 2 2 2 20 2 2 2 0 20,00 6.4 22 2 26 22 2 26 2 2,0 4. 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2,000.8 2 2 28 2 2 28 2 6 28,000. 26 2 0 4 26 2 0 2 4 4 42,000 9. 0 4 0 4 PH 8

STL PIP LMPS ig. 29 ouble olt Pipe lamp Range: 4" through 6" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of pipe requiring insulation within the limitation of temperature and loads shown below. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). Installation: ttachment to the clamp may be made with a welded eye rod ig. 28, page PH-82 or the weldless eye nut ig. 290, see page PH-89. eatures: ccommodates up to 4" thick insulation. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. H Steel Pipe lamps L ig. 29: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Max Span t. Max Load or Service Temp. Weight 60 0 Rod Take Out H 4 0. 6 2 2 6 * 90 0.8 6 2 9 6 2 4 0.8 4 2 6 6 2 9* 2. 6 4 8 4 6 2 2 0* 2.6 2 2 6,4,80 2 2 *.9 2 6 4 2* 2. 2 6 6 2 2 4 4* 6. 2 4 6 2 4 4 2,00 2,20 6*.0 6 6 8 6 *. 4 8 9 4 2,86 2, 8 8 2 4 4 8 9* 8. 6 0 9 2 6 0 22* 9.8 6 2 0,240 2,890 6 8 4 6 2 2" 22. 6 9 4 4 20. 9 6 4 6 2 6 0 6 6 4,00,8 4.4 0 6 6 6 4 6 8 44.9 6 2 6 6 4 6 2 6 20 2,490 4,900. 2 4 24 2 4,00 4,0 6.9 4 9 6 28 6,000 2. 2 2 4 24 4 2 4 4 20 0 9,00 0.0 8 2 26 2 2 4 2 8,20 9. 9 2 2 28 2 2 22 4 9,800 248.8 2 2 4 2 4 2 4 6 0,00 2. 22 2 2 4 28 4 26 lamps may be furnished with square ends. "Span" represents the maximum recommended distance between hangers on a continuous and straight run of horizontal standard weight steel pipe filled with water. In all cases, verify that chosen location of hangers does not subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown above. *Indicates that span represents the maximum span for water filled pipe as given in Table of page PH-20. or vapor service, the presence of fittings or insulation, and other weights and types of pipe, spans may either increase or decrease. In all cases, verify that chosen location of hanger does not subject hangers to a load greater than the maximum recommended load shown. PH 9

STL PIP LMPS ig. 29 lloy ouble olt Pipe lamp Range: 2" through 24" Material: hrome molybdenum steel (STM -8 Grade 22). Service: Recommended for suspension of high temperature pipe requiring insulation. Maximum Temperature:,00 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). eatures: Pipe size 4" and above accommodates up to 4" thick insulation. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and name. Note: Galvanizing is not recommended for alloy products. H L ig. 29: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Max Load or Service Temp Weight 60 0,000,00 Rod Take Out H 2 2. 6 4 4 2 2 2.6 2,4,40,000 4 2 6 2 2 2. 2 6 6 2 6.0 2 4 6 6 6 6 2 4 6. 6 2 2,00 2,290,62,200 4 2 4.0 6 8 6. 4 4 9 6 8 9 6 6 2,86 2,620,860,80 8.2 4 0 6 9 9 6 6 0 9.8 6 2 0 8 4,240 2,90 2,00,6 2 22. 8 6 2 6 9 6 4. 9 6 4 6 2 6 0 6 6 4,00,9 2,9 2,060 4.4 0 6 6 6 4 6 8 44.9 6 2 6 6 4 6 2 6 20,490 4,99,0 2,6. 2 2 4 24 4,00 4,09 2,90 2,60 6.9 4 9 2 6 ased on the allowable stresses shown in the SM ode for Pressure Piping. PH 40

STL PIP LMPS ig 29H Heavy uty ouble olt Pipe lamp Range: 6" through 6" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for suspension of pipe requiring insulation within the limitation of temperature and loads shown below. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). eatures: ccommodates up to 4" thick insulation. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Steel Pipe lamps H L Pipe ig 29H: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Max Load or Service Temp Weight 60 0 Rod Take Out 6,00,2 2.0 4 4 4 0 6 8 6 6 8 4,800 4,28 8. 6 2 0 4 0,00 4,90 0. 4 2 4 4 9 2,000 6,20 42.0 8 4 6 2 9 6 0 4 9,00 8,48 60.0 9 2 2 2 2 2 6 0,000 8,90 80.0 0 4 4 8,800 2,2.0 2 2 8 4 6 4 4 2 20,00,66 40.0 2 2 9 4 4 2 6 24 6,00 4, 90.0 2 22 6 9 6 8 2 28 8,000 4.0 8 4 4 2 4 2 0 20,00 406.0 9 2 4 28 4 2 4 24 2 2,0.0 2 4 4 4 6 26 4 4 2,000 604.0 2 2 2 2 2 2 28 6 28,000 68.0 24 4 2 40 4 4 4 2 4 0 lamps may be furnished with square ends. H PH 4

STL PIP LMPS ig. 224 lloy Steel Pipe lamp Range: 4" through 6" Material: hrome molybdenum steel except U-bolt which is stainless steel. Service: Recommended for suspension of high temperature pipe requiring up to 4" of insulation. Maximum Temperature:,00 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H-- (Type 2) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 2). Installation: Normally used with welded eye rod ig. 28, see page PH-82, or weldless eye nut ig. 290, see page PH-89. eatures: esigned for the support of loads at temperatures up to,00. esigned to satisfy most critical engineering specifications. Yoke has rugged cross sectional area, eliminating high stress conditions. When used on pipe with 4" of insulation the top bolt is outside of the insulation. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and name. H K L ig. 224: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Max Load 0 90,000,00 Weight Rod Take Out H K 4,80,00 2,0,890 4.0 6 6 4 2 6 2 6. 6 8 6 6,060,290 4,440,00 9 8 8 9.0 6 6 6 9 9 6 0 9,060,90 6,640 4,420.8 8 0 4 2 24. 0 2 6 4 2,0 0,980 9,0 6,00 26. 6 2 6.0 2 4 9 ased on the allowable stresses shown in the SM ode for Pressure Piping. Over tightening of nuts may overstress U-bolts reducing the load rating. Installation tag attached to clamp gives proper nut tightening. PH 42

STL PIP LMPS ig. 246 Heavy uty lloy Steel Pipe lamp Range: 0" through 24" Material: hrome molybdenum steel except U-bolt which is stainless steel. Service: Recommended for suspension of high temperature pipe requiring up to 6" of insulation. Maximum Temperature:,0 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H-- (Type 2) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 2). Installation: Normally used with welded eye rod ig. 28, page PH-82 or weldless eye nut ig. 290, page PH-89. eatures: esigned for the support of heavy loads at high temperatures. lamp with filler plate will snugly hold pipe of non-standard size. lloy load distribution strap provided. When used on pipe with 6" of covering, the top bolt is outside of the insulation. Ordering: Specify nominal pipe size and exact O.. of pipe, figure number, name. Special alloy filler plates will be provided, at an extra charge, when the O.. of the pipe size is other than standard. Installation instructions are attached to the clamp when the filler plates are required. Steel Pipe lamps M H K L " ig. 246: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Used on O.. pipe size Max Load 90,000,00,0 Weight* Rod Take Out H K M 0 8 4-0 6,00,80,80 6,20 42.0 2 9 2 2 4 2 0-2 6 8.0 0 4 4 4 2-4 6 6,00 4,90 9,940,0 6.0 2 4 2 4 2 9 4 6 4-6 6 69.0 6 4 2 8 6-8 6 94.0 4 9,000 8,40 2,20 9,0 2 2 8 4 24 2 2 20 8-20 6 04.0 4 9 2 26 4 2 24 20-24 6 2,000 22,280 4,80,80 6.0 8 4 22 2 4 0 4 6 ased on the allowable stresses shown in the SM ode for Pressure Piping. Over tightening of nuts may overstress U-bolts reducing the load rating. Installation tag attached to clamp gives proper nut tightening. * This weight does not include filler plates required on non-standard pipe sizes PH 4

SOKT LMPS ig. 9 ig. 94 Socket lamp for uctile Iron or ast Iron Pipe Socket lamp Washer Range: 4" through 24" Material: Two carbon steel half bands and four bolts and nuts. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: lamps ductile or cast iron mechanical joint piping or mechanical joint or socket joint fittings together to prevent separation or distortion of pipe line under excessive water pressure. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). omplies with the requirements of the National ire Protection ssociation Standard NP-24 for Outside Protection. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Socket clamp washer: Two cast iron washers, ig. 94, are used with each socket clamp and these must be ordered separately. Ordering: Specify washer size, figure number, name and finish. IG. 94 WSHR ORR SPRTLY L Plug Strap for ell nd of Pipe IG. 94 WSHR ORR SPRTLY T Pipe nchor.i./.i. Pipe Max Test Pressure (PSI) ig. 9, ig. 94: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) orce* On lamp ig. 9 lamp Weight ig. 94 Washer Pipe O.. olt ia. T ig. 94 Washer Rod ia. 4 4,0 2.8 4 9 2 6 9,40 4.6. 6 4 8 20 6,080 2.6 9 6 9 4 2 8 2 0 24,80 29. 2 2 4 6. 4 2 4,20 40. 2 2 9 4 20 22,200.9 4 28 4 22 2. 6 2,60 6. 2 4 4 8 00 2,900 94. 20 28 4. 8 4 20 2,00 09.8 22 4 4 2 0 2 24 0 26,200 48.6.8 26 44 4 2 6 4 2 *Refers to Hydrostatic Test PH 44

SOKT LMPS ig. 600 ig. 99 Socket lamp for uctile Iron or ast Iron Pipe Socket lamp Washer Range: " through 24" pipe Material: Two carbon steel halfbands and two bolts and nuts. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: lamps joints of socket fittings together to prevent distortion of pipe line under excessive water pressure. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). eatures: n economical method of anchoring joints of socket fittings when used on other than fire protection work. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Socket lamp Washer Two cast iron washers, ig. 99, are used with each socket clamp and these must be ordered separately. Ordering: Specify washer size, figure number, name and finish. Socket lamps L IG. 99 WSHR ORR SPRTLY T ig. 600, ig. 99: Weight (lbs) imensions (in).i./.i. Pipe ig 600: lamp Weight ig 99: Washer Pipe O.. olt ia. 9. 4 4.0 2 9 4 6 2. 6 4 2.2 2 8 4. 9 6 6 4 4 T ig. 99: Washer Rod ia. 4 0 6. 8 6 2 2 8. 2 2 4 8 4 48. 4 2 2 22 2. 6 69.2 28 24 4 4 4 8 82.0 20 2 2 4. 8 4 20 9. 22 4 4 2 29 4 24 2.0 6.8 26 9 4 2 4 4 2 PH 4

M LMPS ig. 86: -lamp With Set Screw and Lock Nut ig. 8: -lamp With Set Screw and ig. 89 Retaining lip ig. 88: -lamp With Set Screw Only Range: " through 4" Material: Malleable iron clamp; hardened steel cup point set screw. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for attachment to "W" and "M" beams where thickness of flange Z (see table page PH-209) does not exceed 0.". When clamp is used with ig. 89 retaining clip, flange thickness may not exceed 0.62". pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H-- (Type 2) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 2). UL, UL Listed and M pproved (s " - 4"). Installation: ollow recommended set screw torque values per MSS-SP-69 (See table on page PH-22). The ig. 88 is only to be used on installations where the clamp cannot become dislodged from the beam. eatures: Malleable body assures: ) Uniform quality and strength. 2) ull thread engagement. Hardened steel cup point set screw for securing to beam flange. Ribbed design of clamp provides added strength. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, length of retaining clip, if desired. (dd 2" to flange width of beam to arrive at proper length of retaining clip.) If required length is not standard, order next longer standard. ig. 86 -lamp H " Z 4" ig. 89X ig. 86 H Z " ig. 89 4" ig. 86, ig. 8 and ig. 88: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod H Max Load Weight ig. 86 ig. 88 ig. 8 0.28 0.26 4 400 2 0. 0.29 440 0.42 0.40 2 4 2 4 00 0. 0. Maximum temperature of 40. PH 46

M LMPS eam lamps ig. 9 -lamp With Locknut Range: " and 2" Material: arbon Steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: esigned for fastening flange of "W" and "M" beam. ottom hole tapped to accommodate hanger rod. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H-- (Type 2) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 2). UL Listed (s /8"). M pproved (s /8" - /2"). Installation: ollow recommended set screw torque values per MSS-SP-69 (See table on page PH-22). Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. Note: If a retaining clip is desired, you may specify either ig. 89X or ig. 89. or length and other ordering information, refer to ig. 89X and ig. 89. Set Screw ig. 9: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod d Retaining lips Rod Set Screw Max Load Weight ig. 89 ig. 89X 20 0.4 2 2 80 4 2 4 2 0.40 2 PH 4

M LMPS ig. 89 Retaining lip Range: " through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or use with igs. 86, 8, 88 & 9 in seismic applications. How to size: Specify length of retaining strap based on beam size. Installation: Length of strap should be adequate to allow at least " of strap to be bent over the beam side of the flange opposite the side the beam clamp is mounted on. Ordering: Specify rod size, igure number, name, length of retaining clip and finish (dd 2" to flange width of beam to arrive at proper length of retaining clip). If required length is not standard, order next longer standard. Rod ig. 89: Retaining lip: Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Weights 4 2 8 0 4 6 0. 0.28 0. 0. 2 4 2 0.22 0. 0.46 0.6 ig. 89 L 4" 4 6 0.2 0.4 00. 0. Length L 4 2, 8, 0, 4 ig. 89X Retaining lip Range: " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or use with igs. 86, 88, 92, 9, 94 & 9 in seismic applications. pprovals: omplies with MSS-SP-2. How to size: Specify length of retaining strap based on beam size. Installation: Length of strap should be adequate to allow at least " of strap to be bent over the beam side of the flange opposite the side the beam clamp is mounted on. Ordering: Specify rod size, ig. no., name, length of retaining clip and finish (dd 2" to flange width of beam to arrive at proper length of retaining clip). If required length is not standard, order next longer standard. L 4" T W Rod 2 4 Width W ig. 89X: Weight (lbs) imensions (in) T Weight 6 8 0 4 0.08 0.0 0.4 0. 0.24 4 0.00 0. 0. 0.22 0. Length L 6, 8, 0, 4 PH 48

M LMPS eam lamps ig. 92 Universal -type lamp (Standard Throat) Range: and 2" Material: uctile iron, hardened steel cup point set screw and locknut. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for use under roof installations with bar joist type construction, or for attachment to the top or bottom flange of structural shapes where the vertical hanger rod is required to be offset from the edge of the flange and where the thickness of joist or flange does not exceed 4". pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 9 & 2) WW-H-- (Type 2) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 9 & 2). UL, UL Listed and M pproved. How to size: of clamp is determined by size of rod to be used. Installation: ollow recommended set screw torque values per MSS-SP-69 (See table on page PH-22) eatures: They may be attached to horizontal flanges of structural members in either the top beam or bottom beam positions. Secured in place by a cup-pointed Set Screw tightened against the flange. Jam Nut is provided for tightening the Set Screw against the ody asting. Thru tapping of the body casting permits extended adjustment of the threaded rod. an be used with ig 89X retaining clip for seismic applications. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name of clamp and finish. G H T LST ON ULL THR O RO MUST XPOS 4" OY STING JM - NUT ST SRW " ig. 92: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Set Screw Top Max Loads ottom Weight G H 00 20 0.4 6 9 6 9 6 6 2 2 2 90 60 0.6 6 Maximum temperature of 40 2 6 6 2 2 PH 49

M LMPS ig. 9 Universal -type lamp (Wide Throat) Range: and 2" Material: Malleable/uctile iron clamp, hardened steel cup point set screw and locknut. inish: Plain and Galvanized Service: Recommended for use under roof installations with bar joist type constructions, or for attachment to the top or bottom flange of structural shapes where the vertical hanger rod is required to be offset from the edge of the flange and where the thickness of joist or flange does not exceed 4". pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 9 & 2) WW-H-- (Type 2) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 9 & 2). UL, UL Listed and M pproved. How to size: of clamp is determined by size of rod to be used. Installation: ollow recommended set screw torque values per MSS-SP-69 (See tables on page PH-22) eatures: They may be attached to horizontal flanges of structural members in either the top beam or bottom beam positions. Secured in place by a cup-pointed Set Screw tightened against the flange. Jam Nut is provided for tightening the Set Screw against the ody asting. Thru tapping of the body casting permits extended adjustment of the threaded rod. Wider throat for attaching to flange with up to 4" thickness. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name of clamp and finish. G H T LST ON ULL THR O RO MUST XPOS 4" OY STING JM - NUT ST - SRW " ig. 9: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Set Screw Top Max Loads ottom Weight G H 00 20 0.4 6 2 2 9 6 6 2 2 90 60 0. 2 2 2 6 6 6 Maximum temperature of 40 PH 0

M LMPS ig. 94 Wide Throat Top eam -lamp Range: " and 4" Material: Malleable/uctile iron body, hardened steel cup point set screw and locknut. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for use under roof installations with bar joist type construction, or for attachment to the top flange of structural shapes where the vertical hanger rod is required to be offset from the edge of the flange and where the thickness of joists or flange does not exceed 6". pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 9) WW-H-- (Type 9) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 9). UL Listed and M pproved. How to size: of clamp is determined by size of rod to be used. Installation: ollow maximum recommended set screw torque values per MSS-SP-69. (See tables on see page PH-22) eatures: Provides clamping to bar joists which are directly under roof installations. Provides for vertical hanger rod installed offset from the edge of the beam flange. Malleable iron body assures full thread engagement of rod. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name of clamp and finish. eam lamps /8 /6 ig. 94: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Max Loads Weight,200 0.66 4 2 4 Maximum temperature of 40 PH 4 4 4,600 0.8 2 6

M LMPS ig. 22 Top eam lamp Material: arbon steel jaw, hook rod with nut, lock washer and plain washer. inish: Plain Service: Recommended for use on top flange of beam and roof trusses where the flange thickness does not exceed 0.8". pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 2). UL Listed and M pproved when used with " and 2" rod sizes. How to size: etermine hook rod length by adding figure in column headed "x" to flange width (see table on page PH-209 for flange width). "x" is not indicated as a dimension on drawing. Installation: Slide stamped steel jaw over beam flange and attach hook rod and eye rod, finally tightening hook rod. Hammer jaw firmly against the underside of the beam to complete installation. eatures: Two jaw sizes fit beam flanges thickness from 0.2" to 0.8". lamp firmly holds to beam providing safe and extremely economical means of supporting small piping from the top flange of steel beams and roof trusses. Ordering: Specify jaw size, figure number, name, hook rod length. Standard hook rods are furnished in even inch lengths, either length ordered or next longer length. ig. 22: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Jaw Max Load Weight Hook Rod iam Rod X 0 0.8 4 6 2 2 2 4 2 940 0.6 2 ased on 8" hook rod length. Will vary for other hook rod lengths 4 4 6 2 2 2 2 PH 2

M LMPS ig. 4 djustable Side eam lamp Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for supporting pipe from the bottom flange of beams. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H-- (Type 4) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 2). Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. ig. 4: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) 2 2" ig. 2 2 Rod Max Load Hole djustment eam Width Weight Min. Max. 00 6.9 2 00 9 6 2 8.6,000 6 2.2 djustable Side eam lamp eam lamps Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain Service: To be used where it is necessary for the hanger rod to run vertically close to the beams edge, eliminating drilling of holes in structural members. omponents: Top slide, bottom hook, nut and bolt assembled. esign: an be adjusted to fit various beam flange widths and thicknesses pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 2). Ordering: Specify size, figure number, type, name. ig. 2: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Max lange Width Max lange Thickness Rod Max Load Weight ig. 2 - Type - 4 2 2 0.80 4 4-6 6.06 00 6 6-2 4. - 9 6.28 ig. 2 - Type 2-4 2 2. 4 4-6 6.84 2 00 6 6-2 4 2.0-9 6 2.2 ig. 2 - Type - 4 2 2. 4 4-6 6 4.9 00 6 6-2 4 4. - 9 6. PH

M LMPS ig. ig. 4 Range: 4" through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: lamp centers the load on beam to prevent distortion pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H-- (Type 2) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 2). ig. UL Listed and M pproved when used with " and 2" rod. ig. 4 UL Listed and M pproved when used with 2" and " rod. omponents: Two half-clamps, pipe spacer and bolt with nut assembled. Ordering: igure number, width of flange, name and finish. Note: Spacer is furnished for use with ig. 290 weldless eye nuts. Spacer may be removed for use with ig 28 eye rods. Standard uty eam lamp Heavy uty eam lamp ig. Standard uty Spacer olt ig. 4 Heavy uty lange lange Width Max lange Thickness ig. Std. uty Weight (lbs) ig. 4 Heavy uty 4 2 0.9.82.00 4. 6 4. 4.2.29 4.84 8.44.0 9.8 0 6.2 6.6 2.09 ig., 4: Loads (lbs) imensions (in) ig. 2 ig. 4 4 2 4 olt Spacer O.. Max Load 6,000 6,000 PH 4

M LMPS ig. 28 Malleable eam lamp Without xtension Piece Material: Malleable iron jaw, steel tie rod, nuts and washer. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for attachment to structural steel. Use in conjunction with beams where beam widths are from 2 " minimum to " maximum and flange thickness does not exceed 0.60". pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 0) WW-H-- (Type 0) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 0). UL, UL Listed and M pproved (s /4" - 8" pipe size), when used with the ig. extension piece (s /8" - /8"). Installation: The malleable beam clamp ig. 28 may be used with an eye rod, or ig. extension piece. eatures: unctional design insures proper fit for all beam sizes. Tie rod locks clamp in place when nuts are tightened. Ordering and stocking simplified because of one universal size. esign allows hanger rod to swing from vertical providing flexibility at the beam clamp. Ordering: Specify figure number, name and finish. Note: When used with ig. see page PH-86 extension piece, an additional inch or more of vertical adjustment is obtained. ig. (not supplied) eam lamps OLT I. ig. (not supplied) ig. 28: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Max Rod Max Load Weight Width of eam lange (in) Rod Take Out - (in) 2 8 4 6 olt iam,6 2.2 2 6 6 2 6 2 9 6 6 Note: see page PH-20 for load capacity of rod PH

M LMPS ig. 228 Universal orged Steel (US) eam lamp With US (Upper) Nut Right-Hand Thread Material: orged steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or suspension of heavy loads from beams with flange widths to " and flange thickness to.0. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 28 without links; Type 29 with links) WW-H-- (Type 0 & ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 28 without links; Type 29 with links). Installation: it jaws over edges of lower beam flange and tighten nuts on tie rod to lock clamp in place. eatures: Upper nut is tapped to any specified size up to the maximum rod size. Quickly, easily, economically installed. Tie rod insures a tight non-slip fit to the beam. lamps are available, tapped to any specified rod size up to the maximum rod size. Ordering: Specify clamp size, figure number, name, rod size and finish. Note: The application of a load to a structural beam by means of a beam clamp produces a transverse stress, perpendicular to the axis of the beam, in the flange to which the load is applied. per load, beam flange width and rod size Z 8" ig. 228 (w/o Links) ig. 228: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) lamp No. Max Rod Jaw and Max Load Weight Z ye Nut Z 8" 2,60. 6 228 2.0 0.60 4,480 0.6 228 2 4 9. 2,00.0.0 2 228 or reference only, order by clamp size. urnished with links. Note: Load capacity based on rod sizes shown. or load capacity of other rod sizes see page PH-20 or actual Z dimensions see table on page PH-209 ig. 228 (w/links) Width of eam lange (in) lamp No. Rod Take Out - (in) 4 6 8 9 0 2 4 9 6 2 4 2 6 6 6 6 6 2 4 2 6 2 6 2 6 6 9 6 6 2 6 2 9 6 2 4 6 urnished with links. PH 6

M LMPS ig. 292: Right-Hand Thread Universal orged Steel (US) eam lamp ig. 292L: Left-Hand Thread With Weldless ye Nut Material: orged steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or suspension of heavy loads from beams with flange widths to " and flange thickness to.0. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 28 without links; Type 29 with links) WW-H-- (Type 28 without links; Type 29 with links) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 28 without links; Type 29 with links). Installation: it jaws over edges of lower beam flange and tighten nuts on tie rod to lock clamp in place. eatures: Weldless eye nut provides for horizontal pipe movement without binding. Weldless eye nut is furnished tapped to any specified rod size up to the maximum rod size. Tie rod assures a tight non-slip fit to the beam. Ordering: Specify clamp size, figure number, name, rod size and finish. Note: The application of a load to a structural beam by means of a beam clamp produces a transverse stress, perpendicular to the axis of the beam, in the flange to which the load is applied. eam lamps ig. 292, ig. 292L: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) /8 lamp No. Max Rod Max Load Weight Z Max 4,20.9 2 9.2.0,900 4 2..9 6 2.9 2,00.8 0.60.0 Jaw and ye Nut 4 292 / 6 292 2 / 2 2 292 / 2 2 292 / Z ig. 292 (w/links) 8 2 6.8 4 9 6 292 / 4 or reference only, order by clamp size. urnished with links. Note: Load capacity based on rod sizes shown. or load capacity of other rod sizes see page PH-20 or actual Z dimentions see table on page PH-209 /8 lamp No. Width of eam lange (in) Rod Take Out - (in) 4 6 8 9 0 2 4 Z 4 2 4 6 4 6 2 2 4 4 4 6 4 6 6 6 6 ig. 292 (w/o Links) 4 6 6 6 6 4 6 8 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 4 6 4 6 6 6 6 8 2 8 2 6 6 8 8 8 6 8 6 4 4 4 6 PH

STRUTURL TTHMNTS ig. (Short) ig. L (Long) Structural Welding Lug Range: ig. : 2" through 4" ig. L 2" through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or attachment to structural steel in conjunction with the ig. 299 clevis and with type variable spring hanger or Type onstant Support. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, finish and whether short or long lug is required. Order Separately: ig. 29 pin with cotters or bolt and nut IL WL H IL WL R W T ig., ig. L: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod * Pin or olt ia. 2 6 PH 8 ig., ig. L ig. (Short) ig. L (Long) R T W 4 Max Load 60 0,0,0 Rod Take Out - H Weight Rod Take Out - H 4 6 2,60,692 4 2 2 0.4 0.68 2 4 6,20 2,0 0.60.0 4,480,08 0. 0.98 2 4 2 2,900 4,620.2.6 4 2 2 4 9,00,440.0 4. 2 4,800 0,80 4.8 6.4 2 2 4 2 8,600 4,66 4. 4 2 6. 4 2 2 4 2 24,600 9,26 4.2 8.8 6 2 4 2 2 2 2,00 2,29.6 2 2 2 4 2 9,800,69 4 2. 2 4 4 8 49,400 8,68. 4 60,00 4,066 6.0 4 2,900 6,0 8.9 2 4 4 2 2 9 84,00 66,. 6 4 4 4 4 98,00,9.9 * Note: Rod size "" is the assembly rod diameter. imension not shown on drawing 0.48 Weight 0.

STRUTURL TTHMNTS ig. 4 Two Hole Welding eam Lug Range: 2" through 2 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or single rod suspension of ig. 8-H, type and constant supports. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, finish and H dimension. H K I 2-PLS IL WL Structural ttachments R T W/2 W W/2 2W ig. 4: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod * Max Load Weight H imension Rod Take Out - H imension onstant Support rame s 2 2 4-9 0-8 9-4 -49 0-6 Pin or olt K Hole R T W 2W W/2 2,0.4. 2.2 6 2,60.4.6 2.2 2 2 4 6 4 2 2 4 4,20..6 2. 2.6 2 6,900 2.6. 4. 4 2 2 6 2 4 9,00.0 6..9 2 2 4 8 2 2,800 0. 2.8 4 4 2 2 0 2 2 4 8,600 0.4 2. 2 4 2 24,600 6.0 2 4 2 6 2 2 4 2,00.6 2 2 2 Select H dimension applicable to constant support frame size. Weight varies with H dimension. * Note: Rod size "" is the assembly rod diameter. imension not shown on drawing PH 9

STRUTURL TTHMNTS ig: 66 Welded eam ttachment Range: 8" through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for attachment to bottom of beams, especially where loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 22) WW-H-- (Type 22) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 22). Installation: If flexibility at the beam is desired, use with bolt and eye rod ig. 28, page PH-82, or with weldless eye nut ig. 290, page PH-89. If vertical adjustment is desired, use with threaded rod and nut and weld the attachment in an inverted position to the beam. eatures: Will accommodate very heavy loads and rod sizes through 2". an be installed so as to provide for either flexibility or for vertical adjustment. Versatility affords economical stocking and erection. eam size need not be considered. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. Specify with bolt and nut if required for " rod size and smaller. Specify with pin and cotter pins if required for /4" rod size and larger. IL WL IL WL S T 2" Rod ia. and Larger are abricated IL WL H /2 ' R 4" Rod ia. and Smaller are ormed Using olt or Pin and ye Rod Using Hanger Rod With ttachment in Inverted Position 4" Rod ia. and Smaller Only S T Rod Pin or olt ig: 66: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Max Load Weight Rod Take Out 60 0 Without olt and Nut With olt and Nut ' H R S T 2 x 2 2 0 2.2 9 6 2 x 2 2,0,0 0.96. 2 6 4 4 2 4 x 2 4 2,60,692.6 4 6 4 x 4,20 2,0.9 2.8 2 6 2 x 4 4,480,08 2..9 2 4 2 x,900 4,620 4. 6. 2 4 4 2 2 2 2 4 x 9,00,440 8. 0.2 2 4 2 2 2 x 6,800 0,80.6 9.0 4 4 2 2 4 4 x 6 8,600 4,66 8. 24.2 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 x 6 24,600 9,26 22.8 0.6 2 4 2 2 2 4 2 2 x 2,00 2,29 26.4 6.8 2 2 6 6 2 2 2 4 x 9,800,69 26. 9. 2 4 2 4 x 49,400 8,68 26.8 40.8 4 4 4 4 x 60,00 4,066 2.6 46. 6 4 4 2 x 4,900 6,0 4. 62. 4 2 4 4 4 2 4 x 4 84,00 66,.4 2.4 2 8 PH 60

STRUTURL TTHMNTS Structural ttachments ig. 60 Steel Washer Plate Range: " to 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: heavy duty washer plate used on top of channels or angles for supporting pipe with rods or U-bolts. Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. ig. 60: Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Weight Max Load 60 0 x x of Stock Hole ia. H 0.6 0 2 x x 4 2 2 0.6,0,0 0.9 2,60,692 4 x x 4.6,20 2,0 2.2 4,480,08 4 x 4 x 2 2.,900 4,620 4 H (Hole ia.) 4. 9,00,440 x x 2 2 2 4.8,800 0,80 4 4 4. 8,600 4,66 x x 4 2 2 4. 24,600 9,26 2 4 2 4 6.6 2,00 2,29 2 2 2 2 6.4 9,800,69 2 4 2 4 6.2 49,400 8,68 6 x 6 x 4.9 60,00 4,066 4 4.6,900 6,0 2 2 8. 84,00 66, x x 4 4 4.8 98,00,9 4 PH 6

STRUTURL TTHMNTS ig. 2 ig. race itting omplete Pipe nd Only Range: " and 4" Material: Malleable iron bracket and pipe end; hex cap screw and nut. inish: Plain Service: or bracing piping against sway and seismic movement. Installation: Normally two fittings are used; a ig. 2 complete attached to one end of an IPS nipple and a ig. pipe end only attached to the other end. The brace fitting complete connects to the building structure while the pipe end only connects to the pipe attachment. Use with ig. 22 P pipe clamp see page PH-. eatures: Two piece pivoted assembly accommodates any angle to structure. Sight hole in pipe end provides easy means of verifying proper thread engagement. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, name. R T W HOL SIZ - H SIGHT HOL PIP N ONLY IG. ig. 2, ig. : Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Max Load Weight ig. 2 ig. Hole ia. H R T W 80 0.9 0.0 2 6 6 4,0.40 0.80 2 6 ased on MSS-SP 2 at 40 and maximum nipple length of 6 feet. 2 9 6 4 4 2 4 6 4 PH 62

RKTS ig. 202 Iron Side eam racket Range: " through " Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for attachment to steel or wooden beams, etc. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). UL, UL Listed and M pproved. eatures: n economical, practical and adjustable means of securing hangers to beams, etc. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. rackets G H T H ig. 202: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod With Lag Screw Max Load With olt to Steel Weight Hole ia. H G T 90 0 0.26 6 2 6 4 2 640,0 0.4 6 4 2 2 9 6 6 2 60 2,60 0.94 2 6 Maximum temperature of 40. 2 4 6 6 PH 6

RKTS ig. 206 Steel Side eam racket Range: " through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum recommended Load: 2,000 (lbs) when used with bolts. Service: lip can be fastened to side of joist or wall to support hanger rod. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). UL Listed and M pproved. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. T L H Rod ig. 206: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) With Lag Screw Max Load With olt to Steel Weight (lbs). L Hole H T L 0.44 60,0 2 6 6 2 0.4 9 6 80 2,000 0.84 2 2 4 6 4 ig. 20 Threaded Steel Side eam racket Range: " and 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for attachment to steel or wooden beams, etc. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). UL Listed (with rod size " and 2"). M pproved (with rod size " only) eatures: Threaded mounting bracket provides an economical, practical and adjustable means of securing hangers to beams. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. 4 4 8" OLT HOL 2" OLT HOL 8" TH. RO 6 4 2 2 8 6 4 2" OLT HOL 8" OLT HOL 2" TH. RO 8 8 4 ig. 20 8" 8 ig. 20 2" ig. 20: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod 2 olt With Lag Screw 400 2 60 2 60 80 Max Load With olt to Steel Weight 620 0.,0 0.42 PH 64

RKTS rackets ig. 94 Light Welded Steel racket Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for support from below or above bracket. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-- (Type 2) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). M pproved when used with rod sizes " through " How to size: etermine bracket size by dimension of standard bracket most suitable to the installation. Installation: When bolted to a wall, an additional back plate may be required of such thickness and size as to properly distribute the weight over the wall. and thickness of the back plate is governed by the load to be carried and the nature and conditions of the wall. ack plates furnished upon request. eatures: racket may be installed either in position illustrated or reversed. nds of bracket are drilled to accept hanger rods up to 4". Ordering: Specify bracket number, figure number, name and finish. Order separately: Hanger rods, 2 bolts and plate washers. W " 6 Max 4" W dditional rod attachments available. Requires: 2 bolts, 2 plate washers (not included) " 6 2" ig. 94: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) racket no. Max Load Weight W. 9 6 2 2 0. 0 2 6 2.8 9 6 2 PH 6

RKTS ig. 9 Medium Welded Steel racket Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for the support of loads from below or above bracket. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 2) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 2). How to size: etermine size by dimensions most suitable to the installation (see dimensions of standard brackets below). Special welded steel brackets can be furnished on order. Installation: When bolted to a wall, an additional back plate may be required of such thickness and size as to properly distribute the weight over the wall. and thickness of the back plate is governed by the load to be carried and the nature and conditions of the wall. ack plates furnished upon request. eatures: If supporting pipe by rod, rod can be installed anywhere along the length of the bracket thus providing horizontal adjustment. Ordering: Specify bracket number, figure number, name and finish. Orders for special brackets are to be accompanied by detailed sketch. Order Separately: Rod, ig. 60, bolts, nuts, and back plates for fastening brackets to wall. Specify size and length of rod, bolts size, thickness, and drilling of back plates. 2 2" 4" 8" W ig. 60 G H " GP 6" ig. 9: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) racket no. Max Load Weight W G H 0.4 2 8 2 4 2 2,00 2. 8 24 2 2 4 4 2 4. 24 0 2 2 2 2 PH 66

RKTS ig. 99 Heavy Welded Steel racket Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for the support of loads from above or below bracket. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-- (Type 4) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). How to size: etermine size by dimensions most suitable to the installation (see dimensions of standard brackets below). Special welded steel brackets can be furnished on order. Installation: When bolted to a wall, an additional back plate may be required of such thickness and size as to properly distribute the weight over the wall. and thickness of the back plate is governed by the load to be carried and the nature and conditions of the wall. ack plates furnished upon request. eatures: If supporting pipe by rod, rod can be installed at any point along the length of the bracket thus providing horizontal adjustment. Ordering: Specify bracket number, figure number, name. Orders for special brackets are to be accompanied by detailed sketch. Order Separately: Rod, ig. 60, bolts, nuts, and back plates for fastening brackets to wall. Specify size and length of rod, bolts size, thickness, and drilling of back plates. 2" W ig. 60 G H K G H rackets " GP " GP HOL I (L) HOL I (L) SIZ 0 SIZ THRU ig. 99: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) racket No. Max Load Weight W G H K L 0 24. 2 8 4 4 4 6 2.8 8 24 2 6 2 4 2 4 6 2 6.8 24 0 2 2,000 2 2 2 2 2 2 82. 0 6 4 4 40. 6 42 9 2 6 2 2 2 2 66.4 42 0 46 2 6 PH 6

ILING PLT ig. 2 Plastic eiling Plate Range: " and 2" Material: Plastic Service: Recommended for giving a finished appearance where rod enters ceiling. Installation: Slide plate up rod until flush against ceiling. eatures: Highly economical Quickly installed Held firmly to rod by design and friction Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name. (rod not included) ig. 2: Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Weight Outside ia. epth 2 0.0 6 2 ig. 9 ast Iron eiling Plate Range: 2" through 8" Material: ast iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Gives finished appearance where pipe enters ceiling. Installation: s 2" to 4" furnished with one machine screw; sizes " to 8", two machine screws. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. ig. 9: Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Weight - ia. L L 2 0.2 2 4 4 0.40 0.4 L L 4 0. 4 2 0. 4 4 2 0.6 4 4 2 2 0.9 2.0 6 2.20 6 6 4.40 SIZS 2 THRU 4 SIZS THRU 8 2.0 8 6 6.0 9 4 8.0 4 4 PH 68

ILING LNG ig. 28 Pipe Threaded, eiling lange Range: 4" Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for attachment to wood beams or ceiling. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. 2 4" 6" 8" 4 NPT 6" ig. 28: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) 8" Pipe Max Load Number of Pieces Per arton Screws (not included) Weight Quantity No. 4 80 0.20 2 2 2 ig. 28R Range: " and 2" Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for attachment to wood beams or ceiling. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. Rod Threaded, eiling lange eiling Plates 6" 2 4" 2" 6" ig. 28R: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) " Rod Max Load Weight Screws (not included) Quantity no. 2 80 0.6 2 2 PH 69

ILING LNG ig. Pipe Hanger lange Range: " through 4" Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain Service: Recommended for suspension of pipe lines or conduit from level ceilings. pprovals: UL, UL Listed and M pproved. Installation: lange size " has two holes, sizes 2", ", and 4" have three holes. eatures: Provides vertical adjustment up to ". Good appearance. Ordering: specify rod size, figure number and name. " 2", ", 4" H ( PLS) H (2 PLS) Rod Max Load ig. : Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Weight Screw H (not included) 42 0.4 #8 x 2 2 Screw ircle ia. 6 2 2,00 0.9 x 2 4 2 6 4 2,220. 2 x 2 4 4 6 4,20 2.2 9 6 x 2 4 6 PH 0

ONRT INSRTS ig. 2 Screw oncrete Insert Range: " through " Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain Service: Upper attachment for suspending pipe from a concrete ceiling where no lateral adjustment is required. pprovals: UL, UL Listed and M pproved. eatures: liminates the necessity of drilling holes in wooden forms. Reduced overall height and four slots for nail attachment gives stability to the insert while the concrete is being poured. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number and name. ' oncrete Inserts Rod Max Load ig. 2: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Weight 0 0. 2,0 0.2 2 2 4 2,260 0. 2 4 0.64 2,00 2 2 6 6 4 0. 2 ased on insert only. Rating is subject to the condition that the concrete used is of sufficient strength to hold the insert. PH

ONRT INSRTS ig. 282 Universal oncrete Insert Range: " through " Material: Malleable iron body and nut inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Upper attachment for suspending pipe, shafting, motors and similar equipment from a concrete ceiling; especially suitable where rod sizes cannot be readily determined in advance. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8) WW-H-- (Type 8) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). UL, M and UL pproved. Installation:. Nail insert to wooden forms. 2. Where convenient, reinforcing rods may be placed in the opening through the top of the insert, or short lengths of reinforcing rod may be wired to the insert prior to pouring concrete. However, the specified load ratings and approvals are not dependent on the use of any reinforcing rods in contact with the insert.. fter concrete is poured and wooden forms are removed, place nut in insert and screw rod through nut until rod is firmly against the top of the insert body. The rod should not be forced against the top of the recess thereby placing unnecessary stress at the opening of the insert by the nut. eatures: ast body prevents concrete seepage. Opening in top of insert provides for use of reinforcing rods up to " diameter. Sides of insert are recessed for reinforcing rods up to " diameter. Low height, broad flat bottom and widely separated nail slots minimize displacement during construction. The nut, held in place by V-type teeth on both insert and nut, can be raised and moved from side to side providing for lateral adjustment. Rod is locked in place by screwing it firmly against the top of the recess. One body size. Ordering: Specify figure number, name, finish and size of nut. ig. 282 : Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod djustment Max Load Weight 2 6 6 8 4 8 Insert omplete With Nut Insert Only 0 2,0 6,40 4,40,40.. Nut Only 2 4 0.2 ased on insert and nut only. Rating is subject to the condition that the concrete used is of sufficient strength to hold the insert. PH 2

ONRT INSRTS ig. 28 Wedge Type oncrete Insert Range: 4" through " Material: arbon steel body; malleable iron nut inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Upper attachment for suspending pipe or conduit from concrete ceiling. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8) WW-H-- (Type 9) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). UL, UL Listed and M pproved (s /8" - /4"). Installation:. Nail insert to wooden forms. 2. Where convenient, reinforcing rods may be placed in the opening through the top of the insert, or short lengths of reinforcing rod may be wired to the insert prior to pouring concrete. However, note that the specified load ratings and approvals are not dependent on the use of any reinforcing rods in contact with the insert.. fter concrete is poured and forms removed, insert screw driver into slot in knockout plate and snap it out. 4. The nut may be put on the rod before inserting in the insert body. Then, turn rod so that elongated nut lies across the slot; screw rod through nut until rod is firmly against the top of the recess. eatures: Nut may be put on hanger rod before insertion, avoiding need of locating nut in insert body prior to inserting rod. Insert nut, when located in position, wedges against the sloping sides of insert, providing greater support than if resting on lower edge of the insert body. Wedge-shaped body is so held by concrete in compression thus increasing load carrying capacity. asily removed knockout plate. Rod can be adjusted along complete length of slot. One body for six sizes of rod. Ordering: Specify figure number, name and size of nut. oncrete Inserts ig. 28: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Max Load Weight TWO /6" I. HOLS H N /2" /8" /4" adj.* /4" 4 /8" /4" 2 /2" 2 /6" 2" Insert omplete With Nut Insert Only Nut Only 4 240 0 0.82 2,0 0.86 0.89 4,200 0.86 0.9 0.69 4 0. 2 0. 0.20 4 0. 0.24 ased on insert and nut only. Rating is subject to the condition that the concrete used is of sufficient strength to hold the insert. PH

ONRT INSRTS ig. 28 Light Weight oncrete Insert Range: 4" through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Upper attachment for suspending pipe or conduit from concrete ceiling. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8) WW-H-- (Type 8) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 9). UL, UL Listed and M pproved (s /8" - /8"). Installation:. Nail insert to wooden forms. 2. Reinforcing rods may be located under the arched flanges at the top of the insert. However, note that the specified load ratings and approvals are not dependent on the use of any reinforcing rods in contact with the insert.. fter concrete is poured and wooden forms are removed, remove knockout by tapping along edge with pointed instrument. 4. Slip nut into insert and screw rod through nut until rod is firmly against the top of the insert body. eatures: Suitable for use in concrete 2" thick due to low overall height. Highly competitive. Provides for 2" of lateral adjustment. Knockout prevents seepage of concrete from underneath the insert up into the insert body. One body size. Removable nut in four sizes. Rod can be rigidly locked in position. Ordering: Specify figure number, name, finish and size of nut. ig. 28: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) /4" 2 /2" /4" Rod Max Load Weight TWO /2" I. HOLS H N " /4" Insert omplete With Nut 4 20 0.46 0.49 2 400 0.49 0.48 2" J. 4 /4" Insert Only - 0.4 4 Nut Only 2 0.0 ased on insert and nut only. Rating is subject to the condition that the concrete used is of sufficient strength to hold the insert. PH 4

ONRT INSRTS ig. 286 (ormerly ig. 28) Iron ross esign Range: 4 through 2 Material: Stainless steel body, fiberglass bars, polypropylene disc Service: Upper attachment for suspending pipe or equipment from concrete ceiling. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8) WW-H-- (Type 8) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). Installation: () Nail insert to wooden forms. (2) Locate fiberglass bars to rest upon existing reinforcing rods or wire the insert directly into existing reinforced rods to achieve the specified load ratings. eatures: Stainless steel body prevents corrosion. one shaped body. xceptional pullout strength. liminates uncertainty of tying conventional inserts into bridge deck rebars. Ordering: Specify figure number, name and rod size. oncrete Inserts IRGLSS ROS 2" LONG 6 SS ROS VILL UPON RQUST ig. 286: THR HOL OR HNGR RO 4 Rod Max Load (lbs) 4,20 4,480 NIL MOUNTING HOLS (4) IS 2,900 4 9,00 2,800 ased on the rod diameter only. Rating is subject to the conditions that the concrete used is of sufficient strength to hold the insert. PH

ONRT INSRTS ig. 284 Metal eck Hanger Range: " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain Service: Recommended for suspending pipe or conduit in metal concrete deck forms for a variety of rod sizes. May be used with a rod coupling such as the ig. or 6 to allow for extended rod lengths. eatures: L and H can be specified for a custom fit if your particular deck does not accommodate type,, or. Standard 6'' long UN bolt is welded to bracket to ensure assembly remains intact during shipment. Ordering: Specify igure 284, design type (,, ) and bolt diameter. If your specific deck will not fit one of the design types and/or a different bolt size is required, specify leg height (H), opening (L) and bolt size. efore pouring concrete, locate the igure 284 on deck so legs rest in valleys of form. rill hole in deck for bolt. W Type ig. 284: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) olt Max Load L H W Weight H L 0. 2,0.4 2,60 9 4 2.64 4,20.92 0 2.2 2,0 2. 2 2 2,60 2.4 4,20 2.82 0.0 2,0.20 6 4 2 2,60.4 4,20.69 ased on the rod diameter only. Rating is subject to the conditions that the concrete used is of sufficient strength to hold the deck hanger. PH 6

ONRT TTHMNTS ig. 4 oncrete Single Lug Plate Range: / 2" through 2 Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Structural attachment to concrete ceiling lug is used in conjunction with ig. 299 (see page PH-8.) forged steel clevis and anchors of sufficient strength to hold the desired load. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. H R U (pin dia.) G J J oncrete Inserts T ia. (4 Places) Rod Max Load ig. 4: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Weight J G H R T U 2,0. 4 8 9 6 4 2,60 4.6 2 0 4 2 4 4,20 4.8 4 8 6 6 4,480 22.0 4 2,900.9 8 4 6 2 2 4 9,00 4.8 6 6 2 2,800 4.6 2 2 6 2 8 2 4 8,600. 4 8 4 2 24,600 8.2 4 2 4 ased on the rod diameter only. Rating is subject to the conditions that the concrete and anchors used are of sufficient strength to hold the load. PH

ONRT TTHMNTS ig. 49 oncrete levis Plate Range: " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Structural attachment to concrete ceiling where flexibility is desired. oncrete clevis plate is normally used in conjunction with ig. 290, page PH-89, weldless eye nut, or ig. 28 page PH-82 welded eye rod and anchors of sufficient strength to hold the desired load. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. Note: s 8" through " are supplied with bolt and nut. Larger sizes are supplied with pin and cotters. G H S T R W U (Pin or olt ) J J (4 PLS) Rod Max Load ig. 49: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Weight J G H R S T U W 2 2,0.9 9 6 4 4 0.8 2,60. 0 4,20 6.9 2 8 6 4,480 8. 4 2 2 4 2 2 2,900 6.9 6 2 4 2 2 2 4 9,00 40.9 2 6 6 2 4 2 2,800 9.8 4 2 2 4 4 8,600 9.6 0 4 4 2 4 2 2 ased on the rod diameter only. Rating is subject to the conditions that the concrete and anchors used are of sufficient strength to hold the load. PH 8

ONRT TTHMNTS ig. 2 oncrete Rod ttachment Plate Range: " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Structural attachment to concrete ceiling where vertical adjustment is desired. Normally used with threaded rod and nut and anchors of sufficient strength to hold the desired load. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. G H J J oncrete Inserts (4 PLS) Rod Max Load ig. 2: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Weight J H G 0.6 2 4 2,0.6 2 9 6 2 2,60. 0 2 4 4,20 6. 8 6 4,480 6. 4 4,900 4.9 2 4 2 2 2 6 6 4 9,00 40.9 ased on the rod diameter only. Rating is subject to the conditions that the concrete and anchors used are of sufficient strength to hold the load. 2 4 PH 9

HNGR ROS ig. 42 oach Screw Rods Machine Threaded on Opposite nd Range: " and 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and rod length. L Ig. 42: Standard Thread Lengths(in) Loads (lbs) Rod Standard Length - L oach Screw Thread Length Standard Rod Thread Length Max Load 2 2 4 2 8 2 2 2 4 8 2 6 2 2 90 640 ig. 46 Range: 4" through 2" Stocked in six, ten, and twelve foot lengths. Other even foot lengths can be furnished to order. Material: arbon steel; rod threaded complete length. inish: Plain or galvanized. Maximum Temperature: 60. Ordering: Specify rod diameter and length, figure number, name and finish. Length ontinuous Threaded Rod ig. 46: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Threads per Inch Max Load 60 Weight per t. 4 20 240 0.2 6 0 0.0 2,0 0. 2,60 0.84 4 0,20.20 9 4,480.0 8,900 2.0 4 9,00.60 2 6,800.0 Note: Other rod sizes available upon request. lass 2 fit is available upon request. PH 80

HNGR ROS ig. 40: Right-hand Threads ig. 2: Right and Left hand Threads Machine Threaded Rods Threaded oth nds Range: 8" through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, rod length and finish. Specify thread length if other than standard. ig. 40, 2: Loads (lbs) imensions (in) ig. 40, 2: Loads (lbs) imensions (in) (cont.) Rod Threads per Inch Max Load 60 0 Standard Rod Thread Length * Rod Threads per Inch Max Load 60 0 Standard Rod Thread Length * 6 0 2 2,0,0 2 2 2,60,692 4 0,20 2,0 9 4,480,08 2 8,900 4,620 4 4 9,00,440 2 6,800 0,80 6 4 8,600 4,66 2 4 2 24,600 9,26 8 2 4 4 2 2,00 2,29 9 2 2 4 9,800,69 0 2 4 4 49,400 8,68 4 60,00 4,066 2 4 8 UN,900 6,0 2 8 UN 84,00 66, 4 4 8 UN 98,00,9 4 8 UN,400 88,80 4 4 8 UN 29,400 0, 4 2 8 UN 46,600 4,80 8 4 4 8 UN 64,00 28,982 8 UN 84,000 44,096 *ig. 40 rod up to " rod size and 24" in length may be furnished as ig 46 rod unless order states that all thread rod is not acceptable. ig. 248: Right Hand Threads ig. 248L: Left Hand Threads Range: 8" through 2 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized. Maximum Temperature: 60 eatures: Through 2", inside diameter of eye will accommodate a bolt diameter " larger than rod diameter; 4" and larger, inside diameter of eye will take a bolt diameter 4" larger than rod diameter. Ordering: Specify rod diameter, figure number, name, rod length and finish. Specify thread length if other than standard. L Rod 2 ye Rod Not Welded ig. 248, ig. 248L: Loads (lbs) imensions (in) Standard Rod Thread Length 2 2 L (min) Max Load 60 4 4 240 4 2 0 4 2,00 2 6 2,40 4 4,940 4 8 4,20 2 6 0 4,60 4 2 6,80 2 8 4 8,280 2 4 9 2 0,900 2 2 0,400 Hanger Rods PH 8

HNGR ROS ig. 28: Right Hand Threads ig. 28L: Left Hand Threads Range: 8" through 2 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized eatures: Through 2", inside diameter of eye will accommodate a bolt diameter " larger than rod diameter; 4" and larger, inside diameter of eye will take a bolt diameter 4" larger than rod diameter. Maximum Temperature: 0 Ordering: Specify rod diameter, figure number, name, rod length and finish. Specify thread length if other than standard. ye Rod Welded ig. 28, ig. 28L: Loads (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Standard Rod Thread Length - L (min) Max Load 60 0 0 2 2 2 2 4 4,0,0 4 2 2,60,692 4 2,20 2,0 WL 2 6 2 4,480,08 4 4,900 4,620 L 4 8 4 9,00,440 2 6 0,800 0,80 4 2 8,600 4,66 2 8 4 24,600 9,26 2 4 9 2 2,00 2,29 2 2 0 9,800,69 ig. 248X: Not Welded ig. 28X: Welded Range: through 2 2" Service: The use of linked eye rods in a hanger assembly allows universal movement of the piping without bending and possible fracture of a straight rod. inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: ig. 248X: 60, ig. 28X: 0 Ordering: Specify the size, length of each eye rod, figure number and finish. xample: ig. 28X linked welded eye rod consisting of: (L) ig. 28 welded eye rod ft. 2 2 in. long, center to end. (L2) ig. 28 welded eye rod ft. 2 2 in. long center to end. Linked ye Rods ig. 248X, 28X: imensions (in) Loads (lbs) Rod ig. 248X 60 Max Load ig. 28X 60 0 240 0 2 2 440,0,0 0 2,60,692 4,00,20 2,0 L L 2,40 4,480,08 L L 2 WL ig. 248X ig. 28X,940,900 4,620 4,20 9,00,440 2 4,60,800 0,80 4 6,80 8,600 4,66 2 8,280 24,600 9,26 2 4 0,900 2,00 2,29 2 2,400 9,800,69 PH 82

HNGR ROS ig. 48 Rod with ye nd T W H R L (MIN) Range: 2 4" through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: large diameter rod with eye end for load ratings thru 84,000 pounds. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, finish and L dimension. Indicate if desired thread length is other than standard. Hanger Rods ig. 48: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Max Load 60 0 Weight* Min Length Weight/t. dditional Length H L (Min) R T W 2 4 49,400 8,68.9 20 9 4 9 6 60,00 4,066 42.9 24 2 4 20 4 2 4,900 6,0 4. 28 2 4 2 4 4 2 84,00 66, 6. 2 2 4 4 24 4 2 4 98,00,9 80.0 4 2 4 2 2 4,400 88,80 9.0 4 4 26 8 2 4 4 29,400 0, 2.0 48 6 4 4 4 2 9 2 0 4 2 46,600 4,80.0 4 6 4 8 8 4 8 2 4 4 4 64,00 28,982 4.0 60 6 2 2 9 2 84,000 44,096.0 6 6 4 2 6 0 *Weight calculated with minimum L for standard thread urnished with 8 UN series threads PH 8

RO TTHMNTS ig. : Straight With Sight-Hole ig. : Straight Less Sight-Hole ig. R: Reducing Range: 4" through " Material: arbon steel inish: ig. :Plain; ig. and ig.r Galvanized Service: or connecting rods to accommodate up to " diameter and support up to,900 pounds. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number and name. Rod oupling ig,, R: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Max Load Weight L ig. : Straight With Sight-Hole 0 0.09 4 2,0 0.2 4 2 2,60 0.24 6 4,20 0.42 2 4 4,480 0.66 6 2 2,900.00 2 ig. : Straight Less Sight-Hole 4 240 0.0 Sight Hole 0 0.09 2,0 0.4 6 4 L 2,60 0.26 6 4,20 0.4 ig. R: Reducing x 4 240 0. 2 x 0 0. 6 2 4 4 x 2,0 0.9 6 2 4 x 2,60 0.26 2 4 x 4,20 0.4 4 2 2 ig. 6: Straight ig. 6R: Reducing Range: /4" through " Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or connecting rod lengths within limitation. pprovals: UL, UL Listed and M pproved (s /8" - /8"). eatures: vailable in reducing sizes. Provides visual inspection of thread engagement. Uniform strength; good appearance. Ordering: Specify rod tapping size, figure number and name. urnished with right-hand UN threads L only. Rod oupling ig. 6, 6R: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Max Load Straight: ig. 6 Weight L 4 20 0.06 0 0.0 2,0 0.20 2 6 6 2,60 0. 2 2 4,20 0.44 2 4 4,480 0.96 2 6,900 0.94 2 4 6 Reducing: ig. 6R x 4 20 0.0 2 x 0 0.2 2 2 PH 84

RO TTHMNTS ig. 4 Turnbuckle djuster Range: /4" through /4" Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain Installation: Normally used with split pipe ring, ig. 08, see page PH-22 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). Maximum Temperature: 40 eatures: n economical and simple means of obtaining vertical adjustment and flexibility at the pipe connection. Permits adjustment after pipe is in place. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number and name. H ig. 4: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Max Load Weight H 4 20 0.09 2 2 4 0.28 2 0 0. 6 6 2 2 0.2 4 4 860 0.0 4 6 2 6 2 9 6 ig. 0R Socket, Rod Threaded Range: /4" through /8" Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain Service: or attaching hanger rod to various types of building attachments Maximum Temperature: 40 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 6) WW-H-- (Type 6) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 6). UL Listed and M pproved (s /8" - /8"). Installation: Normally used with the split pipe ring ig. 08, see page PH-22. Ordering: Specify rod tapping size, figure number and name. Rod ttachments ig. 0R: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Max Load Weight 4 60 0.0 800 0.0 4 2 "" MX 2,000 0. 2,400 0.9 6 4 2,200 0. 2 2 2 2,00 0.44 2 2 PH 8

RO TTHMNTS ig. xtension piece Range: /8" through /8" Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: 40 Service: or attaching hanger rod to various types of building attachments. pprovals: UL Listed and M pproved. Installation: May be used to form an integral part of malleable iron beam clamps ig. 28, see page PH-. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. H G K ig. : Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Max Load Weight Rod Take-Out G H K 0 0.20 4 2 6 4 2 9 6 2,0 0.40 2 6,0 0.44 2 2 6 6 2 6 4 4 2,00 0.6 4 2 6 2,0 0.8 2 4 4 9 6 PH 86

RO TTHMNTS ig. 299 orged Steel levis Range: /8" through 4" Material: orged steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or use on high temperature piping installations. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H-- (Type 4) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). eatures: vailable with pin and cotter pins, if required. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. If pin and cotter pins are required, specify with pin. If other than standard combination of clevis number and rod size is required, specify clevis number, special rod tapping size, pin size, grip. N W P T GRIP T ig. 299: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Max Load Weight Rod Take Pin ia. levis N T W Grip 60 0 Without Pin With Pin Out P No. 0 2 0.9.0 2 6 6 6 2 2,0,0 0. 0.9 6 2 2,60,692 0. 0.9 4 4,20 2,0 2..0 2 4 4 2 2 4,480,08 2..4,900 4,620 4.0. 8 6 2 4 9,00,440.8. 4 2 2,800 0,80 6.0 8. 2 4 6 2 2 4 8,600 4,66 8.0 2.9 4 4 2 4 2 24,600 9,26 6.0 2. 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 4 2,00 2,29 26.0. 2 8 6 2 2 4 4 6 2 2 9,800,69 2. 6.0 2 4 2 2 2 4 49,400 8,68 6.0 0.0 9 2 60,00 4,066.0. 4 4,900 6,0 90.0 6.0 2 2 84,00 66, 88.0 8.0 4 0 8 4 2 4 4 8 4 98,00,9 86.0 20.0 4 4,400 88,80 84.0 22.0 4 4 urnished with 8 UN series threads. Rod ttachments PH 8

RO TTHMNTS ig. 20 Range: /8" through 2 2" Material: orged steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Provides adjustment up to 2" for heavy loads. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. Turnbuckle ig. 20: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Max Load Weight 60 0 = 6" Opening =2" Opening 0 2 0.42 2,0,0 0.6.20 2,60,692 0.98.8 4,20 2,0.0 2. 2 RO TK OUT " 4,480,08.90 4.0,900 4,620 2.60 4.02 4 9,00,440 4.0 2,800 0,80 6.40 4 8,600 4,66.00 2 24,600 9,26 4.90 2 4 2,00 2,29 9.60 2 2 9,800,69 26.90 Tapped right hand and left hand thread Larger rod sizes or openings available upon request ig. 2 Range: 4" through " Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Services: Provides adjustments up to 24" with loads up thru 84,000 pounds. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name, finish and opening dimension. = Opening L Sight Holes Turnbuckle ig. 2: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Rod * Max Load Weight/Opening = 6" =2" =8" =24" 4 9,00 9.0 0.8 2.6 2 2,800 2.4 4.9.4 4 8,600. 4.2 6. 2 2 24,600 20.9 24. 28. 6 2 4 2,00 29. 4.6 9. 2 2 9,800 28..4 8. 4 2 4 49,400.6 4.8 48. 4. 2 60,00 4.6 49. 6.6 64. 4,900 9.6 4.0 4. 62.0 2 84,00 2. 82.9 9. 0. 4 98,00 69.6 80.0 90.4 0.0 4,400 0. 2. 9.4.6 4 4 29,400 0. 2.. 0.0 4 2 46,600 2. 2.2 26.9 298.6 4 4 64,00 22.6 249. 2.0 292. 84,000 22.4 24. 264.8 286. urnished with 8 UN series threads. *Tapped right hand and left hand thread. 6 4 6 6 6 PH 88

RO TTHMNTS ig. 290: Right-Hand Thread ig. 290L: Left-Hand Thread Weldless ye Nut Range: 8" through 2 2" Material: orged steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or use on high temperature piping installations. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H-- (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). eatures: Supports loads equal to the full limitation of the hanger rod. Provides flexible connection when used with straight thread rod. Ordering: Specify rod size, figure number, name and finish. If other than standard combination of eye nut number and rod size, specify eye nut number and special rod tapping size. G Rod ttachments Rod Max Load 60 0 0 2 0.6 2,0,0 0.6 2,60,692 0.62 4,20 2,0 0.60 4,480,08.0,900 4,620.0 4 9,00,440.60 2,800 0,80.0 4 8,600 4,66 6.40 2 24,600 9,26.90 2 4 2,00 2,29.40 2 2 9,800,69 4.90 ig. 290, 290L: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Weight 2 6 2 6 Rod Take Out 2 2 G ye Nut Number 6 4 2 6 2 2 2 6 2 4 4 4 2 6 4 4 2 4 4 PH 89

OLTS NUTS & PINS ig. 29 levis Pin With otters Range: 2" through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: 60 Service: or use with type variable spring hanger, type constant support (ig. 8-H only) and ig. 66 welded beam attachment. Ordering: Specify pin diameter, figure number, name, finish and if cotter pins are required. L W H ig. 29: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Pin ia. Max Load 60 0 Weight L W H otter Pin 2 0 2 0.2 2 2 2 x 4,0,0 0.8 2 4 2,60,69 0.29 2,20 2,29 0.4 6 x 2 4,480,08 0.6 4 4,900 4,620.00 4 4 4 2 6 x 2 9,00,49 2.0 4,800 0,80.0 6 2 9 2 4 x 2 8,600 4,64 4.80 2 4 24,600 9,262.20 2 2 2,00 2,29 9.0 6 x x 4 2 4 9,800,6 2.0 6 49,400 8,680 6.60 8 4 6 4 4 60,00 4,08 20.00 8 2 2 x 2,900 6,298 2.90 8 4 4 4 2 4 84,00 66,20 2.0 9 2 8 2 x 6 4 98,00,2 4.80 9 4 8 4 PH 90

OLTS NUTS & PINS Machine olts Range: merican Standard hexagon head bolts with merican Standard hexagon nuts are stocked in sizes 8" through 8" UN thread series. Other sizes are available upon request. Lengths of bolts are measured from under head to extreme point. Ordering: Specify bolt size, name and length. Range: merican Standard hexagon nuts - sizes 4 thru 2". merican Standard heavy hexagon flat nuts - sizes 4" thru 4". Ordering: Specify bolt or rod size and name. Hex Nuts: imensions (in) olt /Rod 4 Width 6 9 6 2 4 6 Thickness 64 2 29 64 9 6 Hexagon Nuts Heavy Hex Nuts: imensions (in) olt /Rod Width Thickness 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 9 64 2 2 2 64 4 6 4 64 2 2 2 4 4 4 2 6 4 6 2 64 4 2 2 6 64 2 2 4 6 4 6 2 9 6 4 4 6 urnished with 8 UN Threads olts, Nuts & Pins PH 9

U-OLTS ig. : Standard U-bolt ig. S*: Special U-bolt (non-standard) U-olts Range: 2" through 6" Material: arbon steel U-bolt and four finished hex nuts inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for support, or guide of heavy loads; often employed in power, process plant and marine service. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 24) WW-H-- (Type 24) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 24). Ordering ig. : Specify pipe size x rod size (e.g., 6 x ), figure number, name. U-bolt will be furnished with longer tangents or with longer threads if so required and ordered. If hex nuts are not required, specify without hex nuts. Ordering ig. S: Specify figure number, name, material specification, dimensions,,,, and, and with hex nuts or without hex nuts. ig. : Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Rod Max Normal Load 60 0 60 Max Side Load Wt. 2 0. 6 6 2 6 4 4 80 44 4 0.2 2 4 2 2 0.2 2 2 2 4 0.28 6 2 6 2 2 2 2,460,44 6 0.0 2 2 2 0. 2 6 2 6 4 2 2 2 6 2 2 0. 2 6 6 4 2 6 0.8 9 6 4 6 4 2 2 2,00 2,4 6 0.84 4 6 4 9 6 4 4 2 4 4 0.90 4 9 6 6 4 2.0 6 2 2 6 2.0 6 4 6 4,20,82,080 8 2. 8 4 9 4 2 6 0 4 6,460,060,6 4.9 0 8 4 2. 2 4 9 4 9,960,06 2,490 8. 4 0 4 4 4 4 L 6 9.2 6 4 8. 8 9 2 20 4.6 20 2 24,800 9,240 6.9 24 2 0 9. 0 8 4 4 6 2.2 6 2 loads, weights and dimensions shown do not apply for ig. S Max load rating for carbon steel is 2 x max load rating for rod size "" Max load rating for stainless steel is.8 x 2 x max load rating for rod size "" *When the combination of a normal load and a side load occurs, a straight line interaction formula may be used to determine if the ig. is still within the allowable stress range: Pn/Pna + Ps/Psa Where: Pn = actual applied normal load; Pna = allowable normal load for the ig. ; Ps = actual applied side load; Psa = allowable side load for the ig. Nuts must be snug tight in installation to achieve side loads shown. PH 92

U-OLTS ig. : Plastic oated U-olts Range: 2" through 8" Material: arbon steel U-bolt and four finished hex nuts. ormed portion of the U-bolt is plastic coated. Maximum Temperature: 22 Service: Recommended for support or guide for glass, copper, brass and aluminum pipe. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 24) WW-H-- (Type 24) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 24). Ordering: Specify pipe size x rod size (e.g., 2 x ), figure number and name. If hex nuts are not required, specify without hex nuts. ig. : Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Rod Max Load Weight 2 0. 6 6 2 6 4 4 80 0.2 2 4 2 2 2 8 0.2 2 2 4 0.28 6 2 6 2 2 2 2,460 0.0 2 2 2 0. 2 6 2 6 4 2 2 2 6 2 2 0. 2 6 6 4 2 6 0.8 9 6 4 6 4 2 2 2,00 0.84 4 6 4 9 6 4 4 2 4 4 0.90 4 9 6 6 4 2.00 6 2 2 6 2.00 6 4,20 4 6 8 2.0 8 4 9 4 2 6 L PLSTI OTING ig. 20 Light Weight U-olt Range: 2" through 0" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Recommended for support, or guide of relatively light loads. Normally used with two hex nuts. Maximum Temperature: 60. Ordering: Specify pipe size x rod size, figure number and name. Hex nuts must be ordered separately. ig. 20: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Max Load Weight Rod 2 0.06 6 6 6 4 0.0 2 6 olts, Nuts & Pins 0.0 2 6 80 4 4 0.08 6 6 2 4 2 0.09 2 2 4 2 6 2 0.0 2 6 2 6 2 6 2 2 0.28 2 6 6 6 0. 9 6 6 2,460 0. 4 6 4 6 4 0.8 4 9 6 4 6 2 L 0.4 6 4 9 6 6 2,00 0.9 2 6 4 4 6 8.20 8 4 9 4 6 6 2 4 0 4,20 2.0 0 2 4 2 2 PH 9

STRPS ig. 262 Strap Short Range: 2" through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: 60 pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 26) WW-H-- (Type 26) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 26). Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. ig. 262: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) L L Pipe W/ Lag Screws Max Load W/ olts to Steel Weight Screw or olt L 2 0.20 4 2 4 2 4 0.2 Two #8 x 2 4 6 6 steel wood 0.26 4 00 40 screws or two 4 2 6 4 4 0.6 " bolts to 4 6 2 2 0.4 steel 4 2 2 2 0.60 6 4 2 4 2 2.40 Two #8 x 6 6 9 6 4.60 steel wood 6 6 40 60 screws or 6 4 2 2.80 two " 6 6 9 6 2 6 4 4.90 bolts to steel 8 2 Screws or bolts not included 8 4 ig. 26 One-Hole lamp Range: " through 4" Material: Malleable iron inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or support of standard conduit, cable and steel pipe on walls or sides of beams. Not recommended for use horizontally on ceilings, bottoms of beams and similar installations since the factor of safety is greatly reduced when so used. Maximum Temperature: 40 Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Specify nominal size of conduit or pipe or outside diameter of lead cable with which the clamp is to be used. ig. 26: Weights (lbs) imensions (in) L Pipe able or Outside ia. of onduit Weight ia. of Hole - Screw/olt 0.6 0.0 4 No. 0 2 0.84 0.0 4.0 0.0 6. 0.09 4.66 0.2 2.90 0.6 2 2. 0.2 2 2 2.8 0.49 6 6.0 0.82 4 4.0.0 4 Screws or bolts not included 4 PH 94

STRPS ig. 24 Pipe Strap Range: 2" through 6" pipe Material: arbon steel inish: Plain Service: Restraint of pipe in specified direction while permitting movement in non-restrained direction. Maximum Temperature: 60 Ordering: Specify ig. number, name, and pipe size. Larger sizes available upon request. ig. 24: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe L T W Rated Load Pn Weight 2 0. 4 2 4 2 600 0.84 4 0.98 4 4 2 2.64 2,00 2.94 2 2.9 2 2 6 2,00.20 6 2.9 2 4 2,800 4 2 9.6 6 9 4 6,000 9.9 P n L L T 6 IL WL W ig. 244 Pipe Strap Range: 2" through 6" pipe Material: arbon steel inish: Plain Service: Restraint of pipe in specified direction while permitting movement in non-restrained direction. Maximum Temperature: 60 Ordering: Specify ig. number, name, and pipe size. Larger sizes available upon request. ig. 244: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Rated Load Ps Pn L T W Weight Straps 2 0.9 4 20,00 6 4 2 0.4 6 0.6 4 4.62 2 00 2,000 2.8 2 2 2 2.20 2 2.6 60 9 6.4 2,00 2 4 4 4 9 6.6 6 00 6 4 6.2 P s P n L L 6 IL WL T W PH 9

PIP SUPPORTS ig. 62, Type, and Pipe Stanchion 4" Vent Hole ield Weld Top Stanchion " Nominal +/- " ottom Stanchion ase Plate ig. 62, Type (L. R. lbow) with adjustable base 4" Vent Hole ield Weld Top Stanchion ottom Stanchion ase Plate ig. 62, Type (S. R. lbow) with adjustable base ield Weld 4" Vent Hole L Top Stanchion ottom Stanchion ase Plate ig. 62, Type (Horizontal Pipe) with adjustable base Pipe or lbow (in) Top Stanchion (Standard Weight Pipe) 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8 Weight (Lbs) 2 28 Indicates available stanchion size for pipe or elbow size. Top Stanchion imensions (in) ig 62, Stanchion With djustable ase ottom Stanchion ase Plate 2 2 Std. x 6 x 6 2 2 Std. x 0 x 0 4 Sch. 80 x 0 x 0 6 Sch. 80 x 0 x 0 To Order Specify: igure Number, Type, Pipe, Top Stanchion, Material Specification and "" imension. or base plates that require holes, also specify hole size, and the center line to center line of the holes. PH 96

PIP SUPPORTS ig. 6, Type, and Pipe Stanchion L 4" Vent Hole 4" Vent Hole 4" Vent Hole Stanchion Stanchion Stanchion ase Plate ase Plate ase Plate ig. 6, Type (L. R. lbow) ig. 6, Type (S. R. lbow) ig. 6, Type (Horizontal Pipe) Pipe or lbow (in) Stanchion (Standard Weight Pipe) 2 2 2 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 20 24 2 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8 20 22 24 26 28 0 2 4 6 42 42 Weight (Lbs) 9..6 6.4 2..8 4.0 9.0 00.0 64.0 20.0 20.0 282.0 4.0.0 Indicates available stanchion size for pipe or elbow size. To Order Specify: igure Number, Type, Pipe, Top Stanchion, Material Specification and "" imension. or base plates that require holes, also specify hole size, and the center line to center line of the holes. ig 6, Stanchion imensions (in) Stanchion 2 2 2 2 4 ase Plate x 6 x 6 x 8 x 8 x 0 x 0 6 8 x 4 x 4 0 2 2 x 8 x 8 4 2 x 20 x 20 6 2 x 22 x 22 20 2 x 24 x 24 24 2 x 0 x 0 Pipe Supports PH 9

PIP SUPPORTS ig. 92 djustable Pipe Saddle Support Range: 2" through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Stanchion type support for stationary pipe where vertical adjustment is required. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). Ordering: Specify pipe size to be supported, figure number, name and finish. ig. 92: Weights (lbs) imensions (in) 8" L 20 G Pipe Rod G Weight 2 9 6.0 2 2 9 6.4 4 x 0.6 2 0 4 2.6 4 0 2.0 4 x 4.2 6 6 4.9 x 2 8 2 6 6.2 0 8 0. 4 2 x 2 2 4.8 ig. 9 djustable Pipe Stanchion Saddle With U-olt Range: 2" through 2" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Stanchion type support where vertical adjustment is required, plus the additional stability provided by U-bolt attachment to stationary pipe. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. ig. 9: Weights (lbs) imensions (in) L Pipe Rod G Weight 8" G 2 2 6 9 6.2 2 2 6 9 6.4 4 x 6 0.6 2 4 6 0 4 2.6 4 4 0 2.0 4 x 4 6.2 6 4 6 4.9 x 2 8 9 2 6 6.2 0 2 0. 4 2 x 2 2 2 4.8 PH 98

PIP SUPPORTS ig. 28 Pipe Saddle Support Range: 4" through 6" Material: ast iron saddle through 2", 4" through 6" carbon steel saddle. 4" through 2" steel saddle available on special request. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Stanchion type support for stationary pipe. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 6) WW-H-- (Type 6 & ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 6). Installation: Slip saddle base into riser pipe. Ordering: Specify size to be supported, figure number, name, finish and material. ig. 28 ast L NOM. PIP SIZ " ig. 28 abricated Steel ig. 28: Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Weight Width 4 9. 4 6 0.8 4 6 6.8 6 8 4. 6 6 0 9. 8 6 2 2. 9 6 4.0 0 2 6 6.0 2 8 2.0 2 20 24.0 4 2 22 26.0 2 24 0.0 4 2 26 2.0 8 2 0 4.0 20 2 42.0 2 Max Load,800 4,00 6 46.0 2 8 4 * Standard Wall Pipe The above load ratings are applicable to the saddle only and are not applicable to the stanchion or other means used to support the saddle. 6,00,00 Pipe Supports PH 99

PIP SUPPORTS ig. 264 djustable Pipe Saddle Support Range: 2 2" through 6" Material: ast iron saddle, locknut nipple and special cast iron reducer, assembled. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Stanchion type support where vertical adjustment of stationary pipe is required. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8) WW-H-- (Type 9) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). Installation: djustment is obtained by turning the locknut nipple. The lower end of the nipple is staked, upsetting the threads to prevent separation of nipple and coupling during adjustment. eatures: Vertical adjustment of approximately 4 2" Saddle supports a broad range of pipe sizes Ordering: Specify pipe size to be supported, figure number, name and finish. L NOM. PIP SIZ - " NOM. PIP SIZ - Pipe omplete Weight ig. 264: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Saddle Only 2 2 9.0 4.8 9.2.0 2 2 4 2 8 4 4 2 Min Max 8 2 9.4.2 4 8 2 2 4.0.6 6. 0. 2 0 2 2 4 2 8 20.2 2.8 6 4 6 2 4 4 9 4 4 6. 8. 4 0 4 4 0 2.2.8 8 2 2 8 4 2 29.0 2.6 9 6 9 4 4 40.2 8.0 0 6 6 4 20 4 4 6.2 42.0 2 4 22 4 8 0.8.0 9 2 24 20 04.8 8.0 2 2 2 2 22 2.0 98.0 2 2 6 2 6 24.0 0.0 6 2 4 28 4 6 26 4.0 0.0 8 2 24 6 28 6 4 0 0.0 0.0 2 6 2 2 2 8.0 6. 22 2 28 4 2 4 6 249.0 229.0 24 2 0 4 4 4 8 4 *The special cast iron reducer may be furnished with a hexed shaped smaller end. * Standard Wall Pipe The above load ratings are applicable to the saddle only and are not applicable to the stanchion or other means used to support the saddle. Width Max Load,800,800 4 6 4,00 6,00,00 PH 00

PIP SUPPORTS ig. 26 djustable Pipe Saddle Support Range: 4" through 6" Material: ast iron saddle, steel yoke and nuts, steel locknut nipple and special cast iron reducer. (4" through 6" carbon steel saddle with steel yoke. 4" through 2" Steel saddle available upon special request) inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Stanchion type support where vertical adjustment of stationary pipe is required. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 8) WW-H-- (Type 9) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). Installation: djustment is obtained by turning the locknut nipple. The lower end of the nipple is staked, upsetting the threads to prevent separation of nipple and coupling during adjustment. eatures: Vertical adjustment of approximately 4 2" Saddle supports a broad range of pipe sizes Ordering: Specify pipe size to be supported, figure L number, name and finish. NOM. PIP SIZ - " NOM. PIP SIZ - Pipe omplete Weight ig. 26: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Saddle Only 4 22.0 0.8 4 6 9 2 4 2. 2. 4 6 0 4 6 2.9 2. 6 0 4 4,800 8 2. 2. 6 6 2 4 6 4 4 0 6.9 2. 8 6 4 8 4 2 42.4.2 9 6 4 9 4 9.2 28.0 0 2 6 20 6 6 42.2.0 2 6 6 2 6,00 8 60.0 40.0 2 9 2 20 6.0 4.0 4 2 2 20 24 6,00 22 66.0 46.0 2 2 6 2 6 6 24 2.0 2.0 2 2 6 2 6 6 26.0.0 8 2 24 6 28 6 4,00 0 89.0 69.0 20 26 6 0 6 2 9.0.0 2 2 6 6 6 0.0 8.0 2 29 6 6 *The special cast iron reducer may be furnished with a hexed shaped smaller end. * Standard Wall Pipe The above load ratings are applicable to the saddle only and are not applicable to the stanchion or other means used to support the saddle. Min Max Width Max Load Pipe Supports PH 0

PIP SUPPORTS ig. 29 Pipe Stanchion Saddle Range: 4" through 6" pipe Material: ast iron stanchion saddle with steel yoke and nuts. 4" through 6" carbon steel saddle with steel yoke. 4" through 2" steel saddle available on special request. inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Stanchion type support where vertical adjustment is required, plus the additional stability provided by U-bolt attachment to pipe. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). Installation: Same as pipe saddle support ig. 28, except that yoke is attached to saddle after pipe is in place. eatures: U-bolt yoke provides stability. Ordering: Specify pipe size to be supported, figure number, name, material and finish. NOM. PIP SIZ L ig. 29 ast " ig. 29 ast Iron L NOM. PIP SIZ ig. 29 abricated ig. 29 abricated Steel Pipe ig. 29: Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Weight 4 0.8 4 6 2. 4 6 Width Max Load 6 2. 6 8 2. 6 6 0 2. 8 6,800 2.2 9 6 4 28.0 0 2 6.0 2 8 40.0 2 20 4.0 4 2 22 46.0 2 24 2.0 2 4 26.0 8 2 0 69.0 20 2.0 2 6,00 6,00,00 6 8.0 2 * Standard Wall Pipe The above load ratings are applicable to the saddle only and are not applicable to the stanchion or other means used to support the saddle. PH 02

TRPZ ig. 46 Universal Trapeze ssembly Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: Trapeze assembly is to be suspended by two rods with ig. 60 washer plates and is designed for top loading exclusively. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, name, finish, to dimension and hole size H. If holes J or hole are required, also specify hole size and dimensions K and M or. Note: Larger to dimensions are available upon request. N L TO N G K M K HOL H HOL (2 PLS) J HOL (2 PLS) IG.60 WSHR PLT RQUIR ig. 46: Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Tubing Weight Max Hole ia. H, J, G N to = Span (in) 2 4 6 8 20 22 24 26 28 0 6 42 48 4 60 L (in) 4x2x2.40 2 4xx2.0 8 2 9 2 2 2 2 29 9 6x4x 8.4 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 29 4 4 9 6 4 4x4x4 2.00 2 8 2 4 2 4 2 4 29 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 9 4 6 4 4x6x4.42 2 8 2 8 0 4 2 4 4 4 6 4 42 4 48 4 4 4 60 4 66 4 6 4x8x4 8.80 2 4 2 4 6 8 44 0 6 62 68 ig. 46: Maximum Load (lbs); ased on to imensions at Max Temperature of 20 2 4 6 8 20 22 24 26 28 0 6 42 48 4 60 Trapeze 2,600 2,00,900,00,00,400,00,200,00,000 8,80 2 6,00,00,000 4,00 4,000,600,00,00 2,800 2,00 2,200,800,200 4,800 4,400,900,600,00 2,900 2,00 2,200,900,00 4 0,200 9,00 8,00,00,000 6,00 6,00,00 4,00,800,00,000 2,000,00 0,00 9,600 8,000 6,800 6,000,00 4,800 6 20,000 8,400,00 6,000,00,400 0,000 8,800 8,000 PH 0

TRPZ ig. 4 hannel ssembly Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Ordering: ig. 4 channel assembly; channel size, rod size, name, finish and to. Note: that L = ( to ) + 2M + W Note: an also be used with a U-bolt ig. & ig. 60 washer plates to secure pipe to the center of channel assembly L M W S T W H I. Rod ia. 8 ig. 4: imensions (in) 2 8 4 8 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4 2 H Hole 2 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4 2 4 S 9 6 6 6 6 6 2 4 2 2 2 4 4 2 4 4 W 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 T 4 4 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 M 2 2 2 Wt./t. 2 s ig. 4: Weights (lbs) Loads (lbs) to = Span (in) 2 4 6 8 20 22 24 26 28 0 6 42 48 4 60 Maximum Load (lbs); ased on to imensions at Max Temperature of 20 8.2 8,800,00 6,600,800,200 4,800 4,400,900,600,00 2,900 2,00 2,200,900,00 4 0.8,200,00,400 0,200 9,00 8,00,00,000 6,00 6,00,00 4,00,800,00,000.4 6,000 4,400,00 2,000,00 0,00 9,600 8,000 6,800 6,000,00 4,800 6 2.0 26,600 24,000 2,800 20,000 8,400,00 6,000,00,400 0,000 8,800 8,000 8 2.0 2,00 29,800 2,00 2,800 2,00 8,00 6,00 4,00 2,900 0 0.6,00 49,400 4,800 42,800,00 0,600 26,00 2,800 2,400 2 4.4,000 48,900 42,800 8,000 4,200 6.8,000 9,00 8,400 4,00 66,00 PH 04

TRPZ ig. 0 qual Leg ngle for Trapeze ssembly Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Ordering: If two holes H are required: Specify ig. 0 angle (nominal size, to, H, total weight and load) If two holes H and hole are required: Specify ig. 0 angle (nominal size,, to,,, H, total weight and load) If two holes H and two holes J are required: Specify ig. 0 angle (nominal size, to, H, J, K, M, total weight and load) L N TO N G K M K H HOL (2 PLS) HOL J HOL (2 PLS) ig. 0: Load (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Weight Per/t G N Max Rod H to = Span in Inches 8 0 2 4 6 8 20 22 24 28 0 Maximum Load; ased on to imensions at Max Temperature of 20 2 x 4 2.4 4 2 80 624 20 446 90 46 2 284 260 22 208 2 x 4.9,00,200,000 86 0 66 600 4 00 428 400 2 x 4.0 2 4 2,00,680,400,200,00 9 840 6 00 600 60 2 2 x.90,420 2,6 2,280,94,0,20,68,244,40 9 92 x.20 4,980,984,20 2,846 2,490 2,0,992,80,660,42,28 x 2 9.40 4 4 4 6,600,280 4,400,2,00 2,9 2,640 2,400 2,200,886,60 4 x 2 2.80 2 2 2 2 2,000 9,600 8,000 6,88 6,000, 4,800 4,64 4,000,429,200 Trapeze PH 0

PIP SHIL ig. 6 Insulation Protection Shield Range: 2" through 24" pipe with up to 2 thick insulation Material: arbon steel inish: Galvanized Service: Recommended for outside of foam or fiber glass insulation for distribution of loads to preclude crushing of insulation without breaking the vapor barrier. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 40) WW-H-- (Type 4) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 40). How to size: Refer to shield size selection table below. Ordering: Specify size, figure number and name. ata applicable to shields for thicker insulation or larger pipe sizes is available upon request. Pipe Shield Selection for Nominal Pipe Insulation Thickness (in) of ig. 6 or ig. 260 levis Use With Shield Outside Insulation Insulation Thickness (in) /2 /4 /2 2 /2 /4 /2 2 2 2 4 4 6 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 2 4 6 2 2 2 2 8 6 2 4 8 2 4 2 2 4 6 8 9 2 4 6 6 4 2 8 9 0 6 4 8 8 9 0 8 6 0 2 0 0 8 2 4 0 2 2 0 4 6 2 4 6 2 6 8 6 6 4 8 9 8 8 6 9 20 2 8 20 20 8 2 22 2 20 - - 20 2 24 2-24 24 24 26 2 28 - - - Shield Selection for opper Tubing Insulation Thickness (in) Tube /2 /4 /2 2 X 2 2,, 4 4 6, 4 2 2 2 4 6 2 4 8 2 2 4 6 6 8 9 2 6 8 4 9 0 8 8 9 0 6 9 9 0 2 8 2 4 Note: s actual foam or fiber glass insulation thicknesses vary, verify that the radius of the selected shield is suitable for the required application. Shields are designed for a maximum span of ten feet on four P.S.I. compressive strength insulation. or compressive strengths greater than four P.S.I., spans may be increased proportionately up to maximum allowable for steel pipe. Refer to MSS-SP-69 for specific guidelines on compressive strength and maximum span. ig. 6: Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Shield INSULTION O.. L Weight Stock L Insulation O X 0..90 0. 2.8 2 0.8 2.88.0.0 8 Ga. 4. 4.00. 2 4.0 6.4.00.6.6 8.9 6.64 9 2. 6 Ga..64 0. 8.64 9 4.0.64 0 4.6 8.64 6 Ga. 8. 9.64 2.6 0.6 0.2.6 4. 2.6 2. 4.00 4 Ga. 6 2..00.6 6.00 8 4..00 9 2.2 8.00 20 22.4 9.00 24 2 2.6 20.00 22 24.8 2.00 2 2.9 22.00 2 Ga. 24 2. 2.00 2 28. 24.00 26.0 26.00 2.8 2.00 28.0 28.00 INSULTION THIKNSS L PH 06

PIP SHIL ig. 68 Rib-Lok Shield Range: 2" through 8" pipe or copper tube with up to 2" insulation Material: arbon steel inish: Galvanized pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 40) WW-H-- (Type 4) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 40). Service: To be used with ig. 6 or ig. 260 clevis. esigned to prevent damage to insulation by hanger. Ribs keep shield centered in hanger. How to size: Refer to shield size selection table below. Ordering: Specify size, figure number and name. Note: ata applicable to shields for thicker insulation or larger pipe size is available upon request. Pipe Shield Selection for Nominal Pipe Insulation Thickness (in) s of ig. 6 or ig. 260 levis for Use With Shields Outside of Insulation Insulation Thickness (in) /2 /4 /2 2 /2 /4 /2 2 2 2 4 2 4 6 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 2 6 2 2 2 2 4 6 2 4 2 4 8 2 2 4 6 2 4 6 6 8 9 4 8 2 8 9 0 6 4 8 9 0 8 0 6 0 2 0 8 2 4 0 2 2 Shield ig. 68: Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Max O.. of Insulation Stock s Weight 2 0.4 2 2 0.0 2 0.6 4 4 0.69 8 ga.x 8 4 2 0.8 6 0.99.09 8 6.28 9. 0 8 2.24 9 2.48 8 ga.x 2 2 0 4 2.6 4.0 4 2 4.28 Shield Selection for opper Tubing Tube Insulation Thickness (in) /2 /4 /2 2 INSULTION O.. L INSULTION THIKNSS 2" 2 2, 2 4 6 2 4 2 2 4 6 2 4 2 2 4 6 8 6 8 9 2 6 4 8 9 0 8 8 9 0 6 9 9 0 2 8 2 4 Pipe Shields & Saddles PH 0

PROTTION SLS ig. 60: " ig. 6: 2" ig. 62: 2" Pipe overing Protection Saddle ig. 6: 2 2" ig. 64: " ig. 6: 4" or Nominal Thickness of overing Shown ig. 6: 4" (lloy) ig. 66: 2" (lloy) Range: 4" through 6" Material: igs. 60, 6, 62, 6, 64, and 6 are curved carbon steel plate. igs. 6 and 66 are alloy steel manufactured from STM -8 Grade 22 hrome Molybdenum steel plate. igs. 6 and 66 have a welded-in center plate in all sizes. ll other saddles have a welded-in center plate for pipe sizes 2" and larger. ll saddles are 2" long with side edges turned up. inish: Plain Service: esigned for use on insulated high temperature systems where heat losses are to be kept to a minimum and to protect insulation against damage. Maximum Temperature: 60 carbon steel, 90 alloy steel. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 9 & 9) WW-H-- (Type 40 & 40) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 9 & 9). eatures: Permits finished, weather tight covering at all points of pipe support. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number and name. ata for 42" size available on request. L L ontinued on ollowing Page PH 08

PROTTION SLS ig. 60 to ig 66 Pipe overing Protection Saddle (cont.) Pipe / 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 ig. No. 60 ig. 60, 6, 62, 6, 64, 6, 6, 66: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Max Load Weight igs.,, of Pipe Roll igs. 4,8 igs. 2, 24, 2 enter Line of Pipe to Outside of Saddle igs.,, enter Line of Pipe to enter Line of Roll igs. 4,8 igs. 2, 24, 2.4 2 2 2 2 6 2 2 4 6,200 2. 2 2-2 2 6 2 4 2 4 2 62 2.8 4 2 6 6 6 60.4 2 2 6 2 6 2 4 2 6 6,200 2. 4 2-2 2 6 2 2 62 2.8 4 2 2 2 2 60.4 2 2 6 2 2 2 6 2 9 6 6 2. 2 2-2 2 9 6 6 6 6,200 62 2.8 4 6 6.6 6 4-6 4 4 4 4 60. 2 2 2 2 2 6 2-2 6 2. 2 2 4 4 6,200 62.2 6 6 4 4 4-6 6.6 6 8 4 2 4 4 2 60. 2 4 2 2 6 6 6 2. 4 2-2 2 2 2 9 6 62,200.2 6 9 6 4 4 4 4 4 6 6.6 6 4-6 4 6 4 4 4 6 4 4 8 64 4. 8 4 9 6 4 60. 2 2-2 2 6 4 4 6 6 2.8 6 6 4 4 6 62,200.2 6 4 2 4 4 2 8 4-6 6 4. 4 4 8 64 4. 0 4 4 2 60.9 4 2-2 2 6 2 2 9 6 6 2.8 6 4 6 4 6 4 4 62,200.6 6 4-6 4 4 6 4 6 4 6 8 6 4. 4 6 6 6 6 8 64 4.9 0 8-0 6 6 6 6 6 60 2. 6 6 4 4 6 6.2 6 4-6 6 4 9 6 4 9 6 4 2 8 62,200.6 4 6 8 6 4. 4 6 6 0 8-0 64 4.9 0 6 6 6 6 6 60 2. 6 9 6 4 4 4 4 4 6 6.2 6 4-6 4 6 4 4 4 4 8 62.6 4,200 9 6 4 8 6 4. 6 6 6 0 8-0 64 4.9 6 9 6 6 9 6 6 6 6. 0 2 6 2 9 6 6.6 2-4,200 66. 4 6 8 9 9 2 9 6 Pipe Shields & Saddles Maximum recommended loads are applicable only when saddle is used on a flat bearing surface and tack welded to pipe. When saddle is used with a pipe roll, the maximum load for the assembly is the smaller of the two loads. Saddles may require notching when used with a U-bolt. ontinued on ollowing Page PH 09

PROTTION SLS ig. 60 to ig 66 Pipe overing Protection Saddle (cont.) Pipe 6 8 0 2 4 ig. No. 60 2. 6 4 4 6 4 6 4 4 8 4-6 6.2 4 6 2 2 8 62.6 6 6 6 6 6,200 0 6 4. 8-0 6 9 6 6 9 6 6 0 64 4.9 2 6 6 4 4 6 6. 8 2 4 6 8 8 6 6.6 2-4 8,200 66. 6 6 8 6 0 6 0 6 9 60.8 8 4-6 4 2 4 8 6 4.4 8-0 6 6 6 0 62. 2 6 6 6 6 6 2,800 0 6 6. 8-0 6 6 6 4 2 64. 2 6 9 6 6 0.2 9 6 9 8 4 4 6 2-4 9 6 2.9 9 8 6,200 66 6. 6 8 6-20 9 0 0 9 6 0 6 6.8 6 6 6 6 0 2 62 6. 8-0 6 2 9 6 9 6 9 6 6,800.2 2 4 4 8 6 8 2 8 6 64. 4 6 2-4 6 9 9 8 4 6 0.2 0 6 8 8 8 6 0 9 6 6.9 6-20 0 6,200 66 22.6 8 20 0 4 6 6.8 2 4 8 0 4 8 6 8 2 8 6 62. 9 6 9 8 6 4 6 2-4 6,800 8.2 8 9 9 6 9 9 6 9 6 64 8.8 6 8 8 6 0 0 6 0 6 0.8 6-20 9 4 4 8 20 4 6 8.9 9 6 6,200 66 24. 20 22-24 2 6 2 2 6 ig. 60, 6, 62, 6, 64, 6, 6, 66: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Max Load Weight igs.,, of Pipe Roll igs. 4,8 igs. 2, 24, 2 enter Line of Pipe to Outside of Saddle igs.,, enter Line of Pipe to enter Line of Roll.8 4 6 2-4 8 6 9 2 9 2 9 4 62 9.9 8 0 6 0 6 0 6 8 6,000 0. 9 0 6 0 9 6 0 2 64.4 8 20 6-20 9 6 4.0 0 6 2 2 6 20 6 28.0 2 2 2,40 66. 24 22-24 2 6 4 4 6 6.8 2-4 8 4 0 6 0 0 6 6 8 62 9.9 9 6 0 0 6 0 6 6,000 0. 6-20 9 6 6 8 20 64.4 0 6 4 4 6 4.0 6 2 2 20 6 2.6 22-24 9 6 6 2,40 66. 24 2 4 4 4 4 igs. 4,8 igs. 2, 24, 2 Maximum recommended loads are applicable only when saddle is used on a flat bearing surface and tack welded to pipe. When saddle is used with a pipe roll, the maximum load for the assembly is the smaller of the two loads. ontinued on ollowing Page PH 0

PROTTION SLS ig. 60 to ig 66 Pipe overing Protection Saddle (cont.) Pipe 6 8 20 24 0 6 ig. No. 6 8.4 9 6 4 4,000 8 20 62 0.4 6-20 0 6 6 4 9 6 6. 20 0 6 2 6 2 6 64,200. 6 2 2 6 6. 24 22-24 2 6 4 6 0. 2 6 4 6,40 66 40.0 0 26-0 6 6 6,000 9. 6-20 0 6 2 6 2 6 20 62 0.4 6 2 2 6 6 2.4 9 6 6,200 64. 22-24 2 4 4 6 24 6. 6 4 4 4 6 40. 4 6,0 66 2. 0 26-0 4 6 6 0.4 9 6 6 62.6 2 4 4 24 22-24 6,200 2.4 2 4 4 6 4 6 64.4 6 4 4 4 6 22.8 4 6 44.8 0 26-0 4 6 6,0 66 2. 6 8 6 6 2. 2 6 6 4 62.4 4 6 4 6,200 4. 4 2 6 6 0 64 20. 26-0 4 8 6 6 2. 6 6 9 4 8 6 6 4.4 6 6 9 2 8 6,0 66 2. 8 9 4 6. 6 6 8 62 4.0 2 9 6,200 20.0 8 6 9 6 64 2.4 6-42 8 20 2 6 24.0 9 6 2 2 6 4.9 9 6 2 4,0 66.6 2 2 2 6 ig. 60, 6, 62, 6, 64, 6, 6, 66: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Max Load Weight igs.,, of Pipe Roll igs. 4,8 8.0 igs. 2, 24, 2 enter Line of Pipe to Outside of Saddle igs.,, enter Line of Pipe to enter Line of Roll 20 4 22 62 8.9 20 6 22 6,200 20.2 2 6 2 6 64 2.6 6-42 2 2 6 6 24. 22 24 6 6 48. 2 2,0 66.8 24 26 2 igs. 4,8 igs. 2, 24, 2 Pipe Shields & Saddles Maximum recommended loads are applicable only when saddle is used on a flat bearing surface and tack welded to pipe. When saddle is used with a pipe roll, the maximum load for the assembly is the smaller of the two loads. PH

PIP ROLL ig. djustable Pipe Roll Support Range: " through 0" Material: ast iron roll and sockets; steel roll rod, continuous thread rods and hex nuts inish: Plain Service: or support of pipe where horizontal movement due to expansion and contraction will occur and where vertical adjustment up to 6" may be necessary. Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H-- (Type 42) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). Installation: Normally used directly above steel beams, brackets, angles, etc. How to size: () If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe size (see below). (2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see page PH-08 for size of pipe roll. () If roll is to support covered pipe, the O.. of the covering should not be greater than the O.. of the pipe for which the roll was designed. Ordering: Specify size of roll, figure number and name. e certain to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddles makes this necessary. ig. : Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Weight H. 2 6 L H 4.2 4 2.2 2 2. 4 2 2 2 2. 4 6 2.4 2 2 4 2 4 2 2. 6 4 4 2 9 6 2 4.8 6 4 4 4 2 6 4. 8 6 6 6 6.6 4 9 9 6 6 4 8.0 6 8 0. 4 6 6 2 9.4 6 2 2 6 4.2 4 4 4 8 6 42. 9 4 6 4 9 6 8 46.6 2 8 4 8 0 2 20 66.2 4 24 4 20 4 24 02. 28 8 24 4 4 2 24 0 86.8 2 0 4 6 PH 2

PIP ROLL ig. : Pipe Roll Range: " through 0" Material: ast iron roll and sockets, steel roll rod inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or suspension of pipe from two rods where longitudinal expansion and contraction may occur. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H-- (Type 42) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). djustment: djustable socket permits vertical adjustment at the roll. Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller How to size: () If the roll is to support non-insulated pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe size (column ) in table below. (2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see page PH-08 for size of pipe roll. eatures: Provides for vertical adjustment; nut at bottom of hanger rod fits into the socket preventing loosening or turning due to vibration. Pipe roll is designed for two point surface contact with pipe or saddle. Ordering: Specify pipe roll size. Order should include figure number, name and finish in all cases. Hanger rods and nuts to be ordered separately. e certain to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddles makes this necessary. Single Pipe Roll G L H J Pipe Max O.. overing 2 ig. : Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Max Load Weight G H J 0.4 4 2 4 2 2 0.48 4 2 6 4 600 4 2 2 4 0. 4 4 2 2 4 0. 4 4 2 6 2 2 4 660.00 6 4 4 4 2 2 00.0 6 2 4 6 2 4 2 2 4 2 0 6 6.40 2 6 4 4 2 9 6.0 8 4 6 4 4 4 4 2 6 2.60 9 6 8 6 6 2 6 8 4,00 4.0 6 9 9 6 6 2 6 4 4 8 0 2,0.20 4 6 6 8 2 6 2 0 2 4 6 9 6 6 4 4 4,0 9.0 6 6 4 6 4 6 2 4 4 2,400.90 6 6 2 2 2 6 4 4 6 4,0 24.0 20 4 4 4 4 2 2 8 6 8,90.90 22 9 4 6 4 2 9 6 2 8 20 4 4,200.0 24 2 2 8 4 6 2 4 4 0 2 20 22 2 4 4,0 4.00 2 4 24 4 20 4 6 I/I Pipe I/I Roll Sizing ig. Roller 4 4 6 6 8 8 0 0 2 4 4 6 6 8 8 20 20 24 24 0 0 No Recom. Pipe Roll 24 26 2 6,60 6.0 2 28 24 4 6 2 4 4 0 2 2 2,290 29.90 9 2 0 4 8 6 4 2 4 6 2 6 PH

PIP ROLL ig. 8 Spring ushion Hanger Material: Spring cushion hanger ig. 8 consists of a set of two springs and four cast iron retainers only. inish: Plain (retainers), Painted (springs) Service: Generally used with ig. single pipe roll as shown in above photo. Recommended for installations where formal load and movement calculations are not required, or calculated movement does not exceed 4" Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 49) WW-H-- (Type 0) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 49). Ordering: Specify figure number, name and rod size. If used with ig. single pipe roll, pipe roll must be ordered separately. The retainers are cased to the dimensions as shown, but center hole can be drilled or reamed larger to satisfy the hanger rod required. L ig. 8: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Spring No. Max Spring eflection * Load at Max eflection eflection Rate of Hanger (lbs / inch) Weight ore Hole ia. or Rod Max Rod ** 428 4. 2 2 2 6 6 6 4 2 4,00,200 4.0 4 6 6 9 6 2,000 2,400 22.0 4 9 6 * t maximum recommended deflection, spring can be compressed an additional 4" before becoming solid. Maximum capacity of double spring hanger. ** an be drilled to max. rod size. 6 2 PH 4

PIP ROLL ig. 8 djustable Steel Yoke Pipe Roll Range: 2 2" through 24" Material: ast iron roll; carbon steel yoke, roll rod and hex nuts inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or suspension of pipe from a single rod where horizontal movement may occur because of expansion or contraction. Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H-- (Type 44) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). How to size: If the roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe size (see below). If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see page PH-08 for size of pipe roll to be used. Ordering: Specify pipe roll size, figure number, name and finish. e certain to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddles are required. H L Pipe Max O.. of overing ig. 8: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Max Load Weight 2 2 22. Rod Rod Take Out - 4 4 6 2 6 0 2.2 2 6 2 4 2 4 90 2. 4 2 9 6 2 6 4 4 6 4.2 9 6 4 6 2 6 4 68 6. 9 6 6 4 2 6 6 6 9. 80 0 6 4 4 8 9 4. 2 6 9 4 6 2 0 96 8.8 6 4 6 4 2 6 2 2. 6 4 6 8 2 4 4 4 4,200 9. 8 4 2 8 8 4 2 6 6 4 49. 20 6 6 2 9 9 6 6 8 8 4,400.8 2 4 8 2 0 6 6 2 6 H I/I Pipe I/I Roll Sizing ig. 8 Roller 4 4 6 6 8 8 0 0 2 4 4 6 6 8 8 20 20 24 Pipe Roll 20 20 4,600.9 4 26 20 2 2 4 2 2 24 24 4,800 9. 2 2 6 24 6 4 4 PH

PIP ROLL ig. Roller hair Range: 2" through 0" pipe Material: ast iron roll, steel chair, roll rod, bolts and hex nuts inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller Service: or support of pipe where longitudinal movement due to expansion and contraction may occur, but where no vertical adjustment is required. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 44) WW-H-- (Type 4) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 44). Installation: Two bolts and nuts provide anchorage to floor or top of steel beam or bracket or chair may be welded to supporting steel. How to size: () If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe size (see below). (2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see page PH-08 for size of pipe roll. () If roll is to support covered pipe, the O.. of the covering should not be greater than the O.. of the pipe for which the roll was designed. Ordering: Specify size of roll, figure number, name and finish. e certain to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddles are required. W L H ig. : Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Max Load Weight W H 2 600. 4 2 2 2 660.4 4 4 6 00.6 4 x 2 2 4 2 2.6 6 2 2 6 2 9 6 4 0 2.9 6 2 6 2 6. 2 2 2 x 2 6 6,00.9 9 4 2 4 4 8,0 9.0 x 2 0,0.8 4 4 6 x 2 2 2,400 8.9 6 2 4 6 4,0 28.0 8 4 6 2 4 6 4 x 2 8 6,90 4.9 2 8 4 9 8 4,200 44. 2 9 4 6 4 x 2 2 0 6 20 4,0 6.4 24 0 4 6 2 24 6,60 8.2 29 2 4 4 0,290.2 4 6 8 4 x 2 6 PH 6

PIP ROLL ig. 2: With ast Iron ase Plate ig. 2S: With Steel ase Plate Pipe Roll and ase Plate Range: 2" through 24" Material: ast iron roll and plate inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or support of pipe where small longitudinal movement due to expansion and contraction may occur and where no vertical adjustment is required. Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 4) WW-H-- (Type 46) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 4). Installation: onsist of sitting the unit in place. Weight of pipe and material hold unit in place. How to size: () If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe size (see below). (2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see page PH-08 for size of pipe roll. eatures: n economical, practical means of supporting pipe with limited horizontal movement due to expansion and contraction. Ordering: Specify pipe roll size, figure number, name and finish. e certain to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddles are required Note: abricated carbon steel base plates for extended travel are available upon request. L G TRVRS H K J K ig. 2, ig. 2S: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe Max Weight Load ig. 2 ig. 2S G H J K 2 4 4 2 2 2 2 90 4.0. 6 2 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 6 2 4 4 6 2 4 90.6 4. 4 6 4 2 6 2 2 2 6 2 4 8 9 6 4 2,00. 0.9 0 8 6 6 8 4 4 4 6 2 2 2 0 4 2,0 2.9 9.4 4 0 8 0 4 4 4 4 6 2 9 8 4,980 4. 2 0 2 8 2 4 2 6 I/I Roll Sizing I/I Pipe ig. 2 Roller 4 4 6 6 8 8 0 0 2 4 4 6 6 8 8 20 20 24 Pipe Roll 20 4 2 24 6,00. 6 4 9 2 4 6 4 PH

PIP ROLL ig. 2: omplete Pipe Roll Stand Range: 2" through 42" Material: ast iron roll and stand inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or support of pipe where longitudinal movement due to expansion and contraction may occur but where no vertical adjustment is required. Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 44) WW-H-- (Type 4) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 44). Installation: () Two cored holes for anchorage bolts are provided on all sizes for fastening stands to welded steel brackets, structural supports, piers, floors, etc. (2) In addition, cored holes N at the four corners of the stand are provided for anchorage purposes. () The two cored holes on sizes 2 to 6" are on outside of stand (see dotted lines and dimension J'). (4) On all other sides, the holes are inside of uprights (see dimension J). How to size: If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe size (see below). If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see page PH-08 for size of pipe roll. Ordering: Specify pipe roll size, figure number, name and finish. e certain to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddle are required. Note: Standard line of carbon steel base plates available. L R " Outside Holes Only on s 2" to 6" L M N H " U T ' J J' G Pipe Max Load ig. 2: Weight (lbs) Loads (lbs) imensions (in) Weight H ' G J J' L M N R T U 2 2 2 2 2 90 6.4 8 2 4 4 2 6 9 6 6 2 4 2 4 4 6 2 4 90 8.9 6 9 4 2 6 6 6 6 4 8 8 6 4 4 2,00. 8 6 6 4 4 0 9 6 6 2 2,0 28. 0 8 4 4 4 2 8 6 6 9 8 4,980 9. 4 0 2 9 4 2 6 4 20 8 2 4 6 4 4 6 4 4 4 4 9 9 6 6 6 4 0 4 6 2 I/I Roll Sizing I/I Pipe ig. 2 Roller 4 4 6 6 8 8 0 0 2 4 4 6 6 8 8 20 20 24 24 0 0 N/ 24 6,00 49.6 4 2 0 4 6 2 2 2 0,00 99. 2 6 4 0 4 2 2 2 0 4 2 6 4 4 4 8 6 2 4 20 2,000 2.0 20 2 6 2 42 28 20 2 4 6 8 4 9 PH 8

PIP ROLL ig. 24: With ase Plate; ig. 2: W/O ase Plate ig. 24P: With Steel ase Plate djustable Pipe Roll Stand Range: 2" through 42" Material: ast iron base plate, stand roll; steel adjusting screws inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or support of pipe lines where longitudinal movement due to expansion and contraction may occur and where vertical and lateral adjustment during installation may be required. Maximum Temperature: 40 at roller pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type 46) WW-H-- (Type 4) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 46). Installation: ase plate is provided with two holes for anchorage to floor, pier, structural support and similar constructions, as well as to welded steel brackets ig. 9 page PH-66 and ig. 99, page PH-6. djustable pipe roll stand without base plate, ig. 2, can be used for supporting tunnel piping, etc., by resting ends of adjusting screws on structural steel angles, channels, etc. djustment: Vertical adjustment is obtained by use of the four adjusting screws located on corners of stand. Lateral adjustment is secured by stand sliding on each of adjusting screws. How to size: () If roll is to support bare pipe, select the size directly from nominal pipe size (see below). (2) If used with pipe covering protection saddle, see page PH-08 for size of pipe roll. Ordering: Specify pipe roll size, figure number, name and finish. or further dimensions of stand, see ig. 2, page PH-8. e certain to order oversized rolls when insulation and protection saddles are required. Note: Standard line of carbon steel base plates available. R See ig. 2 for dditional imensions W L R V H' K OPNING ONLY ON 4" THRU 0" PIP SIZS G J P S M W Pipe Max Load ig. 24 Weight ig. 2 ig. 24P ig. 24, 2, 24P: imensions (in) H' Min H' Max W K V Max M P R S 2 2 2 90.2.8. 4 6 2 6 2 6 6 4 4 4 6 2 90 9. 0. 9. 2 4 8 6 8 8 0 2,00 2. 8. 2. 6 4 0 6 4 0 2 2 4 4 2 4 4,0.2 2..2 8 4 4 4 6 4 6 8 4,980. 4.. 6 4 8 4 8 4 8 20 8 4 6 24 6,00 8.0.0 8.0 9 2 4 0,00 66.2 09.2 66.2 24 26 4 0 2 9 4 4 4 4 6 28 4 2,000 04.0 6.0 04.0 42 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 4 2 I/I Pipe I/I Roll Sizing ig. 24 Roller 4 4 6 6 8 8 0 0 2 4 4 6 6 8 8 20 20 24 24 0 0 N/ Pipe Roll PH 9

PIP GUI ig. 2 Pipe lignment Guide Range: " through 24" pipe and insulation thickness of " through 4" (lso available in copper tube sizes, see page PH-20) Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or maintaining alignment of piping through its axial expansion and contraction cycles. Normally, two or more pipe alignment guides are used on a single piping run to avoid a pivoting effect within the piping system. It is recommended that the first guide be located a maximum of four pipe diameters from an expansion joint. The second guide should be placed a maximum of 8 pipe diameters from an expansion joint. dditional guides should be employed in accordance with the guide spacing data shown on next page. Supports are usually required between the intermediate guides to comply with standard support practice. Maximum Temperature: 60 Installation: () ttach outer housing to structure by bolting or welding. (2) Remove upper section of housing to open position. () ttach spider clamp to pipe and completely insulate. (4) Set pipe and spider clamp into outer housing. () Replace upper section of housing to closed position and secure. Note: Spider attachments to pipe must be properly located during installation to insure that a minimum of one-half the spider width remains within the length of the outer housing for all conditions of operation. See table on opposite page for maximum recommended travels. If larger travels are required, special guides can be furnished to special order. How to size: by nominal pipe size and insulation thickness in accordance with the selection table on the opposite page. Ordering: Specify size number, pipe size, insulation, thickness, figure number, name and finish. aution: Guides are designed to carry 20% of the dead weight load. ead weight load is defined as maximum span of water filled pipe. H I 4 HOLS W L T J INSULTION THIKNSS Pipe lignment Guide igure 2, & G L PIP W L Pipe (in) L (in) Maximum Movement " to 6" 4 4 8" to 6" 6 6 8" to 24" 8 8 L T PIP imensional ata on ollowing Page H I 4 HOLS G J INSULTION THIKNSS Pipe lignment Guide igure 2, Thru J PH 20

PIP GUI ig. 2 Pipe lignment Guide (cont.) Pipe 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 Guide Number Insulation Thickness (in) 2 2 2 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 G G G G 6 8 H H 20 24 J J Guide No. Guide Selection Table Locate bare nominal pipe size in appropriate insulation thickness column and read guide size from Guide No. column to the left. imensions (in) W G H T 8 6 6 4 8 4 6 6 4 0 6 8 4 9 6 6 4 2 6 6 4 6 6 8 2 6 9 9 4 22 4 9 4 2 6 4 G 28 2 26 4 9 6 H 2 29 4 0 4 6 J 4 2 6 8 2 2 4 4 6 2 8 4 4 6 Pipe * Maximum istance (feet) etween Intermediate Guides for Pressure (psig) (in) 0 00 0 200 20 00 0 400 00 600 8 2 22 20 8 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 22 9 6 6 66 4 40 28 2 2 2 20 8 8 62 4 40 6 2 29 2 0 0 62 4 0 4 42 40 2 2 8 8 0 60 0 46 4 40 4 20 8 2 62 2 48 4 4 6 0 9 8 68 6 2 49 4 4 8 4 0 8 68 62 8 0 4 20 0 92 90 68 62 8 49 24 80 28 0 90 8 0 6 60 4 * or pipe sizes not shown refer to the xpansion Joint Manufacturers ssociation Guidelines Pipe Guides & Slides PH 2

PIP GUI ig. 26 Pipe lignment Guide Range: " through 24" pipe and insulation thickness of " through 4" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Service: or maintaining alignment of piping through its axial expansion and contraction cycles. Normally, two or more pipe alignment guides are used on a single piping run to avoid a pivoting effect within the piping system. It is recommended that the first guide be located a maximum of four pipe diameters from an expansion joint. The second guide should be placed a maximum of 8 pipe diameters from the expansion joint. dditional guides should be employed in accordance with the guide spacing data on next page. Supports are usually required between the intermediate guides to comply with standard support practice. Maximum Temperature: 0 Installation: () ttach outer housing to structure by bolting or welding. (2) Swing upper section of housing to open positions. () ttach spider clamp to pipe and completely insulate. (4) Set pipe and spider clamp into outer housing. () Replace upper section of housing to closed position and secure. Note: Spider attachments to pipe must be properly located during installation to insure that a minimum of one-half the spider width remains within the length of the outer housing for all conditions of operation. See table on opposite page for maximum recommended travels. If larger travels are required, special guides can be furnished to special order. How to size: by nominal pipe size and insulation thickness in accordance with the selection table on opposite page. Ordering: Specify size number, pipe size, insulation thickness, figure number, name and finish. aution: Guides are designed to carry 20% of the dead weight load. ead weight load is defined as maximum span of water filled pipe. Pipe (in) L (in) Maximum Movement to 6 6 6 8 to 6 8 8 8 to 24 0 0 W L L PIP T H I 4 HOLS J INSULTION THIKNSS G imensional ata on ollowing Page PH 22

PIP GUI ig. 26 Pipe lignment Guide (cont.) Pipe Guide Number Insulation Thickness (in) 2 2 2 2 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 6 8 0 2 G 4 G G G G 6 G G G G 8 H H 20 H H 24 J J Guide Selection Table Locate bare nominal pipe size in appropriate insulation thickness column and read guide size from size no. column to the left. Guide imensions (in) No. W G H T 8 6 6 4 4 6 6 4 2 2 4 0 6 8 4 9 6 4 4 4 2 6 6 4 6 6 8 2 6 9 9 4 22 4 9 4 2 6 4 G 28 2 26 4 9 6 H 2 29 4 0 4 6 J 4 2 6 8 4 6 2 8 4 6 Recommended xpansion Joint Guide Spacing Pipe * Maximum istance (feet) etween Intermediate Guides for Pressure (psig) (in) 0 00 0 200 20 00 0 400 00 600 8 2 22 20 8 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 22 9 6 6 66 4 40 28 2 2 2 20 8 8 62 4 40 6 2 29 2 0 0 62 4 0 4 42 40 2 2 8 8 0 60 0 46 4 40 4 20 8 2 62 2 48 4 4 6 0 9 8 68 6 2 49 4 4 8 4 0 8 68 62 8 0 4 20 0 92 90 68 62 8 49 24 80 28 0 90 8 0 6 60 4 * or pipe sizes not shown refer to the xpansion Joint Manufacturers ssociation Guidelines Pipe Guides & Slides PH 2

PIP SLIS PT Pipe Slide ssemblies Overview pplication nvil PT pipe slide assemblies are designed to support the pipe and provide for lateral and axial movement due to thermal expansion and contraction of the piping system. ssemblies are fabricated using PT slide bearings to provide a low coefficient of friction, minimizing frictional stress on the pipe and support structure. eatures Pre-engineered to save calculation and installation time. PT slide bearing pads are composed of 00% virgin Polytetrafluoroethylene polymer. apable of supporting constant loads up to 2000 PSI at 0 The low 0.2 coefficient of friction for the PT slide assemblies permits a smooth, unrestrained movement of the pipe and reduces overturning movements on supporting structures. PT is chemically inert and resists attack by chemicals, humidity and other elements found in harsh environments provided that the steel supports are suitably protected. Self-lubricating, maintenance-free. Provides resistance to galvanic corrosion between pipe and support structure. Maximum temperature: 400 at PT llows for up to 4" insulation thickness as standard. Greater than 4" insulation available on special request. Special designed slides and tees available on request. Selection () etermine the support location based on allowable span and loading conditions. (2) alculate the load for each slide assembly location. () etermine the lateral and axial movement of the pipe and the direction of movement, cold to hot. (4) Select pipe slide or tee figure number and attachment configuration, welded or bolted. () Select the method of slide plate attachment to support structure, welded or bolted. (6) esignate whether guided or non-guided slide plate is required. () Maximum recommended loads shown for pipe slides and structural tees are for vertical loading. Transitional loads for pipe structural tees are to be determined by customer. The maximum load on the pipe slides is based on using a PT width of 2" for the slide plate and a 0 temperature. or a different temperature at the bearing surfaces, multiply the maximum load rating by the following factor Temperature actor 0.00 00 0.8 200 0. 00 0.40 400 0.2 Installation () etermine offset of pipe slide-slide plate interface to allow maximum pipe movement in direction of greatest thermal displacement. (2) ttach PT slide to pipe by welding or clamping with standard ig. 22 pipe clamp or ig. 42 special pipe clamp. () ttach slide plates to supporting structure by bolting or welding. (4) Verify setting to insure full bearing between the PT slide and slide base surfaces under all pipe movement conditions. PH 24

PIP SLIS ig. 2: Structural Tee Slide ssembly ig. 2: Structural Tee ig. 46: abricated Tee Slide ssembly ig. 46: abricated Tee Range: ll sizes within maximum load rating. Material: arbon steel tee, PT bonded slide plates and carbon steel base. inish: Plain, Painted or Galvanized Service: or the support of piping where horizontal movement resulting from expansion and contraction takes place and where a low coefficient of friction is desired. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ). Maximum Load: s indicated at 0 see page PH-24 for rating factor at higher temperatures. Maximum Temperature: 0 Temperature Range at PT: -20 to 400 eatures: No lubrication required. esigned to minimize heat loss. llows up to of insulation. llows up to 0 travel standard Weld in place design. vailable Options: Increased travels. Increased Tee heights. nd plates. lamps, ig. 22 or ig. 42. ase plate with mounting holes Ordering: Specify figure number, type, name, finish and any other option desired. Pipe Slides ssembly, omplete PT Pipe Slide ssembly "T" Style (Type ) Structural Tees ig 2 ig 46 PT Slide PT Slide Plate ase Note: In the PH-92 and PH-92R atalogs: The ig. 2 & 46 (slide T section only) formerly referred to as ig. 280 & 4 The ig. 2 & 46 (slide base plate) formerly referred to as ig. 48 (slide base plate) igure Number Type ig. 2, 46: Loads (lbs) imensions (in) Weights (lbs) Max Load Welded Slide olted Slide Hole own Side * Up H** W L Weight H** W L Locations Tee 6 4 2.00 4 8 2 2.9 4 8.2 2 6.0 8 4 2 2 x 6 2 6.0 2,000 8 4 ig. 2 8,000 800 6.9 2 6.9 4 4 8 2 2 2.4 4 8 8.6 8.8 2 x 9 2 9.2 2,000 2 4 6 800 9.66 20.06 Tee 4 2.00 4 4 6 2.42 4 6 8.4 2 9.9 8 2 2 x 6 2 9.9 2,000 4 4 ig. 46 8,000 6 8 4 4 6 800 20.44 2 20.44 4 4 6 6 2.9 4 6 2.8 22.0 2 x 9 2 22.0 2,000 4 6 2 4 4 6 6 800 2. 2. * Side load is only applicable if appropriate endplates are added to slide or T Section ** With the ig. 42 clamp, add the material thickness. The Tees are now being notched for the material thickness when welding on the ig. 22 See page PH-29 olt Weight Pipe Guides & Slides PH 2

PIP SLIS Structural Tee ig 2 abricated Tee ig 46 Type Type 2 ig 2, Type ig 2, Type 2 H PIP IL WL TO T PT SLI PLTS ig 46, Type ig 46, Type 2 W Type Type 4 ig 2, Type ig 2, Type 4 ig. 2 and 46 PT Pipe Slide ssemblies Notes: Types, 2, and provide for longitudinal movement only. Types 4,, and 6 provide for both longitudinal and transverse movement of piping. H PIP IL WL TO T 6 6 W 8 PIP IL WL TO T H 6 HOL- OWN LUGS 6 8 ig 46, Type H PIP IL WL TO T " Note: ase Plate is larger than Type " ig 46, Type 4 Type W Type 6 W ig 2, Type ig 2, Type 6 H PIP IL WL TO T " W Note: Gap is larger than Type 2 " 8 ig 46, Type H PIP IL WL TO T " W Note: Gap is larger than Type " HOL OWN LUGS 8 ig 46, Type 6 Side View, ll Types Options (for all types) IG.46 NOTH TO RU HT LOSS IG.2 TURS LIN ONTT WITH PIP S WITH GUIS URNISH ON TYPS 2,, & 6 ONLY HOL-OWN LUGS URNISH ON TYP & ONLY ig. 2 w/nd Plates ig. 2 w/ig 22 lamps ig. 2 w/ig 42 lamp ig. 2 w/ig 22 lamps & nd Plates L 2" ig. 46 w/nd Plates ig. 46 w/ig 22 lamps ig. 46 w/ig 42 lamp ig. 46 w/ig 22 lamps & nd Plates PH 26

PIP SLIS ig. 49 Range: 6" through 6" Material: arbon steel H section, PT bonded slide plates and carbon steel base. inish: Plain, Painted or Galvanized Service: heavy duty slide support where horizontal movement resulting from expansion and contraction takes place and where a low coefficient of friction is desired. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) and MSS-SP-69 (Type ) Maximum Load: s indicated at 0 see page PH-24 for rating factor at higher temperatures. Maximum Temperature: 0 Temperature Range at PT: -20 to 400 eatures: No lubrication required. llows up to 4" of insulation. llows up to 0" travel standard. Weld in place design. vailable Options: Increased travels. Increased H Section heights. lamps, ig. 22 or ig. 42. ase plate with mounting holes. the bolt spacing for the bolted base plates is equal to the W dimention minus 2" and the L dimention minus 2"" for all pipe sizes andthe hole diameter is 9/6" for all sizes. Ordering: Specify figure number, type, name, finish and any other option desired. Notes: Types, 2, and provide for longitudinal movement only. Types 4 and provide for both longitudinal and transverse movement of piping. Structural H Slide ssembly, omplete PT Pipe Slide ssembly "H" Type Structural "H" Mounting Plate PT Slides PT Slide Plate ase Note: In the PH-92 and PH-92R atalogs: The ig. 49 (slide H section only) formerly referred to as ig. 4. The ig. 49 (slide base plate) formerly referred to as ig. 48 (slide base plate). ig. 49: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) W H* L Max Load Weight Pipe Type Type Type Type Side Up Type own Type Type 2 & 4 & 4 2 & & 4 2 & & 4 2,, & 2,, 2 4 6 6 0 8 2 4 4 8 8 6 6 2,000,000,200 9. 2.8 29.8 9. 29. 8 8 8 4 9 9 6 0 8 2 0 4 9 9 9 6 2 0 4 6 4 0 4 2 6 0 6 6 6 2 2 2 2 6 8 2 6 2 2 2 6 2 4 20 8 2 4 4 4 6 2 6 6,000 4,000,600 24. 4. 6.4 2. 6. 28. 9. 4.6 28.6 4.0 2.6 4.0 4..0 46.6 24 4 8 2 6 2 4 2 9 6 6 4.0 4.6 9.2 4.4 68.8 0 6 2 8 2 6 4 6 6 6 9 9 20 6 24,000 6,000 2,400.4 8.8 84.0.8 8.4 8 6 8 2 20 2 6 6 6 6 6 4 2 2 4 2 6.8 8.4 90.6 6. 8. * With clamps; add material thickness of a ig. 22. ** With the igure 42 special clamp, add the material thickness of igure 42. See page PH-29 Pipe Guides & Slides PH 2

H PIP SLIS ig. 49 PT Pipe Slide ssemblies Notes: Types, 2, and provide for longitudinal movement only. Types 4 and provide for both longitudinal and transverse movement of piping. "H" Section Only Type Type 2 L L PIP IL WL TO M PT SLI PLTS PIP IL H WL TO M 6 6 8 W W Type Type 4 L L HOL-OWN LUGS H 6 PIP IL WL TO M 6 8 H Note: ase Plate PIP is larger IL than Type WL TO M " " W W Type Side View, ll Types L H PIP IL WL TO M " " Note: ase Plate is larger than Type 8 S WITH GUIS URNISH ON TYPS 2, & ONLY HOL-OWN LUGS URISH ON TYP ONLY W L 2" Options (for all types) ig.49 w/ig 22 lamps ig. 49 w/ig 42 lamp PH 28

PIP SLI LMPS ig. 42 Special lamp Range: 2" through 24" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 for carbon steel pipe only Service: Used with and where pipe slides cannot be welded directly to pipe or copper tube. When used with fiberglass, plastic, or aluminum pipe, a thin protective liner should be inserted between the pipe and the clamp. lamp is designed for use with igure 2 and igures 46 and 49 slides and tees. Ordering: Specify figure number, pipe size, name and finish. ig. 2 w/ig 42 lamp ig. 46 w/ig 42 lamp ig. 49 w/ig 42 lamp M N L Q P T ig. 42: Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe L M N P Q T Weight 2 4 2 2 2 2 4 2 6 6 4 4 2 2 6 2 2 4 4 6 4 8 6 9 8 2 8 0 2 8 6 0 4 2 6 8 2 4 4 2 4 6 2 6 9 8 2 8 2 2 20 2 4 2 8 20 2 22 2 24 28 26 6 2 2 4 46 Pipe Guides & Slides PH 29

PIP SLI LMPS IG. 22 Medium Pipe lamp Range: 2" through 0" Material: arbon steel inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: Plain 0, Galvanized 40 Service: Pipe clamp for figure numbers 2, 46, and 49 slides and tees. Ordering: Specify pipe size, figure number, name and finish. Note: Two clamps are required. T section 2/46 or H section 49 are notched to accommodate clamps and to eliminate the increase in height of the slide assembly. L ig. 2 w/ig 22 lamps ig. 46 w/ig 22 lamps ig.49 w/ig 22 lamps H ig. 22: Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Pipe H Weight 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 4 2.2 2 2 2 2 4 2.4 2 2 6 2 9 6 2.8 2 6 6 6 6.0 4 2 4 4 6 2 4 4 6 4 6 4 6 4 6.2 6 4 4 4 8 6 4 4.6 0.8 6 6.0 0 6 8 9 6 6 8 9 6 2.2 2 8 6 9 9 6 8 6 9 9 6 0.4 4 9 4 0 9 4 0 4.0 6 0 4 0 4 44.6 8 4 6.2 20 2 4 4 2 4 4.6 24 4 6 4 6 4 06.2 0 9 2 2 9 2 4 22.8 lamps may be furnished with square ends. PH 0

SPRING HNGRS ig. 24 Light-uty Spring Hanger inish: Painted Service: Recommended for light loads where vertical movement does not exceed 4". pprovals: WW-H- (Type 49) and MSS-SP-69 (Type 48). Installation: esigned for attachment to its supporting member by screwing a rod into the top cap of the hanger the full depth of the cap. Incorporates a convenient load coupling to facilitate proper adjustment during installation. Ordering: Specify size of hanger, figure number and name. Spring Hangers Rod not furnished, rod right hand thread 2" 4" MX. No. Max eflection* ig. 24: Loads (lbs) Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Max Load Spring Rate of Hanger Weight Rod Shipping Length asing Length 4. 8.4 4 8 4 8 8 2 8.0 68.6 9 2 2 4 0.0 20. 2 6 6 asing iam 4 Rod Take Out 4 26.0 24 4. 4 6 4 6 6 *t maximum recommended deflection, spring can be compressed an additional 4" before becoming solid. 2 2 4 4 4 PH

SPRING HNGRS ig. 82, ig. -268, ig. 98, Triple Spring, and Quadruple Spring ig. -82, ig. -268, ig. -98, Triple-R, and Quadruple-R Spring (orrosion Resistant) esign features: Precompression. Precompressing the spring into the hanger casing provides the following advantages: () Saves up to 0% in headroom by reducing the length of the hanger. (2) Reduces the installed height of the overall hanger assembly. () Prevents the spring supporting force from exceeding the normal safe limits of variations. (4) Saves valuable erection time because spring is precompressed close to 2" of the working range. alibration: all nvil Variable Spring Hangers and supports are calibrated for accurate loading conditions. Load indicator is clearly seen in the slot, simplifying reading of the scale plate. Load is read from bottom of indicator. old set at the factory upon request. Spring and casing are fabricated of steel and are rugged and compact. Piston cap serves as a centering device or guide maintaining spring alignment. asing protects the spring from damage and weather conditions. Standard inish: Painted with semi-gloss primer. orrosion Resistant: nvil offers corrosion-resistant and weather-resistant Variable Spring Hangers to fill vital needs in the chemical and refinery industries as well as in modern outdoor power plant construction. or protection against severe weather conditions or moderate corrosive conditions, the parts of the hanger are galvanized per STM -, except the spring which has a protective coating and the load column for Type which is electro-galvanized. dvantages of a Protective oating: Protects from a wide range of corrosives. oes not affect the flex life of the spring. Recommended for ambient temperatures up to 200 Travel stop: The functional design of the pre-compressed variable spring hanger permits the incorporation of a two-piece travel stop that locks the hanger spring against upward or downward movement for temporary conditions of underload or overload. The complete travel stop, the up travel stop only for cold set purposes or the down travel stop only which may be employed during erection, hydrostatic test (nvil permits a hydrostatic test load of 2 times the normal operating load for the spring hanger) or chemical cleanout will be furnished only when specified. The travel stop is painted red and is installed at the factory with a caution tag attached calling attention that the device must be removed before the pipe line is put in service. Permanently attached travel stops available upon request. UP TRVL STOP INITOR (Load is read from bottom of indicator) OWN TRVL STOP UTION MTL STRPS UTION TG ig. 82 ig. -268 pprovals: WW-H- (Types, 6 and ) and MSS-SP-69 (Types, 2 and ). Specifications: nvil Variable Spring Hangers are welded in strict accordance with SM Section IX. Range: The nvil Variable Spring Hanger in five series and seven types is offered in twenty-three sizes (ig. -268 only is offered in twentyfive sizes). The hanger can be furnished to take loads 0 lbs. to 0,000 lbs. Ordering: () (2) Type () igure number (4) Product name () esired supporting force in operating position (6) alculated amount and direction of pipe movement from installed to operating position. () ustomer s identification number (if any) (8) When ordering Type spring specify if roller or guided, load column is to be furnished. (9) When ordering Type G, specify total load and load per spring plus center to center rod dimensions. (0) If required, specify with travel stop () When ordering corrosion resistant, specify -268, -82, -98, Triple-R, or Quadruple-R completely galvanized except coated spring coil. Note: To help alleviate the problem of lifting large size spring hangers into position for installation, this product is available with lifting lugs (if required) on sizes weighing one hundred pounds or more. Hole ig. 98 LITING LUGS PH 2

SPRING HNGRS ig. 82, ig. -268, ig. 98, Triple Spring, and Quadruple Spring Spring Hanger Types Typical pplications (cont.) ig. -82, ig. -268, ig. -98, Triple-R, and Quadruple-R Spring (orrosion Resistant) How to etermine Type: The type of variable spring hanger to be used depends upon the physical characteristics required by the suspension problem (e.g., amount of head room, whether pipe is to be supported above or below the spring, etc.). onsideration should be given to the seven standard types offered (see illustration on the below). Special variable spring hangers can be fabricated for unusual conditions. Spring Hangers Type Type Type Type Type Type Type G Recommended Service: Pipe hangers located at points that are subject to vertical thermal movement and for which a constant support hanger is not required (see recommended service for constant support hanger, page PH-). Type & spring hangers may accommodate less than 4 of rod swing depending on size, figure number, and application. Installation: Securely attach hanger to the building. ttach lower hanger rod and turn the load coupling until the load indicator is positioned at the desired setting indicated on the load scale plate. djustment of Hanger: Once installed in the line; the hanger should be adjusted until the load indicator moves to the white button marked (cold position). On inspection of the system, after a reasonable period of operation, the load indicator should be at the red button marked H (hot position). If it is not, the hanger should be readjusted to the hot position. No other adjustment is necessary. How to etermine Series: omplete sizing information is given on the hanger selection chart on page PH-4 - PH-. The sizing information is applicable to hangers of all series. s noted on the hanger selection charts that the total spring deflection in the casing leaves a reserve (overtravel) above and below the recommended working load range. PH

SPRING HNGRS Spring Hanger and Series Selection How to use hanger selection table: In order to choose a proper size hanger, it is necessary to know the actual load which the spring is to support and the amount and direction of the pipe line movement from the cold to the hot position. ind the actual load of the pipe in the load table. s it is desirable to support the actual weight of the pipe when the line is hot, the actual load is the hot load. To determine the cold load, read the spring scale, up or down, for the amount of expected movement. The chart must be read opposite from the direction of the pipe s movement. The load arrived at is the cold load. If the cold load falls outside of the working load range of the hanger selected, relocate the actual or hot load in the adjacent column and find the cold load. When the hot and cold loads are both within the working range of a hanger, the size number of that hanger will be found at the top of the column. Load Table (lbs) for Selection of Hanger (sizes 0 through 22 on next page) Working Range (in) Hanger size Shaded Rows Show Overtravel igure No. -268 Only ig. 82, ig. -268, ig. 98, Triple & Quadruple Spring Quad. Triple 98-268 82 000 00 0 2 4 6 8 9 2 2 2 4 9 4 6 8 0 4 89 22 6 40 600 20 44 66 84 09 4 9 26 0 469 62 8 22 46 68 88 4 206 2 64 488 60 9 24 48 9 8 9 2 284 8 06 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 26 0 4 9 2 6 22 294 92 2 00 2 2 2 28 2 6 98 2 0 228 0 406 44 2 2 0 4 9 0 6 26 420 6 0 2 6 8 0 6 82 244 26 44 8 4 4 4 8 84 08 40 88 22 6 448 600 800 4 9 8 44 94 260 4 462 69 82 8 6 89 49 200 268 46 68 80 6 40 6 92 8 206 26 68 490 66 8 4 2 2 4 6 9 22 8 22 284 8 04 6 900 6 4 2 2 8 4 6 9 2 62 2 29 89 8 694 92 9 4 69 00 28 66 22 299 99 2 90 20 4 02 2 229 0 40 46 9 4 2 49 0 2 420 60 0,000 2 0 4 08 8 9 24 2 4 4 69,02 22 6 0 42 84 24 44 88 88,00 2 8 4 88 2 9 42 602 806,0 8 6 4 2 24 6 80 6 49 9 28 4 462 66 82,00 2 8 82 8 2 9 264 4 4 60 844,2 26 60 84 2 20 20 62 48 644 86,0 2 62 86 2 9 206 26 0 494 68 88, 0 2 2 2 4 28 64 88 26 62 20 282 8 04 62 900,200 2 2 2 4 28 66 89 29 6 24 288 86 686 99,22 29 68 9 69 29 294 94 2 00 98,20 0 0 9 4 2 22 00 402 6 4 96,2 2 9 6 228 06 40 46 28 9,00 Spring Rate (lbs/in) 82 0 42 4 0 94 26 68 224 00 400-268 2 2 4 6 84 2 0 200 98 0 2 42 6 00 Triple 9 2 6 2 28 0 6 Quadruple 4 9 2 6 2 28 8 0 Note: General rule for series selection use ig. 82 for up to 2" of movement up to " use ig. -268, up to 2" use ig. 98, up to " use a Triple, up to 4" use a Quadruple. ouble check to assure desired variability is achieved. PH 4

SPRING HNGRS Spring Hanger and Series Selection How to use hanger selection table (cont.): Should it be impossible to select a hanger in a particular series such that both loads occur within the working range, consideration should be given to a variable spring hanger with a wider working range or a constant support hanger. The cold load is calculated by adding (for up movement) or subtracting (for down movement) the product of spring rate times movement to or from the hot load. old load = (hot load) ± (movement) x (spring rate) key criteria in selecting the size and series of a variable spring is a factor known as variability. This is a measurement of the percentage change in supporting force between the hot and cold positions of a spring and is calculated from the formula: Variability = (Movement) x (Spring Rate) / (Hot Load) If an allowable variability is not specified, good practice would be to use 2% as recommended by MSS-SP-8. Spring Hangers Load Table (lbs) for Selection of Hanger (ont. from previous page) Hanger size Working Range (in) Shaded Rows Show Overtravel ig. 82, ig. -268, ig. 98, Triple & Quadruple Spring igure No. 0 2 4 6 8 9 20 2 22 82-268 98 Triple Quad 80,020,0,800 2,400,240 4,00 6,000,990 0,60 4,00 8,0 2,00 8,06,406,8 2,00, 4,688 6,20 8,22,0 4,88 9, 26,04 84,0,46,90 2,600,0 4,8 6,00 8,6,49,2 20, 2,089 4 2 2 2 88,48,9 2,02 2,00,64,06 6,0 8,98,98,86 2,094 28, 90,90, 2,00 2,800,80,20,000 9,20 2,80 6,40 2,8 29, 0 0 0 0 0 94,2,6 2, 2,900,9,48,20 9,62 2,82,08 22,66 0,2 9,2,688 2,20,000 4,00,62,00 9,98,26,62 2,48,26,008,8,44 2,2,00 4,8,8,0 0,,08 8,2 24,29 2,298,040,60,800 2,400,200 4,20 6,000 8,000 0,60 4,0 8,800 2,000,40 4 2 2 2,0,40,86 2,4,00 4,4 6,88 8,20 0,982 4,92 9,88 2,8 4,82,0,44,9 2,0,400 4,90 6, 8,00,,0 9,9 26,6,424,8,488,969 2,62,00 4,2 6,6 8,0,64,4 20,6 2,44 6,466,0,0 2,02 2,00,600 4,860 6,0 9,000,980,920 2,0 28,2,08 2 2 4,20, 2,08 2,,00 4,99 6,98 9,20 2,2 6,62 2,8 28,906 8,49,2,6 2,8 2,80,800,0,2 9,00 2,64 6,80 22,2 29,688 9,9,268,68 2,94 2,92,900,26, 9,0 2,9,24 22,9 0,469 40,6,00,00 2,20,000 4,000,400,00 0,000,0,690 2,00,20 4,6 4 2 4 2 6,,4 2,06,0 4,00,,688 0,20,642 8,2 24,088 2,0 42,,6,8 2,6,0 4,200,60,8 0,00,9 8, 24,6 2,8 4,9,98,828 2,49,22 4,00,80 8,06 0,0 4,0 9,0 2,26,94 44,80,40,80 2,4,00 4,400,940 8,20,000 4,640 9,460 2,80 4, 4,84 2 4 6 8,46,9 2,, 4,00 6,0 8,48,20 4,92 9,902 26,48,6 46,88,49,9 2,88,40 4,600 6,20 8,62,00,0 20,4 2,02,98 4,926,28,998 2,644,2 4,00 6,4 8,8,0,6 20,8 2,6 6,9 48,968,60 2,040 2,00,600 4,800 6,480 9,000 2,000,90 2,20 28,200,00 0,00 4 2 2 2 0,9 2,08 2,6,6 4,900 6,6 9,88 2,20 6,02 2,62 28,88 8,28,02,62 2,2 2,8,0,000 6,0 9, 2,00 6,6 22, 29, 9,06 2,094,68 2,68 2,869,82,00 6,88 9,6 2,0 6,96 22, 29,96 9,844,6,690 2,20 2,92,900,200,020 9,0,000,00 2,000 0,0 40,62 4,8 Spring Rate (lbs/in) 4 2 2 2 20 680 900,200,600 2,60,000 4,000,20,080 9,400 2,00 6,60 82 260 40 40 600 800,080,00 2,000 2,660,40 4,00 6,20 8, -268 0 0 22 00 400 40 0,000,0,0 2,0,2 4,6 98 8 0 200 26 60 00 66 88,80,6 2,08 2,8 Triple 6 8 0 200 20 00 66 88,,6 2,084 Quadruple Note: General rule for series selection use ig. 82 for up to 2" of movement up to " use ig. -268, up to 2" use ig. 98, up to " use a Triple-, up to 4" use a Quadruple. ouble check to assure desired variability is achieved. PH

SPRING HNGRS Variable Spring heck List for Requesting a Quote or Ordering Page of nvil International Precision Park 60 renchtown Rd. North Kingstown, RI 0282 or technical information regarding Variable Springs all or ax: ax Number: (40) 886-06 Phone Number: (40) 886-02 inish: Standard Primer: Galvanized: Special oating: Quantity: igure No.: Options are: 82, -268, 98, Triple, Quadruple or: -82, -268, -98, Triple-R, Quadruple-R : Options are: #0 through #22 (-268 / -268 also available in #00 and #000) Type: Options are: through G* Hot (Operating or esign) Load (lbs): (optional)** old/installed (actory Set) Load (lbs): (optional)** Vertical Movement: + (up) or (down) (optional)** Mark Number: (If Required) Travel Stops: Yes: No: If travel stops are ordered and hot & cold loads are not provided, then the spring will be set to mid range load. Lifting Lugs: Yes: No: vailable on sizes weighing 00 lbs or more. Notes: * Type G Springs must also include the -to- dimension & the load per spring. ** nvil will determine the appropriate igure Number and will calculate the old Load when only the Hot Load and movement are specified. PH 6

SPRING HNGRS ig. -268, -268 Spring Hangers (Type ) Type is the basic unit of ig. -268 nvil Variable Spring Hanger. It is designed for attachment to its supporting member by screwing a rod into a tapped hole in the top cap of the hanger the full depth of the top cap ( G dimension). The upper jam nut should then be locked, securing the hanger. djustment of the hanger load is accomplished by turning the coupling on the lower hanger rod until the hanger picks up the load and the load indicator points to the desired position. G L. (IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -268 SIZ TYP MRKNO. RO SIZ "" LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT Spring Hangers MIN.=Z MX.=Z+ /2" IG. -268 TYP RO SIZ "" RO NOT URNISH LNGTH O R.H. TH' S TL LOW Hanger Weight Rod ig. -268, ig. -268 Type : Weight (lbs) imensions (in) R.H. Thread Length asing Length asing iam lange iam Rod Take Out Min. Thread ngagement Thread epth G 000 8 2 4 6 6 8 6 6 00 6 9 6 8 6 0 8 8 2 9 6 4 8 6 6 6 6 2 9 8 6 6 4 9 6 4 2 6 9 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 6 26 8 8 6 29 6 8 8 8 6 8 0 9 6 8 8 9 6 0 6 8 6 4 0 4 6 2 8 8 8 0 4 8 4 2 6 0 6 9 8 6 2 6 0 6 9 8 0 2 4 89 8 8 8 4 4 9 4 4 8 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 0 4 8 4 4 6 2 6 6 8 8 4 8 6 8 8 2 6 6 62 4 8 8 6 4 8 6 8 0 2 8 4 6 9 9 6 2 4 20 2 2 4 8 8 8 20 480 2 2 0 2 4 2 8 2 4 2 4 2 6 2 4 0 2 6 2 8 2 4 6 22 0 8 2 4 6 8 29 4 8 4 Z 4 8 6 9 6 6 2 8 8 2 9 6 2 6 PH

SPRING HNGRS ig. -268, -268 Spring Hangers (Type & Type ) S T R T H R H J L. (IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -268 SIZ TYP MRKNO. LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT J L. (IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -268 SIZ TYP MRKNO. LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT MIN.=Z MX.=Z+ /2" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+ /2" IG. -268 TYP RO SIZ "" RO NOT URNISH LNGTH O R.H. TH'. S TL LOW IG. -268 TYP RO SIZ "" RO NOT URNISH LNGTH O R.H. TH'. S TL LOW Type is furnished with a single lug for attachment to the building structure. The lug permits use of a clevis or a pair of angles for attachment where headroom is limited. Type is furnished with two lugs for attachment to the building structure. These two lugs permit the use of an eye rod or a single plate for attachment where headroom is limited. Hanger (in) Weight (lbs) Rod R.H. Thread Length ig. -268, ig. -268 Type, : Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Lug Hole asing Length asing iam lange iam Min. Thd ngagement Height of Pin H Rod Take Out J levis Opening S Thickness T R Z 000 2 8 6 4 8 6 2 6 4 8 4 00 6 9 6 9 2 6 0 8 6 6 8 2 6 4 8 6 2 4 9 9 6 8 8 4 8 4 2 0 8 6 9 8 4 9 2 2 6 4 6 6 9 6 6 6 6 2 4 8 4 9 8 8 8 8 6 6 2 8 6 9 6 9 6 0 8 6 6 8 8 8 6 2 4 6 4 0 6 8 8 2 9 66 4 0 6 6 0 2 4 6 6 2 8 8 8 2 8 8 0 4 4 2 4 4 66 0 6 2 8 6 2 6 0 6 2 4 2 2 8 8 0 4 2 8 6 2 89 4 8 4 8 2 4 94 4 2 4 8 2 2 8 8 4 4 2 4 0 4 8 2 2 8 8 6 8 2 8 8 6 8 4 6 6 9 6 2 8 2 8 2 2 6 4 68 4 2 8 8 2 8 2 8 6 8 2 2 9 8 8 4 4 22 8 2 8 2 9 6 2 4 8 2 4 9 8 2 4 2 8 20 2 4 2 4 8 2 2 6 20 486 2 2 0 2 8 2 4 28 4 4 8 2 68 2 4 0 8 2 6 4 2 4 6 8 2 8 8 4 8 6 22 4 8 8 4 8 4 PH 8

SPRING HNGRS ig. -268, -268 Spring Hangers (Type & Type ) Y K M L. (IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -268 SIZ TYP MRKNO. RO SIZ "" RO, NUTS & WSHR NOT URNISH LNGTH O R.H. TH'. S TL LOW LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT MUST PINN OR TK Y USTOMR RO SIZ "" RO N NUT NOT URNISH LNGTH TO SUIT USTOMR L. (IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -268 SIZ TYP MRKNO. LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT Spring Hangers Q MUST PINN Y USTOMR RIGHT HN THRS RO SIZ "" RO NOT URNISH LNGTH O R.H. TH'. S TL LOW IG. -268 TYP Type permits adjustment of the hanger from the top. This type has a piece of tubing which passes through a hole in the top cap. Type is especially adapted for use where the hanger is set above the supporting beams and pipe is suspended below. /2" OUPLING POSITION T MXIMUM LO IG. -268 TYP Type is designed to permit adjustment from either above or below the hanger, when it is installed upon the supporting member and pipe is suspended below. coupling tapped right hand both ends is furnished. Hanger (in) Weight (lbs) Rod ig. -268, ig. -268 Type, : Weight (lbs) imensions (in) R.H. Thd Length asing Length asing iam lange iam Min Thread ngagement llowance for Nuts K Height of Spacer M Rod Length Y 0 000 2 8 4 8 6 4 8 00 6 9 6 4 0 6 6 6 6 2 9 6 4 8 6 4 8 6 2 8 8 6 2 6 2 6 6 4 2 9 6 6 6 6 4 8 2 6 4 8 8 6 22 8 6 6 2 8 6 8 8 8 6 2 4 0 4 8 26 4 4 9 0 6 8 0 8 4 6 2 8 8 8 0 4 4 4 6 8 0 6 4 6 2 6 6 0 6 2 6 8 8 0 4 4 4 8 8 8 4 4 9 4 88 4 8 0 4 4 9 4 6 0 2 8 8 8 6 8 2 22 9 6 6 4 8 4 2 8 8 262 2 8 9 4 4 9 6 2 6 9 00 2 4 20 2 2 4 8 2 4 28 8 20 0 2 2 2 0 4 9 6 2 6 2 4 2 4 2 6 6 2 4 6 8 4 8 6 22 0 8 6 8 42 Rod Take-out Q 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 PH 9

SPRING HNGRS ig. -268, -268 Spring Hangers (Type ) Pipe Roll: imensions (in), Load (lbs) Roll Roll Mat l Max Load P R S LO OLUMN 2-2 ast Iron 80 4 4 2 4 2 4-6 ast Iron,900 2 8 8 2 X ' L. (IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -268 SIZ TYP MRKNO. LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT OUR SLOTS (olt ircle) IG. -268 TYP S R ITS OVR TYP "" LO OLUMN P 8-0 ast Iron 4,200 2 4 8 4 6 4 8-0 Steel 4,000 2 4 8 4 6 4 2-4 ast Iron 6,0 2 0 8 6 4 2-4 Steel 26,000 2 2 6 4 6-20 ast Iron 9,960 4 2 6 4 6-20 Steel 4,000 4 2 6 4 24 ast Iron 2,200 4 4 24 Steel 60,000 4 4 0 0 ast Iron,000 4 2 6 2 8 4 0 Steel 60,000 6 2 0 6 ast Iron 24,000 4 6 9 6 Steel 60,000 9 2 Type is for use under a base elbow or piping that must be supported directly from the floor. If more than 4" of horizontal translation occurs of loads resting on the flat load flange or other flat surface junction between the type spring hanger and the load, a double roller design pipe roll is recommended. Pipe rolls, as illustrated above, will be furnished on request. or dimension of the pipe roll, refer to ig. 2, see page PH-8. ase type variable springs will be furnished with an extended load column on special order. Guided Load olumns and roller are available on request. djustment to the required load rating is made by inserting a bar into holes provided in the load column and turning the column. The 2" increment between minimum and maximum X dimensions is the amount of field adjustment available and is in excess of the amount required for load adjustment. Hanger Weight PH 40 asing Length ig. -268, ig. -268 Type : Weight (lbs) imensions (in) ottom asing lange ottom ottom Thickness lange Lengths - X* iam iam lange Sq. lange ottom olt ircle ' olts lange Min Max Min Max 000 6 4 8 2 8 4 8 6 9 6 4 00 2 8 9 8 8 0 2 6 4 8 4 0 4 4 8 4 8 2 8 4 8 4 9 8 8 2 8 8 9 8 8 2 8 9 6 6 6 2 8 4 9 9 6 9 6 4 2 4 4 26 8 6 0 4 2 4 6 40 8 6 0 2 2 2 46 6 8 8 8 9 8 0 8 4 8 0 8 8 4 6 6 9 9 0 9 6 2 8 4 8 0 98 2 4 8 8 0 4 4 0 9 6 6 2 4 2 6 6 90 0 9 6 2 8 4 8 Load ol. iam Load lange iam.9 8.9 8 2.8 8. 6 8 4. 8 8 2 9 0 9 6 2 8 4 8 8 8 0 4 4 0 9 6 6 2 4 2 4. 8 8 4 4 6 6 6 4 9 0 4 0 4 4 6 6 6 4. 6 0 8 8 4 0 9 6 6 2 4 6 2 8 8 6 9 6 8 2.0 8 20 22 8 4 8 4 20 6 22 6 9 80 20 2 2 4 8 4 4 22 4 8 22 9 6 24 9 6 2. 2 2 20 4 2 4 2 6 2 6 Thickness of Load lange 2 496 2 6 2 4 6 8 4 4 22 4 29 6 6 8.0 2 2 2 22 64 8 2 2 *Hanger take-out or installed height. With pipe movement up, cold to hot, installed height should be the mid-point between the minimum and maximum "X" dimension, plus thickness of load flange. With pipe movement down, cold to hot installed height should be mid-point between the minimum and maximum "X" dimension, plus the amount of vertical movement and load flange thickness. Note: s 6" and larger are furnished with a hexagon nut at the top of a solid load column to facilitate adjustment with a wrench. 6 6 6 4 2 2 2 2

SPRING HNGRS ig. -268, ig. -268 Spring Hangers (Type G) Type G is a complete trapeze assembly. The hanger consists of two standard spring units plus a pair of back-to-back channels welded at each end to the hanger casing. The P dimension can be varied with the customer s instructions. In sizing a Type G hanger, it must be remembered that each standard spring unit carries one-half of the total pipe load. Therefore, in using the hanger selection chart, use one-half of the total pipe load as the hot load. When the pipe line is designed so as not to be centered on the channel, one spring of the trapeze will carry a heavier load, the other a lighter load. are should be taken in calculating the load of each hanger and in choosing the proper sized spring in such cases. The center-to-center rod dimension must be specified when ordering. - RO IMNSION S SPII RO SIZ "" RO NOT URNISH LNGTH O R.H. TH' S TL LOW MIN = Z MX = Z + /2" P LO INITOR W N IG. -268 SIZ TYP G MRKNO. SPG.RT L./IN. 2 /2 2 /4 2 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 0 L. (IN.) LO (L.) Spring Hangers IG. -268 TYP G Hanger Weight Rod R.H. Thread Length ig. -268, -268 Type G: Weight (lbs) imensions (in) asing Length asing ia. lange ia. Min Thread ngagement Rod Take Out N hannel (lb/ft) Max - Space etween hannels W 000 24 8 2 4 8 8 6 x 4. 24 8 6 2 00 26 9 6 4 6 0 0 6 6 2 9 6 4 8 6 6 x 4. 24 8 2 2 2 8 6 9 6 4 2 6 4 42 2 6 9 6 6 6 6 2 6 x 4. 0 4 2 8 4 8 8 4 6 6 8 6 69 8 6 8 8 8 6 x 4. 6 2 0 6 8 8 9 4 0 6 2 2 4 0 4 6 2 8 8 8 0 4 4 4 4 x.4 6 4 2 4 0 6 6 6 2 6 0 6 6 6 9 8 8 8 0 4 4 4 x 6. 2 4 2 4 20 4 4 8 8 20 4 4 0 4 6 6 x 0. 2 8 6 298 2 6 6 8 8 6 4 6 4 8 8 2 8 8 x. 2 6 8 4 4 8 8 4 6 8 690 2 8 4 9 9 8 2 4 20 2 2 4 8 2 4 8 4 2 x 20. 20 99 2 2 0 2 4 40 2 8 2,9 2 4 0 2 6 4 2 4 6 8 6 8 6 8 x.9 48 4 22,496 8 4 8 8 4 4 8 42 2 8 2 8 P 4 Z 4 6 9 6 6 2 9 6 2 6 PH 4

SPRING HNGRS ig. 82, -82 Short Spring Hangers G "" LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT H R LO SL & LO NM PLT INITOR T S T R H LO SL & NM PLT 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 L. (IN.) LO (L.) SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -82 SIZ TYP MRKNO. J 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 L. (IN.) LO (L.) SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -82 SIZ TYP MRKNO. J 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 L. (IN.) LO (L.) SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -82 SIZ TYP MRKNO. LO INITOR MIN.=Z MX.=Z+ 4" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+ 4" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+ 4" "" "" "" IG. 82 TYP IG. 82 TYP IG. 82 TYP Y K M "" IG. 82 TYP IG. 82 TYP IG. 82 TYP "" IG. 82 TYP G LO LO SL & INITOR NM PLT 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 L. (IN.) LO (L.) SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -82 SIZ TYP MRKNO. MIN = Z MX = Z + 4" P LO INITOR - RO IMNSION S SPII W LO INITOR 0 /4 IL PINN OR TK RO SIZ "" LO SL & NM PLT N Q 4" /2 /4 /4 L. (IN.) LO (L.) SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -82 SIZ TYP MRKNO. R.H. TH'S. IL PINN OUPLING POSITION T MX LO L. (IN.) LO (L.) SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -82 SIZ TYP MRKNO. 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 X ' 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 LO OLUMN LO LO SL & INITOR NM PLT L. (IN.) LO (L.) SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -82 SIZ TYP MRKNO. OUR SLOTS The nvil variable short spring hanger, ig. 82, embodies all of the ig. -268 features and is designed to the same exacting specifications. This is useful in confined areas where thermal movement of the piping is relatively small. The minimum and maximum loads for the individual sizes of the ig. 82 are exactly the same as those for the ig. -268. This hanger is offered in the seven basic types as shown here. The load table and instructions for sizing this hanger are found on page PH- through PH-. PH 42

SPRING HNGRS ig. 82, -82 Short Spring Hanger Rod R.H. Thread Length asing Length ia. lange ia. Min Thread ngage Z ig. 82, -82 Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Rod Take Out y Type Type Types, Type, G Thread Lug Pin levis Rod Nut Thk. epth Hole Hgh R Opening Length llow. J Q N T G H S Y K 0 6 4 6 6 4 2 2 4 4 4 8 6 6 4 6 6 2 8 4 6 6 2 4 8 4 4 2 8 6 6 8 8 8 2 4 9 6 4 6 6 8 4 4 9 6 6 6 6 6 2 8 6 6 2 4 8 4 4 8 4 6 8 6 8 8 8 6 8 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 6 6 6 6 8 8 6 6 6 8 6 2 8 2 8 8 6 2 4 6 4 9 6 8 6 6 8 6 8 9 6 9 4 8 6 8 8 8 8 4 0 4 4 8 4 8 8 0 4 4 8 8 9 8 2 2 8 6 2 4 4 8 4 4 6 6 6 8 6 6 0 6 2 4 8 6 6 8 6 8 4 8 8 0 4 4 2 2 8 4 2 2 4 8 4 4 8 0 8 2 2 4 2 8 4 4 8 8 4 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 8 8 4 4 8 8 0 4 4 4 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 8 4 8 6 2 0 8 8 8 9 8 6 6 6 6 2 6 4 2 8 2 8 2 8 2 4 4 6 8 0 9 6 4 6 2 6 2 2 8 8 4 8 2 2 2 0 6 6 6 6 2 8 4 2 8 9 6 4 9 6 2 4 8 2 4 6 2 4 9 2 4 4 2 9 6 4 8 8 4 2 8 4 8 20 8 2 20 2 2 8 6 8 2 6 4 20 8 8 2 8 4 8 2 6 9 6 2 2 4 9 8 2 4 6 8 8 2 8 20 8 8 2 4 8 4 2 8 2 6 4 4 4 22 0 22 4 8 2 8 2 8 8 8 29 8 6 8 8 9 6 Hgt Spacer M 4 4 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Spring Hangers Type Type G Weight Hanger ' ottom lange ottom Load hannel Space Load lange Length X lange ol. Max Type olt ircle etween P - Sq. Min Max olts Thick ia. ia. Thick. Min Max (lbs/ft) hannels - W,,, G* 0 6 2 2 8 4 8 4.900 8 6 6 6 6 6 x 4. 24 8 4 6 2 6 6 6 8 2 29 0 0 4 2 8 4 4 4 2.8 4 6 6 8 8 x 4. 0 4 4 2 20 2 2 2 6 6 2 8 20 9 9 8 0 8 4 8.0 6 8 4 x 4. 6 4 2 22 8 8 8 8 8 24 2 6 9 9 8 6 9 6 6 2 8 2 0 4 0 9 6 6 2 4 2 4.0 8 8 2 9 6 0 6 4 x.4 6 4 62 8 84 8 6 9 6 6 2 2 8 6 9 6 8 8 2 6 4 0 9 6 6 2 4 2 4.0 8 8 2 0 6 6 x 6. 2 69 6 8 4 4 0 9 6 9 6 2 9 9 4.0 0 9 6 9 6 6 x 0. 2 88 9 00 98 4 0 9 6 6 2 4 2 8 8 6 2 2 8 8 6 02 9 2 20 2.00 8 x. 2 8 8 4 8 20 0 26 266 8 6 6 6 29 226 20 9 4 4 22 4 8 2.0 2 2 2 6 6 6 286 246 2 20 8 6 9 6 0 02 44 2 20 4 4 22 4 8.00 2 2 8 2 8 40 9 48 2 22 24 8 2 8 490 4 44 Hanger take-out or installed height. With pipe movement up, cold to hot, installed height should be the mid point between the minimum and maximum X dimension, plus thickness of load fl ange. With pipe movement down, cold to hot installed height should be mid-point between the minimum and maximum X dimension, plus the amount of vertical movement and load fl ange thickness. (Type only). *Weight based on 24" center-to-center dimension. See page PH-40 for Type roller information. PH 4

SPRING HNGRS ig. 98, -98 ouble Spring G RO SIZ "" R T H S T R H K RO SIZ "" M L.(IN.) LO (L.) 0 L.(IN.) LO (L.) 0 L.(IN.) LO (L.) 0 L.(IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /4 /4 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2/4 /4 /2 /4 4 4/4 4/2 4/4 LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT J /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2/4 /4 /2 /4 4 4/4 4/2 4/4 J /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2/4 /4 /2 /4 4 4/4 4/2 4/4 Y /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2/4 /4 /2 /4 4 4/4 4/2 4/4 SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -98 SIZ TYP MRKNO. SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -98 SIZ TYP MRKNO. SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -98 SIZ TYP MRKNO. SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -98 SIZ TYP MRKNO. MIN.=Z MX.=Z+" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+" RO SIZ "" IG. 98 TYP IG. 98 TYP IG. 98 TYP IG. 98 TYP RO SIZ "" LO LNG LO OLUMN - RO IMNSION S SPII MUST PINN OR TK Y USTOMR L.(IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 RO SIZ "" MIN = Z MX = Z + 4" RO SIZ "" 2 2 /4 2 /2 2/4 /4 /2 /4 4 4/4 4/2 4/4 SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -98 SIZ TYP MRKNO. X L.(IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2/4 /4 /2 /4 4 4/4 4/2 4/4 P W N SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -98 SIZ TYP MRKNO. L.(IN.) LO (L.) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 OUR SLOTS SPG.RT L./IN. IG. -98 SIZ TYP MRKNO. LO INITOR 2/4 /4 /2 /4 4 4/4 4/2 4/4 MUST PINN Y USTOMR R.H. TH'S. RO SIZ "" OUPLING POSITION T MXIMUM LO " IG. 98 TYP Q *RO, NUTS & WSHRS NOT URNISH LNGTH O R.H. TH (S TIM. TL) IG. 98 TYP IG. 98 TYP G The nvil Variable ouble Spring Hanger, ig. 98, embodies all of the ig. -268 features and is designed to the same exacting specifications. ach basic unit consists of two springs arranged in series within a single casing. centering guide is provided to assure the permanent alignment of the spring assembly. This hanger is offered in the seven basic types as shown here. The load table and instructions for sizing this hanger may be found on page PH- through PH-. PH 44

SPRING HNGRS ig. 98, -98 ouble Spring Hanger 0 Rod R.H. Thread Length 2 9 Length 2 8 4 8 2 8 4 asing ia. lange ia. 4 8 Min Thread ngage 6 ig. 98, -98: Weight (lbs) imensions (in) Z Rod Take Out y Type Type Types, Type, G Thread Lug Pin levis Rod Nut Thk. epth Hole Hgt R Opening Length llow. J Q N T G H S Y K 6 2 6 4 8 2 6 6 8 9 2 6 6 2 4 8 4 2 8 6 6 8 4 22 2 6 6 8 8 20 4 4 2 9 4 6 6 6 8 9 2 8 6 6 2 4 8 4 22 6 8 6 9 6 6 6 6 6 8 4 2 8 6 6 6 6 8 6 8 2 6 8 9 8 8 6 8 8 6 20 6 9 2 6 8 6 2 4 6 4 2 8 8 9 9 6 9 9 20 6 6 8 8 8 6 8 6 20 6 4 26 9 6 0 4 22 8 2 8 2 8 2 4 6 2 4 4 8 29 8 8 8 0 4 4 6 8 8 2 8 0 8 4 8 6 8 9 8 2 2 8 2 2 2 9 2 8 8 20 8 8 2 0 8 8 0 4 4 2 2 8 4 2 2 4 24 4 4 4 2 4 26 4 2 2 2 8 4 4 24 8 2 2 8 2 8 4 2 2 2 8 8 4 0 24 8 0 4 2 2 8 2 8 2 4 2 2 2 4 8 8 8 6 2 29 8 6 2 28 9 6 2 6 4 6 8 4 2 8 2 8 8 8 2 2 4 2 4 2 8 2 6 6 4 6 2 2 8 4 4 2 4 8 2 2 4 2 6 8 6 4 8 2 8 4 2 8 4 6 4 9 6 2 4 8 2 4 2 4 9 2 4 4 2 9 6 2 42 8 4 4 2 8 4 8 48 8 2 20 2 2 4 44 4 2 6 42 8 48 4 4 8 2 8 4 8 6 9 6 2 2 4 4 49 8 2 2 4 6 8 6 4 6 2 6 6 2 4 8 4 2 8 60 8 6 4 8 4 22 62 2 8 8 66 8 4 8 8 8 8 6 8 9 2 6 9 8 2 6 Hgt Spacer M 4 2 4 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 Spring Hangers Type Type G Weight Hanger ' ottom lange ottom Load hannel Space Load lange Length X lange ol. Max Type olt ircle etween P - Sq. Min Max olts Thick ia. ia. Thick. Min Max (lbs/ft) hannels - W,,, G* 0 4 6 6 6 2 2 20 2 8 4 8 4.90 8 6 6 6 x 4. 24 8 2 4 4 2 4 2 6 9 6 6 6 2 4 8 8 22 2 4 2 8 4 4 4 2.88 4 6 6 8 8 8 x 4. 0 4 2 2 24 9 6 8 4 20 4 2 26 4 6 6 8 8 20 8 4 40 62 9 9 8 0 8 4 8.0 6 8 4 20 6 22 6 x 4. 6 2 49 48 2 09 8 2 4 2 4 6 2 9 2 8 2 8 9 94 6 20 0 4 0 9 6 6 2 4 2 4.0 8 8 2 24 6 26 6 4 x.4 6 4 4 08 0 24 9 6 2 6 96 9 4 209 2 2 6 2 6 08 04 44 22 6 4 0 9 6 6 2 4 2 4.0 8 8 2 26 6 28 6 x 6. 2 4 44 9 8 0 4 26 9 6 28 9 6 4 88 2 4.0 26 9 6 28 9 6 6 x 0. 2 2 6 20 68 6 4 0 9 6 6 2 4 2 8 8 2 6 4 2.00 8 8 28 202 24 462 8 x. 2 8 6 8 2 24 28 2 8 6 6 2 4 0,06 42 9 4 4 22 4 8 2.0 2 2 2 9 6 4 6 2 x 20. 2 8 4 600 48 624,2 20 46 6 48 6 40 802 2 80,6 2 4 4 22 4 8.00 2 2 8 8 8 940 84 82,96 2 x.9 48 4 22 64 66 8,240,40,84 2,66 Hanger take-out or installed height. With pipe movement up, cold to hot, installed height should be the mid point between the minimum and maximum X dimension, plus thickness of load flange. With pipe movement down, cold to hot installed height should be mid-point between the minimum and maximum X dimension, plus the amount of vertical movement and load flange thickness. (Type only). *Weight based on 24" center-to-center dimension. See page PH-40 for type roller information. PH 4

SPRING HNGRS Triple Spring, Triple Spring-R G RO SIZ* "" LO INITOR R T H S T R H K M RO SIZ "" L.(IN) LO (L) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RT L IN TRIPL SPRING SIZ TYP MRK NO. LO SL & NM PLT J L.(IN) LO (L) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RT L IN TRIPL SPRING SIZ TYP MRK NO. LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT J L.(IN) LO (L) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RT L IN TRIPL SPRING SIZ TYP MRK NO. LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT Y L.(IN) LO (L) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RT L IN TRIPL SPRING SIZ TYP MRK NO. LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT MIN.=Z MX.=Z+0 2" RO SIZ* "" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+0 2" RO SIZ* "" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+0 2" RO SIZ* "" TRIPL TYP TRIPL TYP TRIPL TYP TRIPL TYP LO INITOR LO LNG - RO IMNSION S SPII NOT TO X - MX RO SIZ "" MUST PINN OR TK Y USTOMR RO SIZ "" L.(IN) LO (L) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RT L IN TRIPL SPRING SIZ TYP MRK NO. LO SL & NM PLT X LO INITOR L.(IN) LO (L) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RT L IN TRIPL SPRING SIZ TYP MRK NO. LO SL & NM PLT MIN = Z MX = Z + /2" P W N TRIPL SPRING SIZ TYP MRK NO. OUR SLOTS ' LO INITOR L.(IN) LO (L) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RT L IN MUST PINN Y USTOMR R.H. TH'S. RO SIZ "" Q 0 2" TRIPL TYP TRIPL TYP G The nvil Variable Triple Spring Hanger, embodies all of the ig. -268 features and is designed to the same exacting specifications. ach basic unit consists of three springs arranged in series within a single casing. centering guide is provided to assure the permanent alignment of the spring assembly. This hanger is offered in the seven basic types as shown here. The load table and instructions for sizing this hanger may be found on page PH- through PH-. OUPLING POSITION T MXIMUM LO TRIPL TYP PH 46

SPRING HNGRS Triple Spring, Triple Spring-R Hanger 0 Rod R.H. Thread Length Triple Spring: imensions (in) General imensions Rod Take Out or Types Type Type Type Type G asing Length 9 8 asing ia. Min Thread Z & G epth Loaded Length Thread K M im X J Y Q N G Min Max 9 8 20 8 28 8 20 6 22 6 P Spring Hangers 2 2 2 4 4 6 6 2 4 2 4 0 4 2 9 6 2 9 6 8 2 6 4 4 2 2 24 24 2 2 2 6 2 9 6 2 6 2 6 22 6 0 6 2 2 4 2 2 2 6 9 6 6 6 2 6 24 9 6 2 6 8 2 6 4 4 24 8 26 8 2 2 8 2 8 26 8 4 8 26 6 28 6 6 2 2 2 26 2 4 6 26 6 28 6 8 2 6 6 8 6 6 2 6 29 6 8 8 2 8 2 6 29 8 8 8 29 6 29 6 0 6 8 2 4 4 9 29 9 6 29 9 6 6 8 8 8 8 4 0 4 4 8 8 4 4 4 4 4 42 9 6 2 9 6 6 6 2 26 6 26 6 28 6 6 2 28 4 0 4 2 28 9 6 28 9 6 0 9 6 8 8 2 4 0 8 2 8 4 8 6 4 8 8 4 6 4 8 4 46 6 2 9 6 8 6 40 6 4 2 2 4 4 6 4 8 6 4 9 8 4 6 4 8 6 40 6 4 4 6 8 8 4 6 8 9 2 4 6 0 9 6 9 6 8 6 40 6 6 2 44 6 8 8 44 6 4 6 4 8 6 4 8 2 46 8 48 8 6 6 6 4 0 4 0 4 4 6 6 9 6 4 2 6 4 6 8 2 49 8 49 8 8 60 6 0 8 4 9 6 6 6 6 9 2 4 8 2 4 2 4 2 4 8 60 8 6 8 6 4 2 4 8 6 60 6 4 4 4 20 2 2 6 8 6 8 0 8 8 6 6 9 6 6 6 69 6 2 2 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 2 4 6 4 6 6 2 4 8 8 4 9 6 22 8 9 2 9 2 9 2 06 6 2 6 8 9 8 9 8 4 See ig. -268 for dimensions not listed PH 4

SPRING HNGRS Quadruple Spring, Quadruple Spring-R G RO SIZ* "" LO INITOR R T H S T R H K RO SIZ "" M QURUPL SPRING SIZ TYP MRK NO. QURUPL SPRING SIZ TYP MRK NO. QURUPL SPRING SIZ TYP MRK NO. QURUPL SPRING SIZ TYP MRK NO. SPG.RT L / IN 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 /4 8 8 /4 8 /2 8 /4 9 9 /4 9 /2 9 /4 0 L.(IN) LO (L) LO SL & NM PLT J SPG.RT L / IN 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 /4 8 8 /4 8 /2 8 /4 9 9 /4 9 /2 9 /4 0 L.(IN) LO (L) LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT J SPG.RT L / IN 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 /4 8 8 /4 8 /2 8 /4 9 9 /4 9 /2 9 /4 0 L.(IN) LO (L) LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT Y SPG.RT 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 /4 8 8 /4 8 /2 8 /4 9 9 /4 9 /2 9 /4 0 L.(IN) LO (L) L / IN LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT MIN.=Z MX.=Z+4" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+4" MIN.=Z MX.=Z+4" RO SIZ* "" RO SIZ* "" RO SIZ* "" QURUPL TYP QURUPL TYP QURUPL TYP QURUPL TYP MUST PINN OR TK Y USTOMR RO SIZ "" LO INITOR QURUPL SPRING SIZ TYP MRK NO. SPG.RT L / IN 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 /4 8 8 /4 8 /2 8 /4 9 9 /4 9 /2 9 /4 0 L.(IN) LO (L) LO SL & NM PLT X LO INITOR LO SL & NM PLT OUR SLOTS QURUPL SPRING SIZ TYP MRK NO. SPG.RT L / IN 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 /4 8 8 /4 8 /2 8 /4 9 9 /4 9 /2 9 /4 0 L.(IN) LO (L) LO LNG RO SIZ "" - RO IMNSION S SPII NOT TO X - MX MIN = Z MX = Z + /2" P W LO INITOR N TRIPL SPRING SIZ TYP MRK NO. L.(IN) LO (L) 0 /4 /2 /4 /4 /2 /4 2 2 /4 2 /2 2 /4 /4 /2 /4 4 4 /4 4 /2 4 /4 /4 /2 /4 6 6 /4 6 /2 6 /4 /4 /2 SPG.RT L IN MUST PINN Y USTOMR R.H. TH'S. RO SIZ "" OUPLING POSITION T MXIMUM LO Q 4" QURUPL TYP ' QURUPL TYP G The nvil Variable Quadruple Spring Hanger, embodies all of the ig. -268 features and is designed to the same exacting specifications. ach basic unit consists of four springs arranged in series within a single casing. centering guide is provided to assure the permanent alignment of the spring assembly. This hanger is offered in the seven basic types as shown here. The load table and instructions for sizing this hanger may be found on page PH- through PH-. QURUPL TYP PH 48

SPRING HNGRS Quadruple Spring, Quadruple Spring-R Hanger Rod R.H. Thd Lth Quadruple Spring: imensions (in) General imensions Rod Take Out for Types Type Type Type Type G asing Length asing ia Min Thd Z & G epth Loaded Length Thd K M im X J Y Q N G Min Max P Spring Hangers 0 2 8 2 8 26 8 8 26 6 28 6 2 6 28 8 4 6 6 28 8 0 8 40 8 0 6 2 6 8 2 6 4 4 2 2 8 8 8 4 8 6 6 2 8 2 8 29 8 9 8 29 6 6 4 2 6 0 8 9 6 6 6 0 8 8 42 8 8 2 6 4 4 2 6 4 6 2 8 8 4 8 4 8 4 6 6 6 6 2 6 2 6 4 6 4 8 4 8 6 8 8 6 6 8 6 8 6 6 6 8 8 8 49 6 8 6 40 6 8 2 8 2 9 6 2 8 8 6 8 6 40 6 0 8 40 8 42 8 9 8 6 40 6 8 40 8 42 8 8 6 6 4 0 4 4 4 8 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 2 6 4 6 4 6 6 2 4 6 2 6 9 6 2 2 2 9 2 0 6 4 4 4 4 4 49 4 60 9 6 8 8 4 8 2 2 4 6 2 2 9 9 6 4 9 6 49 6 6 4 4 48 8 8 48 8 4 6 6 4 0 6 2 6 4 48 8 8 4 48 8 6 6 2 0 6 2 6 8 6 2 8 8 8 8 60 8 6 6 4 8 2 6 9 6 6 6 6 6 4 9 66 8 66 8 69 8 80 6 9 6 4 68 6 0 6 8 2 9 64 8 64 8 68 8 8 6 4 8 4 9 6 66 6 68 6 9 2 4 8 2 4 2 4 2 4 8 8 88 8 6 4 2 4 6 6 20 20 2 2 86 8 86 8 90 8 0 6 6 9 6 88 6 90 6 2 2 4 9 8 9 8 99 8 6 2 4 6 4 98 00 2 2 4 8 8 4 9 6 22 20 8 20 8 24 8 8 6 2 6 8 22 4 24 4 4 4 4 4 See ig. -268 for dimensions not listed PH 49

VRTIL ONSTNT SUPPORTS Model R Mathematically Perfect Pipe Support The exclusive geometric design of nvil Model R onstant Support Hanger assures perfectly constant support through the entire deflection of the pipe load. This counter-balancing of the load and spring moments about the main pivot is obtained by the use of carefully designed compression type load springs, lever, and spring tension rods. Position Indicator and Travel Stop Spring over K Rod rame Load Scale s the lever moves from the high to the low position, the load spring is compressed and the resulting increasing force acting on the decreasing spring moment arm creates a turning moment about the main pivot which is exactly equal and opposite to the turning moment of the load and load moment arm. s the lever moves from the low to the high position, the load spring is increasing in length and the resulting decreasing force acting on the increasing spring moment arm creates a turning moment about the main pivot which is exactly equal and opposite to the turning moment of the load and load moment arm. ixed Spring Pivot Load Spring Trunion Plate Spring Tension Rod Moveable Spring Pivot H M L Main Pivot Load djustment olt Load Pivot Load Yoke Load oupling Lower "J" Rod 9.92 α β φ VRTIL Y Z P X θ W HORIZONTL W SIN θ L P L Z X φ P Y θ HORIZONTL W W SIN θ L () --------- sinα = --------- sin φ Y --------- sinα = --------- sin β Y Z sinα = Y------------ sinβ Z HIGH POSITION MIL POSITION LOW POSITION sinβ sinα = = X X- Z The spring force is equal to the spring constant K times the spring deflection ; thus: (6) = K; Therefore equation () may be written as: () Spring Moment = K YZ --------------- sinφ Substituting in (), we have (2) ---- X = --------- sin φ and () X= YZ --------------- sinφ YZ The load L is suspended from the lever at point and at any point within the load travel range the moment of the load about the main lever-pivot P is equal to the load times its moment arm, thus: (4) Load moment = L (Wsinθ), where (Wsinθ) is the load moment arm The spring is attached at one of its ends to the fixed pivot. The spring s free end is attached by means of a rod to the lever-pivot. This spring arrangement provides a spring moment about the main lever-pivot P which opposes the load moment and is equal to the spring force times its moment arm; thus: () Spring Moment = YZ --------------- sinφ, where YZsinφ --------------- is the spring moment arm To obtain perfect constant support the load moment must always equal the spring moment. Therefore: (8) y proper design "φ" and "θ" are made equal. Therefore, equation (8) may be written as: (9) KYZsinφ LW = --------------------- KYZ LW = ---------- The spring and the rod are so arranged that the spring deflection always equals the distance between pivots and. Therefore, equation (9) may be written as: (0) LW = KYZ or, () L = (KYZ)/W Since equation () holds true for all positions of the load within its travel range and K, Y, Z, and W remain constant it is therefore true that perfect constant support is obtained. PH 0

ONSTNT SUPPORTS Model R ig. 80-V, -80-V Vertical Model R ig. 8-H, -8-H Horizontal onstant Support Model R ig. 80-V, Vertical Model R ig. 8-H, Horizontal onstant Supports inish: Standard finish; painted with semi gloss primer. orrosion resistant; galvanized with coated coil or painted with Z and coated coil. Recommended Service: When piping stress is critical and pipe is subject to vertical movement in excess of 2" due to thermal expansion, and also at locations where it is necessary to avoid any transfer of stress from support or onto critical terminals or connecting equipment. pprovals: WW-H- (Types 2, 8 and 9) and MSS-SP-69 (Types 4, and 6). eatures: ecause of exclusive geometric design, mathematically perfect constancy of support is maintained throughout the full range of load adjustment. ompactness design provides smaller and more versatile units. Increased load and travel capacity. ach hanger is individually calibrated before shipment to support the exact load specified. ll model R constant supports have a wide range of load adjustability. No less than 0% of this adjustability is provided either side of the calibrated load. White button marked denotes cold setting of hanger; red button marked H denotes hot or operating setting. ield load adjustment is made by turning the single load adjustment bolt. overed spring provides protection and good appearance. J-rod swings at least 4 from vertical. Non-resonant to all vertical vibrations. Range: nvil Model R constant support hangers are made in two basic designs, 80- V (vertical design) and 8-H (horizontal design). ombined, the 80-V and 8-H constant supports are made in nine different frame sizes and 0 spring sizes to accommodate travels from 2" to 20" and loads from 2lbs to 8,00 lbs. Single rod suspension: vailable in Types, and, ig. 80-V (see page PH-8 through PH-60) and ig. 8-H (see page PH-6 through PH-6). How to select hanger sizes: etermine the total load to be supported by the hanger as well as the actual travel that is, the actual vertical movement of the pipe at the point of hanger location. Refer to the Load-Travel table for constant support hangers (see page PH-4 through PH-) and select a size hanger which will accommodate the known load and actual travel. It must be noted that the travel shown in the table is a total travel that is, the maximum vertical movement which the hanger will accommodate. The total travel of the hanger should always be greater than the calculated travel of pipe line to allow for some discrepancy between calculated travel and actual travel. It is suggested that the total travel for constant supports should be equal to actual travel plus " or 20% whichever is greater. How to determine type: fter the size of the constant support is determined, consideration of available room for suspending the pipe and hanger will indicate whether a vertical (80-V series, page PH-8 - PH-64) or horizontal (8-H series, page PH-6 - PH-) hanger is desirable. How to determine design: fter the hanger size and design are determined, the type of constant support to be used depends upon the physical installation required by the suspension problem, i.e., whether the hanger is to be installed above, between or below steel members (see line cuts referring to Types,,, etc.). It will be noted that the Type is made in horizontal design only and the type G is made in the vertical design only. Special constant support hangers can be fabricated for unusual conditions. J-rod and K-hole diameter: Tapping or drilling for standard rod size will be furnished as shown in the J-rod and K-hole selection charts unless otherwise specified. Upper attachments, turnbuckles and clamps should be tapped to agree with the rod as shown in the selection chart. Standard rod diameters are based on the load to be carried by the upper rod which includes the weight of the hanger assembly as well as the pipe line. Tapped connections for hanger rod sizes " and smaller are UN-Thread Series, lass 2 fit. 4" and large rod tappings are 8UN Series Threads. PH

ONSTNT SUPPORTS Model R Ordering: Specify: () Hanger size number (2) igure number () Type (4) Name of hanger () Loads to be supported (pounds) (6) Total travel (inches) () ctual travel (inches) (8) irection of movement cold to hot (9) ustomer s hanger mark. (0) When ordering Type G, specify - rod dimension as well as load per spring and total load. () or Types,,, ig. 8-H when required specify for single rod suspension. (2) onstant Support Hangers are also available corrosion-resistant as figures -80-V and -8-H. Installation: () Securely attach the hanger to the building structure at a point where the load coupling is directly over the desired point of attachment to the pipe in the operating position. () Make certain that the moving parts of the hanger will be unobstructed. (2) ttach the lower J-rod between the pipe attachment and the load coupling. Make certain that the lower J-rod has enough thread engagement before taking up the load. sight hole is provided for this. () Turn the load coupling, as you would a turnbuckle, until the travel indicator rotates to the desired cold setting (white button) marked indicated on the position scale. If the constant support incorporates a travel stop see below. (4) fter the line is in operation, check hanger for indicated hot setting. If necessary, make adjustment by turning the load coupling to bring the indicator to the hot position (red button) marked H. No other adjustment is normally required since the load as calibrated at the factory is equal to the load specified to be supported. djustment: When the hanger is installed, its supporting force should be in balance with the portion of the piping weight assigned to it. ach hanger is individually calibrated before shipment to support the exact load specified. ll model R onstant Supports have a wide range of load adjustability. Special instructions for field recalibration of individual hangers may be obtained from nvil representatives. No less than 0% adjustability is provided either side of the calibrated load for plus or minus field load adjustment. The percentage increase or decrease from the factory calibrated load should be carefully calculated. The calibrated load setting of each hanger is indicated by a die-stamp on the load adjustment scale. Load adjustments should be made from this reference point, with each division on the patented scale equal to 2% except sizes 84-0 where each division is valued at %. The load adjustment is made by turning the single load adjustment bolt. or example, a calibrated load of,000 pounds revised to 2,60 pounds is a decrease of 240 pounds. 240/,000 = 8%. y turning the load adjusting bolt the arrow moves in the "ecrease" direction four divisions. Note: ield Recalibration of load does not decrease total travel. Load adjustment scale shown applies to size through 8 only. The load adjustment scale for sizes 84 through 0 division equals % (ontinued) Travel stop: The functional design of the onstant Support Hanger permits the incorporation of a travel stop that will lock the hanger against upward or downward movement for temporary conditions of underload or overload, such as may exist during erection, hydrostatic test or chemical clean-out. nvil onstant Supports are designed for hydrostatic test load of at least 2 times the normal operating load for the onstant Support. The travel stop for sizes 9-0 consists of two plates, with matched serrations, attached to the hanger frame with two or more cap screws and with a socketed piece which engages the position indicator. It is installed at the factory to hold the hanger in the cold position. series of serrations can be engaged to lock the hanger at any position along the total travel range. The travel stop, which is furnished only when specified, is painted red. The stop must be removed before the piping system is put into operation, but not before the hanger is installed and fully loaded. The travel stop is released by removing the cap screws. tag marked aution and containing instructions for removal of the travel stop is attached to the hanger. Note: See installation procedures P-2-80 for a travel stop description on sizes -8. PH 2

ONSTNT SUPPORTS Model R Model R lifting lugs: To help alleviate the problem of lifting large size onstant Supports into position for installation, this product is available with lifting lugs (if requested) on sizes ten and larger. Lifting Lugs (igure 8-H): Lifting Lugs (ig 80-V): LUGS TO 90 ROM HNNL ON TYP " (ontinued) H M Lugs to be attached to each side of frame (all types) L Hole Types,,,, & sizes 0 thru 6 onstant Supports sizes 84 thru 0 sizes 64 thru 8 Lugs to be attached to each side of frame and will need stabilizing rigging when being lifted ig. 80V (Vertical): Typical pplications Type Type and Type Type Type Type G ig. 8-H (Horizontal): Typical pplications Type Type and Type Type Type Type PH

ONSTNT SUPPORTS Hanger Total Travel* (in); Load (lbs) See notes on page PH- No. 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 2 2 6 6 2 2 8 8 2 44 08 86 2 62 4 48 4 9 6 29 2 0 04 8 4 6 8 2 4 4 40 2 204 22 02 8 68 6 6 4 44 4 8 2 40 00 88 8 0 64 8 4 0 4 44 4 280 20 68 40 20 0 9 84 6 0 6 60 6 2 24 96 6 40 2 09 98 89 82 0 6 6 6 280 224 8 60 40 24 2 02 9 86 80 0 4 8 20 22 9 69 0 2 04 9 90 8 8 2 9 6 26 226 98 6 8 44 2 22 0 99 9 600 40 60 00 2 22 200 80 64 0 8 29 20 0 2 4 46 6 2 242 28 98 82 68 6 4 6 8 68 0 42 6 9 284 2 22 2 96 82 0 60 2 9 86 489 49 6 26 29 26 244 226 209 9 8, 88 06 89 0 442 92 2 294 22 22 2 22 4,,00 824 68 89 48 42 4 294 2 28,,80 944 8 64 90 24 42 429 9 6 29 6,89,420,6 94 8 0 6 68 6 4 4 406 9 2,2,66,0,09 90 82 9 66 60 4 2 4 44 46 8 2,40,90,24,20,089 9 84 62 69 6 86 44 08 46 9 2,02,620,0,,0 900 80 6 6 62 9 40 06 448 46 20 2,4,6,40,226,0 9 88 80 660 6 2 6 0 2 2,,868,,4,68,08 94 849 8 8 66 62 84 49 22 2,2 2,020,68,44,26,22,00 98 842 2 6 6 94 2 2,0 2,68,80,49,,204,080 98 90 84 2 68 68 24 2,90 2,28,940,66,4,29,64,08 90 89 8 6 28 68 2,0 2,488 2,0,,,82,244,,0 9 889 829 8 2 26,0 2,648 2,20,89,6,4,24,204,0,08 946 88 828 9 2,60 2,904 2,420 2,04,8,6,42,20,20,,0 968 908 84 28,90,60 2,6 2,2,9,6,80,46,,2,29,0 988 929 29 4,20,46 2,84 2,440 2,,898,08,,42,4,220,9,068,00 0 4,,628,02 2,9 2,268 2,06,84,649,2,9,296,209,4,06 4,9,86,9 2,40 2,98 2,,98,44,98,4,0,29,99,28 2,060 4,048, 2,89 2,0 2,249 2,024,840,68,,446,49,26,9,29 4,26,0,026 2,648 2, 2,8,92,6,629,,42,24,246 4,2 4,420,68, 2,6 2,46 2,20 2,009,842,00,9,4,8,00 4,696,9,4 2,9 2,609 2,48 2,,9,806,6,6,468,8 6 4,968 4,40,49,0 2,60 2,484 2,28 2,00,9,4,66,,46,240 4,6,4,2 2,9 2,620 2,82 2,8 2,0,8,4,68,4 8,66 4,680 4,0,0,20 2,808 2, 2,40 2,60 2,006,82,,62 9,988 4,990 4,2,4,2 2,994 2,22 2,49 2,0 2,9,996,8,6 40 6,60,00 4,4,9,,80 2,89 2,60 2,446 2,2 2,20,988,8 4 6,96,8 4,98 4,60,86,488, 2,90 2,68 2,49 2,2 2,80 2,02 42,88 6,2,420 4,4 4,26,94,449,62 2,99 2,0 2,29 2, 2,22 4 8,200 6,8,8,2 4,6 4,00,2,4,4 2,929 2, 2,6 2,42 44 8,24,20 6,2,4 4,84 4,62,96,6,,6 2,908 2,26 2,66 4 9,284, 6,6,80,8 4,642 4,220,868,,6,09 2,90 2, 46 9,60 8, 6,9 6,00,422 4,880 4,46 4,06,4,486,2,00 2,8 4 0,6 8,64,4 6,48,64,88 4,6 4,2,99,06,49,24,02 48 0,988 9,,848 6,868 6,04,494 4,99 4,8 4,226,924,66,44,22 49,600 9,66 8,286,20 6,444,800,2 4,8 4,462 4,4,86,62,42 0 0,6 8,886, 6,9 6,220,6,8 4,8 4,44 4,4,888,69,06 9,486 8,00,8 6,640 6,06,,08 4,4 4,42 4,0,906 2,84 0,4 8,88,898,08 6,462,92,468,0 4,9 4,44 4,8 2,62 0,820 9,468 8,4,4 6,886 6,,826,40,049 4,4 4,4 4,400,486 0,00 8,9 8,040,09 6,00 6,8,4,60,02 4,0 4, 2,6,0 9,809 8,828 8,026,6 6,9 6,06,88,8,9 6 6,02,4 2,08 0,682 9,64 8,40 8,0,96 6,86 6,409 6,009,6, 4,8,000, 0,400 9,4 8,666 8,000,429 6,9 6,00 6,8 8 8,42,9,88 2,282,04 0,049 9,2 8,0,896,69 6,809 6,0 9 9,0 6,2 4,6,00,06 0,642 9, 9,00 8,62,804,6 6,886 60 20,600,6,40, 2,60,26 0,00 9,08 8,829 8,240,2,2 6 2,890 8,6 6,48 4,9,4,940 0,94 0,0 9,82 8,6 8,209,26 62 2,6 9,66,8,4,906 2,642,88 0,69 9,9 9,20 8,69 8,80 6 24,46 20,968 8,48 6,09 4,68,44 2,2,29 0,484 9,8 9,4 8,64 (avg. in.) 8 8 2 4 2 4 4 8 4 8 4 8 8 2 6 6 2 6 8 8 8 Table ontinued on acing Page PH 4

ONSTNT SUPPORTS Table ontinued on acing Page Hanger No. Total Travel* (in); Load (lbs) See notes on page PH- 9 9 2 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 2 2 6 2 4 6 8 9 0 2 4 6 8 9 42 40 8 40 426 40 20 4 42 429 2 9 492 46 22 6 2 0 2 602 42 24 64 6 82 2 69 6 622 26 6 69 662 2 80 64 26 28 88 82 90 29 949 899 84 0,008 9 90,066,009 99 2,24,06,02,,,09 4,228,6,0,04,26,4,0,00 962 922 88 8 89 90,8,06,02 98 99 90 80 88 6,80,0,242,8,29,080,0 994 9 920 88,46,9,0,248,9,9,092,048,008 90 96 8,60,48,404,,26,22,0,2,080,040,00 9,66,6,49,426,6,02,24,98,,09,069 40,6,64,90,4,44,8,2,22,22,8,6 4,98,86,44,66,8,6,4,9,4,292,246 42 2,08,99,89,80,24,649,8,8,49,40, 4 2,28 2,8 2,00,92,86,82,08,640,,8,464 44 2,42 2,296 2,8 2,0,98,896,8,4,68,6,8 4 2,9 2,44 2,2 2,20 2,0 2,08,94,8,8,9,68 46 2, 2,68 2,440 2,24 2,28 2,22 2,0,92,8,80,4 4 2,882 2,0 2,94 2,40 2,8 2,2 2,62 2,0,99,92,8 48,02 2,89 2,4 2,66 2,49 2,89 2,289 2,98 2, 2,0,962 49,222,0 2,900 2,62 2,66 2,22 2,4 2,20 2,2 2,48 2,0 0,46,24,0 2,962 2,82 2,04 2,92 2,488 2,92 2,04 2,22 2,00,94,8,8 2,4 2,0 2,006,944,689,49,20,62,08 2,88 2,6 2,66 2,4 2,49 2, 2,289 2,2 2,42 2,0 2,949,4,4,84,2,090 2,962 2,84 2,4 2,62 2,8 2,4 2,69 2,29 2,22 4,208,986,8,606,442,29,6,00 2,9 2,80 2,0 2,62 2,24 2,44 2,6 4 4,46 4,2 4,020,828,64,49,0,26,092 2,98 2,8 2,2 2,680 2,9 2, 4,904 4,646 4,44 4,20 4,02,88,68,,9,269,2,044 2,942 2,84 2,9 6,4,060 4,80 4,8 4,0 4,80 4,006,846,698,6,4,,204,0,004,8,44,200 4,92 4,2 4,2 4, 4,60 4,000,82,4,86,466,,20 8 6,4 6,88,2,26,024 4,806 4,606 4,422 4,2 4,094,94,8,684,6,44 9 6,0 6,6,8,4,20,089 4,8 4,682 4,02 4, 4,80 4,06,902,6,68 60 6,86 6,0 6,80,88,68,4,0 4,944 4,4 4,8 4,44 4,262 4,20,98,86 6,29 6,92 6,6 6,24,969,0,42,24,0 4,864 4,690 4,29 4,8 4,26 4,04 62,2,9 6,9 6,62 6,20 6,046,94,62,48,0 4,96 4,9 4,6 4,48 4,46 6 8,4,2,9 6,989 6,6 6,8 6,6,8,64,46,242,06 4,892 4,4 4,8 (avg. in.) 8 4 8 4 9 4 9 8 0 8 0 8 2 2 2 8 2 8 8 8 4 4 4 4 onstant Supports PH

ONSTNT SUPPORTS Hanger No. Total Travel* (in); Load (lbs) See notes on page PH- 4 4 2 2 6 6 2 2 8 8 2 9 9 2 0 0 2 2 2 64 9,22,089,80,982 2,86,8 0,986 0,2 9,6 9,04 8,44 8,094,690,2 6,990 6,686 6,408 6 20,00,866 6,080 4,68,400 2,0,486 0,20 0,00 9,49 8,9 8,46 8,040,6,08 6,99 6,00 66 22,068 9,6,64 6,049 4,,80 2,60,69,04 0,8 9,808 9,29 8,82 8,406 8,024,6,6 6 24,0 2,62 9,226,48 6,02 4,90, 2,8 2,06,0 0,68 0,9 9,6 9,4 8,8 8,9 8,0 68 26,000 2, 20,800 8,909, 6,000 4,8,866,000 2,26, 0,94 0,400 9,904 9,44 9,04 8,666 69 2,6 24,64 22,08 20,098 8,42,00,92 4,8,88,00 2,282,6,04 02 0,048 9,6 9,2 0 29,268 26,0 2,44 2,286 9, 8,0 6,2,609 4,62,,008 2,2,0,49 0,642 0,9 9, 0,900 2,466 24,20 22,4 20,99 9,06,6 6,480,40 4,42,,00 2,60,0,2 0,4 0,00 2 2,8 29,86 26,268 2,880 2,889 20,20 8,6,2 6,48,42 4,9,82,4 2,08,99,420 0,94 4,68 0,904 2,84 2,286 2, 2,96 9,868 8,42,84 6,62,42 4,69,90,244 2,64 2,092,89 4 6,00 2,622 29,60 26,69 24,466 22,8 20,92 9, 8,0,2 6,,42 4,680,980,44 2,64 2,2 8,800 4,489,040 28,28 2,866 2,88 22,2 20,69 9,400 8,29,244 6,6,20 4,80 4,08,49 2,9 6 40,900 6, 2,20 29,46 2,266 2,0 2,2 2,8 20,40 9,248 8,8,22 6,60,80 4,8 4,22,6 4,000 8,222 4,400,2 28,666 26,462 24,2 22,9 2,00 20,26 9, 8,0,200 6,80,6 4,9 4, 8 4, 40,29 6,268 2,9 0,222 2,899 2,906 24,8 22,668 2, 20,49 9,088 8,4,269 6,484,68, 9 4,668 42, 8,4 4,668,9 29, 2,29 2,422 2,84 22,42 2,8 20,00 9,06 8,8,2 6,9,889 80 0,000 44,444 40,000 6,64,2 0,0 28,2 26,666 2,000 2,0 22,222 2,02 20,000 9,046 8,80,90 6,666 8 2,00 46,666 42,000 8,82,000 2,09 0,000 2,999 26,20 24,0 2, 22,0 2,000 9,998 9,089 8,260,00 82,000 48,888 44,000 40,000 6,66,84,429 29, 2,00 2,88 24,444 2, 22,000 20,9 20,000 9,29 8, 8,00, 46,000 4,89 8,2,86 2,88 0,666 28,0 2,060 2, 24,20 2,000 2,90 20,90 20,000 9,66 84 49,200 44,28 40,998,84,44 2,99 0,0 28,942 2, 2,894 24,600 2,42 22,6 2,90 20,00 8 2,400 4,6 4,66 40,09,429 4,92 2,0 0,824 29, 2,8 26,200 24,90 2,86 22,8 2,82 86,400 0,64 46,6 42,66 9,2 6,92 4,62 2,89 0, 29, 2,00 26,9 2,9 24,08 2,082 8 8,400,09 48,66 44,924 4, 8,92 6,00 4,4 2,444 0,6 29,200 2,80 26,4 2,89 24,2 88 6,400,89,6 4,22 4,88 40,92 8, 6,9 4, 2, 0,00 29,26 2,906 26,694 2,82 89 66,000 60,000 4,998 0, 4,44 4,999 4,20 8,82 6,666 4,6,000,426 29,99 28,694 2,00 90 6, 6,6 2,2 49,06 46,000 4,29 40,888 8,6 6,800,04,4,998 0,66 9 6,64 62,002,,2 0, 4,4 44, 42,420 40,00 8,8 6,6,04,82 92,00 6,848 6,00 8,99,2,884 49,000 46,420 4400, 4,996 40,08 8,4 6,49 9 80,80 4,6 69,28 64,66 60,62,060,888,0 48,00 46,8 44,08 42, 40,4 94 8,00 8,40,6 0,66 66,20 62, 8,888,88,000 0,42 48, 46,084 44,6 9 8,90,66 69,06 6,002 6,88 8,6,20 2,6 0,222 48,040 46,040 96 82,4 6,66,8 6,649 6,888 60,2,00 4, 2,268 0,000 4,9 9 8,60 9,66 4,688 0,296 66,88 62,89 9,0 6,900 4,,9 49,90 98 8,00 82,66,00 2,94 68,888 6,26 62,000 9,04 6,8,909,66 99 8,998 80,62,884,666 6,89 64,00 6,42 8,6 6,08,48 00 8,00 8,0 8,826 4,444 0,24 6,000 6,804 60,90 8,2,8 0 86,8 8,6,22,6 69,00 66,8 6,6 60,40,94 02 8,00 84,08 80,000,8 2,000 68,66 6,448 62,604 60,000 0 8,00 8,60 9,20,20,66 68,402 6,40 62,06 04 8,22 82,629 8,00 4,6, 68,26 6,44 0 8,00 86,00 8,0,8 4,,082 68,22 06 8,00 8,000 80,946,26,908 0,8 0 8,00 84,469 80,628,2,94 08 8,00 8,992 80,42,000 09 8,446 8,646 80,6 0 8,00 86,90 8,0 dim s 64 to 8 8 4 8 4 8 8 2 6 6 2 6 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 9 4 9 8 0 8 0 8 dim s 84 to 0 4 6 4 9 6 8 6 6 4 6 8 6 2 8 8 6 8 4 9 8 9 9 6 0 Table ontinued on acing Page PH 6

ONSTNT SUPPORTS Table ontinued on acing Page Hanger No. Total Travel* (in); Load (lbs) 2 2 2 4 4 2 2 6 6 2 2 8 8 2 9 9 2 20 64 6,2,9,696,492,0,26 4,96 4,806 6 6,42 6,84,9,42,44,9,8,02 66,062 6,90 6,8 6,04 6,08,884,694, 6,690,94,20 6,966 6,629 6,408 6,20 6,008 68 8,20 8,000,0,428,2 6,9 6,09 6,00 69 8,84 8,0 8,88,89,62,69, 6,909 0 9,66 9,00 8,6 8,6 8,0,804,2, 9,888 9,0 9, 8,828 8,2 8,29,9,2 2 0,0 0,0 9,28 9,80 9,0 8, 8,4 8,209,26 0,69 0,0 9,92 9,90 9,20 8,9 8,692 4,44,292 0,8 0,484 0,2 9,86 9,40 9, 2,46,98,496,084 0,0 0,46 0,02 9,00 6,088 2,84 2,8,684,282 0,906 0,4 0,22,60,20 2,40 2,284,86,466,096 0,0 8 4,0,949,42 2,9 2,0 2,088,698,4 9,24 4,666 4,2,68,49 2,0 2,00,9 80 6,000,84 4,84 4,284,92,2 2,902 2,00 8 6,800 6,, 4,998 4,482 4,000,4,2 82,600 6,922 6,29,2, 4,66 4,92,0 8 8,400,692,06 6,42 8,6,2 4,8 4, 84 9,680 8,922 8,22,69 6,964 6,98,869, 8 20,960 20, 9,406 8,2 8,068,46 6,902 6, 86 22,60 2,0 20, 9,8 9,02 8,46,869, 8 2,60 22,46 2,628 20,8 20,6 9,46 8,8 8,20 88 24,60 2,64 22,9 2,926 2, 20,46 9,80 9,88 89 26,400 2,84 24,44 2,69 22, 2,998 2,288 20,626 90 29,440 28,0 2,28 26,28 2, 24, 2,40 2,000 9 2,240,000 29,80 28,82 2,9 26,864 2,998 2,88 92,280,922 2,66,496 0,4 29,9 28,449 2,6 9 8,800,06,924 4,69,446 2,0,28 0, 94 42,400 40,68 9,2,8 6,49,0 4,90,2 9 44,200 42,498 40,924 9,460 8,00 6,80,642 4, 2,9, 0,28 29,442 28,64 2,894 2,9 26,00,482 2,498,0 0,69 29,86 29,08 28,2 2,62 96 46,000 44,20 42,90 4,06 9,62 8,0,09,98 4,84,822 2,86,94,080 0,262 29,486 28,0 9 4,800 4,960 44,2 42,6 4,204 9,829 9,4,44 6,209,4 4,4,9 2,29,446 0,640 29,8 98 49,600 4,690 4,92 44,280 42, 4,29 40,000 8,0,2 6,468,42 4,44, 2,6,94,000 99,600 49,6 4, 46,066 44,49 42,996 4,609 40, 9,08,99 6,8,80 4,862,946,06 2,20 00,600,6 49,62 4,8 46,20 44,662 4,22 4,8 40,602 9,409 8,284,29 6,24,262 4,8,00 0,600,49,49 49,6 4,92 46,29 44,84 4,48 42, 40,880 9,2 8,60,6 6,8,640 4,0 02,600 6,82,0,422 49,6 4,99 46,44 4,000 4,62 42,0 4,4 9,996 8,96,894 6,922 6,000 0 60,200,882,8,44,892 0,62 48,44 4,0 4,602 44,262 42,998 4,80 40,6 9,604 8,88,62 04 62,800 60,82 8,4 6,06 4,4 2,28 0,640 49,06 4, 46,4 44,8 4,60 42,429 4, 40,2 9,20 0 6,400 62,882 60,2 8,86 6, 4,49 2,,094 49,4 48,08 46,2 4,42 44,86 4,02 4,92 40,8 06 68,000 6,82 62,960 60,0 8,66 6,66 4,84,2,0 0,000 48,69 4,28 4,94 44,6 4,88 42,00 0 0,960 68,228 6,00 6,0 6,68 9,2,220,48,2 2, 0,68 49,2 4,942 46,68 4,48 44,0 08,920,04 68,44 6,992 6,9 6,94 9,60,0,994 4,0 2,9,28 49,942 48,60 4,8 46,200 09 6,960 4,000,2 68,06 66,40 64,2 62,09 60,2 8,29 6,8 4,969,49 2,000 0,60 49, 48,00 0 80,000 6,920 4,00,420 68,960 66,660 64,0 62,00 60,600 8,820,40,0 4,00 2,60,280 0,000 dim s 64 to 8 2 2 2 8 2 8 8 8 4 4 4 4 dim s 84 to 0 0 8 0 6 6 8 2 6 2 2 2 8 6 6 4 8 4 9 6 4 6 8 4 6 6 6 8 () * Note: Total travel equals actual travel plus " or 20% (whichever is greater), rounded up to nearest 2" as applicable. (2) onstant supports are readily available for travel and load not listed in this table. imensions and lug locations may vary from those shown on the following pages. () or Type Upthrust see page PH-0 for standard travel and sizes. (4) ig. 80-V are not available for sizes thru 9. onstant Supports PH

M L ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V Type Model R NOT: HNGR MUST INSTLL LUSH WITH SUPPORTING STL L P J M NOT: HNGR MUST INSTLL LUSH WITH SUPPORTING STL P RO TK - OUT J L L Position G RO TK - OUT L G H I M M Position L M H Position s 0 6 H Type of the figure 80-V vertical design model R onstant Support Hanger is designed for attachment to its supporting member by screwing a rod into a tapped hole in the top cap of hanger a distance equal to the P dimension plus ". Sight holes are provided near the top of the casing to allow visible inspection for correct thread engagement of upper hanger rod. J Q N s 64 8 Notes: See load travel tables, see page PH-4 through PH- for dimension. or weights see page PH-2. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. J N Hanger s L G I - 9 vailable in ig. 8-H only ig. 80-V, Type : imensions (in) ia. M N P Q 0-8 8 8 8 8 2 2 8 8 6 6 8 8 9-4 28 2 6 2 8 2 8 2 4 8 9 6 8 8-49 2 4 8 4 4 4 4 4 9 6 2 2 2 0-6 46 8 28 8 8 6 8 8 4 2 64-4 6 2 44 4 6 2 2 8 22 6 2 2-8 69 2 46 4 2 2 2 8 2 6 Total Travel TT actors or less 6 6 2 or more 9 4 or less 2 6 2 or more 0 6 6 or less 2 8 6 2 or more or less 46 2 2 or more 4 0 2 or less 8 or more 4 0 2 or less 8 6 or more 8 6 84-0 See page PH-64 Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. "I" dimension for sizes0 through 6 equals "" + "Q" Note: See the size selection chart (see page PH-4 through PH-) for the "" dimension. Min Thd Length J-rod 4 + TT 2 Rod ia. Min Max 4 2 8 + TT 2 4 4 + TT 2 4 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 2 4 Load (lbs) 0 800 80,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 J-Rod Selection hart 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 J Rod 2 8 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4* * 4" is furnished with 8 UN series thread. 48,00 8,000 PH 8

M L ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V Type Model R L L Position G L HOL SIZ K RO TK - OUT R H M T L G H M I HOL SIZ K RO TK - OUT M R H onstant Supports M Position L H Position H s 0 6 Q Type is furnished with a single lug for attachment to the building structure. The lug permits use of a figure 66* welded beam attachment, a figure 299 clevis or a pair of angles for attachment where headroom is limited. J N s 64 8 Notes: See load travel tables, see page PH-4 through PH- for dimension. or weights see page PH-2. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. J N Hanger L G H I -9 vailable in ig. 8-H only ia. M ig. 80-V, Type : imensions (in) N Q R T 0-8 8 8 8 8 2 2 2 8 8 6 6 8 2 9-4 28 2 6 2 8 2 8 2 2 4 8 9 6 8 2-49 2 4 8 4 4 4 4 4 9 6 2 2 4 K-hole & smaller, 2 8 K-hole and larger, 2 0-6 46 8 28 8 8 6 8 4 8 4 6 K-hole, 2 8 thru 8 K-hole, 2 2 K-hole and larger, 64-4 60 2 4 6 2 4 2 2 8 22 6 2 8 8 4 Total Travel TT actors or less 9 6 2 or more 2 8 or less 6 2 or more 6 6 or less 6 8 6 2 or more 4 2 or less 2 2 2 or more 4 0 2 or less 4 or more 8 J-rod Min Rod ia. Thread Length Min Max 4 + TT 2 4 2 8 + TT 2 4 4 + TT 2 4 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 0-8 6 4 8 2 2 8 2 8 2 6 4 2 2 or less 6 2 4 + TT 2 4 or more 8 6 84-0 See page PH-64 Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. "I" dimension for sizes0 through 6 equals "" + "Q" * or constant support sizes 0-6 and 64-4 where 4" rod is required, check the "R" dimensions versus the ig. 66 welded beam attachment dimensions for compatibility. Note: See the size selection chart (see page PH-4 through PH-) for the "" dimension. J - Rod Selection hart Load (lbs) 0 800 80,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 48,00 8,000 J-Rod 2 8 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4* K-Hole 6 6 6 4 2 4 2 2 8 2 8 2 8 8 8 8 * 4" is furnished with 8 UN series thread. PH 9

M ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V Type Model R R H T S L HOL SIZ K T HOL SIZ K RO TK - OUT T S T R H L L Position L RO TK - OUT M L G I M G H M M Position H Position H N s 0 6 s 64 8 Q Type is furnished with a pair of lugs for attachment to the building Notes: See load travel tables,see page PH-4 through PH- for structure. These lugs permit the use of an eye rod or a single plate for dimension. or weights see page PH-2. attachment where headroom is limited. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. J ig. 80-V, Type : imensions (in) L J N Hanger L G H I -9 vailable in ig. 8-H only ia. M N Q R T 0-8 8 8 8 8 2 2 2 8 8 6 6 8 2 9-4 28 2 6 2 8 2 8 2 2 4 8 9 6 8 2-49 2 4 8 4 4 4 4 4 9 6 2 2 0-6 46 8 28 8 8 6 8 4 8 4 4 K-hole & smaller, 2 8 K-hole and larger, 2 6 K-hole, 2 8 thru 8 K-hole, 2 2 K-hole and larger, 64-4 60 6 4 6 2 2 8 22 6 2-8 60 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 8 2 6 4 84-0 See page PH-64 Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. "I" dimension for sizes0 through 6 equals "" + "Q" Note: See the size selection chart (see page PH-4 through PH-) for the "" dimension. 8 8 4 Total Travel TT actors or less 9 6 2 or more 2 8 or less 6 2 or more 6 6 or less 6 8 6 2 or more 4 2 or less 2 2 2 or more 4 0 2 or less 4 or more 8 0 2 or less 6 or more 8 6 J-Rod Min Thd Rod ia. Length 4 +TT 2 4 2 8 + TT 2 4 4 + TT 2 4 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 2 4* Load (lbs) 0 800 80,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 J-Rod 2 8 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4* 48,00 8,000 K-Hole 6 6 6 4 2 4 2 2 8 2 8 2 8 8 8 8 S 8 6 4 8 2 2 8 2 8 2 8 8 8 8 8 4 8 * 4" is furnished with 8 UN series thread. PH 60

M ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V Type Model R L X L Position L Y G L TWO HOLS OR OLTS W P X RO TK - OUT M Z onstant Supports M Position H Position H Type rests on top of structural steel while most of the onstant Support itself hangs between or below the supporting beams. The depth of the beam is limited by the P dimension. imension P can be varied on special order, however, P dimension shown is maximum for the hanger. J N Q Notes: See load travel tables, see page PH-4 through PH- for dimension. or weights see page PH-2. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. ig. 80-V: imensions (in) Hanger s L G ia. M N Q P W X Y Z racket Hole ia. Total Travel TT actors Min Thd Length J-Rod Min ia. Max ia. -9 vailable in ig. 8-H only 0-8 8 8 8 8 2 2 8 8 6 6 8 4 6 2 8 2 0 4 4 9-4 28 2 6 2 8 2 8 2 4 8 9 6 8 2 2 2 8 2 4 8 8-49 2 4 8 4 4 4 4 4 9 6 2 2 4 2 8 2 6 4 4 8 or less 2 2 or more 6 or less 26 6 2 or more 28 6 6 or less 4 6 2 or more 8 4 + TT 2 4 2 8 + TT 2 4 4 + TT 2 4 0-6 46 8 28 8 8 6 8 8 4 24 2 2 8 2 6 8 or less 4 9 6 2 or more 0 8 64-8 vailable in ig. 8-H only. 84-0 Not vailable *Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. "I" dimension for sizes0 through 6 equals "" + "Q" Note: See the size selection chart (see page PH-4 through PH-) for the "" dimension. 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 Load (lbs) 0 800 80,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 J Rod 2 8 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 PH 6

M ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V Type Model R L M L L G I L G I L Position M Position H Position L H G K J Q X OLT HOLS (4) s to 6 N Y X L K H M s 64 4 J L K H M s 8 J Type rests on top flange of structural steel and the constant support itself is entirely above the supporting beams. If the rod takeout does not exceed the depth of the supporting steel and the rod coupling must extend below the steel, specify the depth of the supporting steel. Increase the rod take-out by the depth of the steel Notes: See load travel tables, see page PH-4 through PH- for dimension. or weights see page PH-2. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. Hanger L G I K -9 vailable in ig. 8-H Only ia. M ig. 80-V, Type : imensions (in) X Y N Q ngle racket Hole ia. 0-8 8 8 2 8 8 2 2 4 6 8 8 8 8 6 6 6 8 2 x 2 x 4 4 9-4 28 2 6 6 2 8 2 8 6 6 2 4 8 6 8 9 6 8 2 x 2 2 x 4 4-49 2 4 8 8 4 4 4 4 8 6 4 6 6 9 6 2 2 2 x 2 x 8 8 0-6 46 8 4 28 8 8 6 8 2 6 8 6 4 6 4 x x 8 64-4 62 8 4 8 2 2 8 4 22 6 9 6 4 6 2 x 2 x 2 8 8 Total Travel TT actor or less 6 2 or more 4 or less 2 6 2 or more 4 6 6 or less 2 2 6 2 or more 8 or less 8 2 or more 0 2 or less 9 8 or more 9 4 Min Thd Length J-Rod Rod ia. Min Max 4 +TT 2 4 2 8 + TT 2 4 4 + TT 2 4 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 4 2 4-8 62 2 4 4 2 2 2 8 2 8 2 6 4 2 4 x 4 x 8 0 2 or less 8 4 8 or more 8 8 4 + TT 2 4 84-0 Not vailable Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. Rod take-out is measured from the bottom of the supporting angles to the center of the load coupling site hole. "I" dimension for sizes0 through 6 equals "" + "Q" Note: See the size selection chart (see page PH-4 through PH-) for the "" dimension. J-Rod Selection hart Load (lbs) 0 800 80,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 48,00 8,000 J Rod 2 8 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4* * 4" is furnished with 8 UN series thread. PH 62

M M ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V Type G Model R L M H Position J Q - RO IMNSION S SPII H H H M Position L Position L G L V P RO TK - OUT L onstant Supports Type G is a complete trapeze assembly. The hanger consists of two vertical type onstant Support units plus a pair of channels, back-toback, welded at each end to the hanger casing. In sizing a Type G hanger, it must be remembered that each standard spring unit carries one-half of the total pipe load. urthermore, the weights of the hanger itself must be considered as part of the overall load. Therefore, using one-half the total pipe load, select the required hanger size from the Load Travel Table and add one-half the weight of the size hanger selected to one-half the total pipe load. If the load now exceeds the maximum load at the required total travel for the hanger size selected, it is necessary to go to the next larger hanger. If the pipe line is designed so as not to be centered on the channel, one spring of the trapeze will carry a heavier load than the other and care must be M taken in sizing the individual hanger units. The center-to-center rod dimension must be specified when ordering. The minimum - dimension can be determined as follows: plus Q > Y: (O.. of pipe covering) + 2Q. plus Q < Y: (O.. of pipe covering) + 2 (Y - ). Note: If U-bolt is used to fasten pipe to channels, - of U-bolt tangents plus one washer plate width cannot be greater than - of the hanger rods minus 2 (V minus ).See load travel tables, see page PH-4 through PH- for dimension. or weights see page PH-2. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. ig. 80-V, Type G: imensions (in) Hanger L G ia M N P Q V Y hannel (lbs/ft) - Total Travel TT actors Min Thread Length J-Rod Min Rod ia. Max Rod ia. -9 Not available 0-8 8 8 8 8 2 2 8 8 6 6 2 9 6 2 6 6 4 @.4 0 9-4 28 2 6 4 2 8 2 8 2 4 8 9 6 9 6 4 9 6 8 6 @ 0. 42-49 2 4 8 4 2 4 4 4 4 9 6 6 2 0 4 8 0 @. 48 0-6 46 8 28 8 2 8 8 6 8 8 4 4 6 2 4 4 0 6 2 @ 20. 48 64-0 Not available Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. Note: See the size selection chart (see page PH-4 through PH-) for the "" dimension. or less 6 2 or more 4 or less 6 6 2 or more 8 4 6 or less 9 4 6 2 or more 2 8 or less 24 8 2 or more 0 4 + TT 2 4 2 8 + TT 2 4 4 + TT 2 4 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 Load (lbs) 0 800 80,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 J Rod 2 8 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 PH 6

ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V Types, and Model R, s 84 to 0 K HOL SIZ L X K G J RO TK OUT TYP P N M T K HOL SIZ H R TYP W RO TK OUT T W H S R TYP T RO TK OUT Note: "" imensions is a function of total travel ("G" + "" should not be assumed as equal to "" imension) Types,, and sizes 84 through 0, for large loads and long travels, provide for basically the same methods of upper attachment as sizes 0 to 8 shown Type on page PH-8, Type page PH-9 and Type see page PH-60. Notes: See load travel tables, see page PH-4 through PH- for dimension. or weights see page PH-2. ig. 80-V, Types,, s 84 to 0: imensions (in) Hanger s L Type & Type Type & Type G Type & Type H M N P X 84-94 8 4 6 49 4 4 4 2 2 6 24 0 2 2 9-0 00 24 2 64 4 4 2 2 6 24 2 2 2 *Rod take-out = (factor) - (. x TT), for Lever in high position Note: See the size selection chart (see page PH-4 through PH-) for the "" dimension. Total Travel TT Type actor Type & Min Thread Length 9 2 or less 4 4 4 4 0 0 or more 2 64 2 4 or less 8 60 8 2 4 2 or more 60 8 69 8 J - Rod Rod ia. Min Max 2 4 2 2 4 Load (lbs) 4,6 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 48,00 8,000 8,00 69,000 J & K-Rods 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4* 2* 4* K-Hole 2 8 2 8 2 8 8 8 8 8 4 8 R 4 4 4 4 2 4 2 4 2 S 2 8 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 T (Type ) 2 4 4 4 T (Type ) 4 4 W 6 6 8 8 8 9 9 9 * 4 and larger are furnished with 8 UN series thread 69,00 8,00 PH 64

ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 8-H Type Model R K L K J+ 4" G H M L J P RO TK - OUT Single Rod Suspension (s through 6 only) N M onstant Supports Type of the igure 8- H Horizontal esign Model R onstant Support Hanger is designed for attaching to its supporting member by screwing two rods into taped holes in the top of the hanger from a distance equal to the "P" dimension plus 8". s to 9 are furnished with swivel eye and turnbuckle instead of yoke and coupling. Notes: lso available for single rod suspension as indicated above. When ordering specify " for single rod suspension". See load travel tables, see page PH-4 through PH- for dimension. or weights see page PH-2. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. ig. 8-H Type : imensions (in) Hanger s G M N P Total Travel TT L actors Min Thread Length J-Rod Rod Min ia. Max - 9 8 4 8 2 6 8 4 8 6 4 or less 6 4 6 2 4 4 2 or more 20 4 0 6 4 + TT 2 2 0-8 8 6 2 2 9 6 8 6 6 6 6 or less 8 6 8 0 8 2 or more 2 6 4 4 + TT 2 4 9-4 4 6 4 8 8 2 6 8 9 6 8 or less 26 6 0 6 4 2 or more 6 4 8 8 8 2 8 + TT 2 4-49 6 4 6 4 4 4 9 6 8 6 or less 9 6 2 8 6 2 or more 9 9 6 9 2 4 4 + TT 2 4 8 or less 4 9 6 6 24 6 0-6 26 6 6 6 6 6 4 4 8 2 to 9 6 24 24 6 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 2 or more 9 6 24 0 4 64-4 4 4 4 22 6 6-8 4 4 8 2 6 4 4 84-0 See page PH- *Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. 0 2 or less 2 4 4 6 or more 6 2 4 4 9 6 0 2 or less 2 4 6 2 or more 6 20 4 6 8 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 2 4 Load (lbs) 0 800 80,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 J-Rod and K-Rod Selection hart 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 J Rod 2 8 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4* * 4" is furnished with 8 UN series thread. 48,00 8,000 PH 6

ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 8-H Type Model R L H R HOL SIZ K T W 2 2W W W 2 R H W H M G L RO TK - OUT Single Rod Suspension (s through 6 only) J N M Type is furnished with two lugs one at each end of the hanger frame. These lugs permit use of ig. 66 welded beam attachments, clevises or angle clips for attachment where headroom is limited. s to 9 are furnished with swivel eye and turnbuckle instead of yoke and coupling. Notes: lso available for single rod suspension as indicated above. When ordering specify for single rod suspension. See load travel tables, see page PH-4 through PH- for dimension. or weights see page PH-2. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary form that shown. Hanger s G H M N ig. 8-H Type : imensions (in) Total Travel TT L actors Min Thd Length J-Rod Rod ia. Min Max - 9 8 4 4 8 4 2 6 8 4 8 0-8 8 6 4 2 2 6 2 8 6 6 6 9-4 4 6 8 8 4 2 2 6 8 9 6-49 6 2 6 4 2 4 9 6 0-6 26 6 6 6 8 4 8 4 64-4 4 4 4 4 2 22 6-8 4 2 8 4 4 2 6 84-0 See page PH- * Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. 4 or less 6 4 2 4 8 4 2 or more 20 4 9 2 6 or less 8 6 2 6 2 or more 2 6 0 2 6 or less 26 6 9 4 9 8 2 or more 6 8 22 6 or less 9 6 0 2 2 8 6 2 or more 9 9 6 8 2 0 8 8 or less 4 9 6 8 0 6 8 2 to 9 6 2 8 0 6 2 or more 9 6 2 8 6 0 2 or less 2 4 42 8 or more 6 20 4 42 2 0 2 or less 2 4 4 4 4 or more 6 20 4 4 8 4 + TT 2 4 + TT 2 2 4 2 8 + TT 2 4 4 + TT 2 4 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 2 4** Load (lbs) 0 800 80,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 J-Rod and K-Hole Selection hart 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 J-rod 2 8 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4** 48,00 8,000 K-Hole 6 6 6 4 2 4 2 2 8 2 8 2 8 8 8 8 R 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 2 T 4* 4* 8 2 8 4 4 4 4 W 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 6 6 8 8 8 9 * 8" for single rod suspension ** 4" inch is furnished with 8 UN series thread. PH 66

ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 8-H Type Model R L H R HOL SIZ K W W/2 2W W R H T S T G H M L RO TK - OUT Single Rod Suspension (s through 6 only) onstant Supports Type is furnished with two pair of lugs, one pair of lugs at each of the hanger frame. These lugs permit the use of two eye rods or two single plates for attachment where headroom is limited. s to 9 are furnished with swivel eye and turnbuckle instead of yoke and coupling. J Notes: lso available for single rod suspension as indicated above. When ordering specify for single rod suspension. See load travel tables, see page PH-4 through PH- for dimension. or weights see page PH-2. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. N M ig. 8-H Type : imensions (inches) Hanger s G H M N Total Travel TT L actors Min Thread Length J-Rod Min Rod ia. Max Rod ia. - 9 8 4 4 8 4 2 6 8 4 8 4 or less 6 4 2 4 8 4 2 or more 20 4 9 2 6 4 + TT 2 2 0-8 8 6 4 2 2 6 2 8 6 6 6 or less 8 6 2 6 2 or more 2 6 0 2 6 4 + TT 2 4 9-4 4 6 2 8 8 2 2 6 8 9 6 or less 26 6 8 2 9 8 2 or more 6 2 8 22 2 8 + TT 2 4-49 6 2 2 6 4 4 9 6 6 or less 9 6 9 2 2 8 6 2 or more 9 9 6 2 0 8 4 + TT 2 4 8 or less 4 9 6 8 0 6 0-6 26 6 6 6 8 4 6 4 64-4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 22 6-8 4 4 2 8 4 2 6 84-0 See page PH- * Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. 8 2 to 9 6 2 8 0 6 2 or more 9 6 2 8 6 0 2 or less 2 4 42 8 or more 6 9 4 42 2 0 2 or less 2 2 4 4 4 or more 6 8 4 4 4 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 2 4 J-Rod and K-Hole Selection hart Load (lbs) 0 800 80,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 48,00 8,000 J-Rod 2 8 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4** K-Hole 6 6 6 4 2 4 2 2 8 2 8 2 8 8 8 8 R 4 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 2 S 8 6 4 8 2 2 8 2 8 2 8 8 8 8 8 4 8 T 4* 4* 8 2 8 4 4 4 4 W 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 6 6 8 8 8 9 * 8" for single rod suspension ** 4" inch is furnished with 8 UN series thread. PH 6

ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 8-H Type Model R L OUR HOLS OR OLTS X Y X H M G L RO TK - OUT J N M Type may be bolted directly under steel. s to 9 are furnished with swivel eye and turnbuckle instead of yoke and coupling. NOTS: See load travel tables, see page PH-4 through PH- for dimension. or weights see page PH-2. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. ig. 8-H Type : imensions (inches) Hanger s G M N X Y ngle racket Hole ia. Total Travel TT L actors Min Thread Length J-Rod Min Rod ia. Max Rod ia. - 9 8 4 8 2 6 8 4 8 4 8 2 x 2 x 4 9 6 4 or less 6 4 6 8 4 2 or more 20 4 0 6 4 + TT 2 2 0-8 8 6 4 2 2 9 6 8 6 6 6 8 8 6 2 x 2 x 4 4 or less 8 6 2 6 2 or more 20 6 6 4 6 4 + TT 2 4 9-4 4 6 2 8 8 2 6 8 9 6 8 6 x 2 x 4 4 or less 26 6 9 2 4 2 or more 6 8 9 8 2 8 + TT 2 4-49 6 2 6 4 2 4 9 6 8 x 4 x 8 8 6 or less 9 6 0 2 20 6 6 2 or more 9 9 6 8 2 2 6 4 + TT 2 4 8 or less 4 9 6 8 2 6 0-6 26 6 2 6 8 6 4 8 4 8 4 x 4 x 8 8 64-4 4 4 4 22 6 2 4 x 6 x 2 8-8 4 8 4 4 2 6 2 4 x 6 x 2 8 84-0 Not available * Rod take-out = factor - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. 8 2 to 9 6 2 8 2 6 or more 9 6 2 8 2 8 0 2 or less 2 4 8 8 or more 6 2 4 8 2 0 2 or less 2 4 4 4 or more 6 2 4 4 8 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 2 4 J-Rod Selection hart Load (lbs) 0 800 80,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 48,00 8,000 J Rod 2 8 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4* * 4" is furnished with 8 UN series thread. PH 68

ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 8-H Type Model R L M Type incorporates two brackets as part of its frame, permitting the bolting of the constant support to the top of structural steel. s to 9 are furnished with swivel eye and turnbuckle instead of yoke and coupling. If rod take-out does not exceed the depth of the supporting steel and rod coupling is required to extend below the steel, specify the depth G H M L K J RO TK - OUT P OUR HOLS OR OLTS X of the supporting steel. Increase rod take-out by the depth of the steel. Notes: See load travel tables, see page PH-4 through PH- for dimension. or weights see page PH-2. Location of travel indicator and contour of side plate may vary from that shown. Y N X onstant Supports ig. 8-H Type : imensions (in) Hanger s G M N P X Y ngle kt. Hole ia. Total Travel TT L K actors Min Thread Length J-Rod Min Rod ia. Max Rod ia. - 9 8 4 0-8 8 6 9-4 4 6-49 6 0-6 26 6 8 2 6 8 4 8 8 2 8 6 2 x 2 x 4 2 2 9 6 8 6 6 6 0 6 8 8 2 6 8 9 6 6 8 6 4 2 4 9 6 9 8 8 8 6 2 x 2 x 4 8 6 2 x 2 2 x 4 6 6 2 x 2 x 8 6 8 6 4 9 4 6 4 6 x x 8 8 64-4 4 4 4 22 6 26 8 9 6 4 6 2 x 2 x 8 8-8 4 8 4 4 2 6 8 9 6 4 6 2 x 2 x 8 8 84-0 Not available * Rod take-out = (factor) - (TT / 2), for lever in high position. 9 6 4 4 8 4 or less 6 4 6 8 4 2 or more 20 4 0 6 or less 8 6 2 4 2 or more 2 6 2 4 6 or less 26 6 0 8 2 or more 6 0 2 6 or less 9 6 8 4 8 6 2 or more 9 9 6 8 9 2 8 or less 4 9 6 8 6 8 8 2 to 9 6 2 8 6 8 2 or more 9 6 2 8 2 4 0 2 or less 2 2 8 or more 6 2 4 0 2 or less 2 2 9 or more 6 2 9 8 4 + TT 2 2 4 + TT 2 4 2 8 + TT 2 4 4 + TT 2 4 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 4 2 4 4 + TT 2 4 J-Rod Selection hart Load (lbs) 0 800 80,00,0 2,40 2,4 4,000 4,00 6,00 6,0 9,400 9,40,400,40 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 48,00 8,000 J-Rod 2 8 4 4 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4 ** 4 in is furnished with 8 UN series thread. PH 69

ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 8-H Type Upthrust Model R The Upthrust is for support of piping or equipment from below. It has a base flange for fastening to the floor or beams. The load is supported during hydrostatic testing by means of (4) positioning studs. fter testing the nuts are moved to either end of the stud to prevent interference during operation. The Upthrust constant support is available for loads up to 24,46 (lbs). orrosion resistant units are available either galvanized or carbon-zinc painted or painted with Z. Take-Out actor* M I. 4 PLS L * Note: Shorter imensions are available upon request. N K * TK OUT P G Q N H J T.T. 2.0 2..0. 4.0 4..0. s 0-8 9-4 - 49 0-6 6 8 9 8 6.0 6..0 2 8 2 2. 8.0 8. 9.0 9. 0.0 * or down travel: Take-Out = "" + (/2) ctual Travel or up travel: Take-Out = "" - (/2) ctual Travel 2 4 8 28 2 4 Total Travel TT ig. 8-H Type : imensions (in) G H J K L M N P Q 0-8 2-6 0 8 8 9 2 2 8 2 4 22 6 8 4 2 8 4 9-4 2-8 See 4 4 2 8 2 0 4 4 8 2 2 8 6 8 Take 8-49 2 2-0 Out 8 6 4 2 2 8 4 8 9 4 8 4 0-6 - 0 2 8 9 4 6 2 4 8 8 4 9 2 4 2 8 0 2 4 PH 0

ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 8-H, Types, and Model R, s 84 to 0 L K P K G J P RO TK OUT N M T H R W RO TK OUT K HOL SIZ TYP K HOL SIZ T W S M N R H T RO TK OUT TYP onstant Supports TYP Types,, and sizes 84 to 0, for large loads and long travels, provide for basically the same methods of upper attachment as sizes through 8 shown on page PH-6 through PH-6. Type is designed for bolting to the top of structural steel, see page PH-69 for sizes to 8. Notes: See load travel tables, see page PH-4 through PH- for dimension. or weights see page PH-2. G K Z TYP X " Y Q OUR HOLS /2" RO TK OUT Hanger L Type & Type Type & Type ig. 8-H, Types, and : imensions (in) Type & & G Type H K M N P Q X Y Z 84-94 6 4 28 2 2 49 4 4 4 2 8 4 6 6 2 24 0 2 6 4 2 9-0 00 49 48 2 64 4 4 2 8 28 4 8 4 6 0 24 2 2 4 2 6 * Rod take-out = (factor) - (0. x TT), for lever in high position. Total Travel TT 9 2 or less 0 or more 4 or less 4 2 or more Type actors Type & Type Min Thd Lgth 4 4 4 4 2 8 0 2 64 2 8 6 2 66 8 2 6 8 4 8 26 8 J-Rod Rod ia. Min Max 2 4 2 2 4 Load (lbs) 4,6 8,00 8,0 24,00 24,0,000,00 9,000 9,00 48,000 48,00 8,000 8,00 69,000 69,00 8,00 J & K-Rods 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4 2 4 K-Hole 2 8 2 8 2 8 8 8 8 8 4 8 R 4 4 4 4 2 4 2 4 2 S 2 8 8 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 T (Type ) 2 4 4 4 T (Type ) 4 4 W 6 6 8 8 8 9 9 9 PH

ONSTNT SUPPORTS ig. 80-V and 8-H Weight hart (approx) lbs, each Hanger s ig 80-V ig 8-H Types,,, & Type G Types,,, & Type Net Shipping Net Net Shipping Net Shipping to 8 20 4 to 6 2 2 to 9 2 2 0 to 2 62 6 60 2 4 9 to 6 0 66 60 82 6 to 8 0 6 60 6 82 8 9 to 20 6 0 8 4 42 2 to 2 6 2 60 4 42 24 to 26 2 80 89 9 6 424 42 2 to 29 80 88 40 6 42 440 0 to 2 8 9 49 4 82 49 44 to 4 9 20 4 82 90 44 4 to 00 2 66 280 292 640 62 8 to 40 2 06 29 0 6 66 4 to 4 2 44 40 2 24 62 684 44 to 46 4 62 2 68 69 4 to 49 60 2 96 40 2 00 2 0 to 60 66,28,8,24 2 to 4 626 686,28 6 96,206,266 to 66 2,406 6,24,0 8 to 60 06 66,488 66 66,286,46 6 to 6 4 80,66 6,2,8 64 to 6,468,68,22,2 66 to 68,68,668,2,42 69 to,6,,40,0 2 to 4,,8,20,620 to 2,60 2,460,90 2,00 8 to 80 2,40 2,0 2,020 2,20 8 to 8 2,0 2,60 2,80 2,280 84 to 8 2,2 2,84 2,0 2,40 86 to 88 2,80 2,990 2,4 2, 89 to 90,00,90 2,6 2, 9 to 92,,2 2,40 2,860 9 to 94,2, 2,840 2,960 9 to 98 4,0 4,00,92 4,0 99 to 02 4,6 4,82 4,20 4,400 0 to 06,00,40 4,8,02 0 to 0,800,90,0,00 ased on -0" - rod dimension and 8" total travel PH 2

ONSTNT SUPPORTS onstant Support heck List for Requesting a Quote or Ordering Page of inish: Standard Primer: Galvanized: Special oating: Quantity: nvil International Precision Park 60 renchtown Rd. North Kingstown, RI 0282 or technical information regarding onstant Supports all or ax: ax Number: (40) 886-06 Phone Number: (40) 886-02 onstant Supports igure No.: Options are: 80-V, 8-H or: -80-V, -8-H : Options are: # through #0 ( # through #9 available in 8-H only) Type: Options are: through G* (Type Upthrust available in 8-H only, Type G available in 80-V only) ctual Travel (T): (inches) Total Travel (TT)**: (inches) irection of Travel: + (up) or (down) Load: (lbs) J imension (rod diameter): (inches) (Not required for Type ) Mark Number: (if required) Travel Stops: re always Included Lifting Lugs: Yes: No: vailable on sizes 0 and larger. Notes: * Type G onstants must also include the -to- dimension & the load per spring. ** Total Travel = ctual travel + " or 20% whichever is greater rounded up to the next one half inch increment. PH

HORIZONTL TRVLR ig. 0 Range: vailable in four sizes to take loads to 20,00 (lbs). ll sizes provide for 2" of horizontal travel. pprovals: omplies with MSS-SP-69 (Type 8). eatures: Highly economical Minimum friction Virtually dust proof ompact designed for minimum head room Versatile Installation: Shipped ready for installation. ttach to the supporting steel by welding around the frame. Ordering: Specify size number, figure number, name and "H" dimension, if required. Horizontal travelers will be designed for special loads, travels or dual directional travel upon request. Horizontal Traveler The nvil ig. 0 horizontal traveler facilitates the supporting of piping systems subject to linear horizontal movements where head room is limited. esigned for use with nvil Variable Spring Hangers or onstant Supports it can also be used in conjunction with a rigid type hanger assembly. L W ield Weld H T ig. 0: Loads (lbs) Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Maximum Load Weight H Max L T W,0 2 2 8 8 2 2 8 8 4 8 4 2 6,20 2 2 8 8 2 8 6 8 6 8,60 69 0 2 4 8 8 6 4 20,00 02 6 2 2 2 6 2 8 9 8 2 9 8 PH 4

VIRTION ONTROL N SWY R ig. 296 ig. 0: With djustable Preload ig. -296, ig. -0: orrosion Resistant Sway race Range: Preloads from 0 to,800 pounds and maximum forces from 200 to,200 pounds. inish: Standard finish: painted with semi gloss primer. orrosion resistant: galvanized with coated coil. Service: Recommended for controlling vibration; absorbing shock loading; guiding or restraining the movement of pipe resulting from thermal expansion; bracing a pipe line against sway. pprovals: omplies with ederal Specification --92 (Type ) WW-H- (Type ) and MSS SP-69 (Type 0). Installation: Shipped ready for installation (see line cuts of ig. 29, ig. 298, ig. 02 and ig. 0 on page PH- for typical installed hanger assemblies). djustment: The sway brace should be in the neutral position when the system is hot and operating, at which time both spring plates should be in contact with the end plates. If they are not, the sway brace should be adjusted to the neutral position by use of the load coupling. eatures: Vibration is dampened with an instantaneous opposing force bringing the pipe back to normal position. single pre-loaded spring provides two way movement. One spring saves space and simplifies design. Spring has -inch travel in either direction. ccurate neutral adjustment assured. tight fitting connection at rear bracket and clamp. dditional eatures ig. 0: The ig. 0 sway brace is adjustable from the initial preload to the maximum capacity of the unit selected. It is equipped with a load-deflection scale to facilitate preload adjustment. Preload adjustment reduces spring travel accordingly. Ordering: Specify figure, name and sway brace size. The nvil ig. 296 and ig. 0 consist of the sway brace only. vailable corrosion resistant as ig. -296 and ig. -0. Preload adjustment ig. 0: Turn the preload adjustment nut until desired preload is indicated. Turn thrust nut until it is in contact with the spring plate. Lock in position. Indicated deflection must be greater than thermal movement. Vibration ontrol & Sway race N PLTS SPRING PLTS J. NUT PRLO J. SL OUPLING LOK NUT THRUST NUT PH

VIRTION ONTROL N SWY R ig. 296, ig. 0: With djustable Preload ig. -296, ig. -0: orrosion Resistant selection: The nvil Vibration ontrol and Sway race gives full deflection forces from 200 to,200 pounds and has initial precompressed spring forces from 0 to,800 pounds to control vibrations and pipe sway. The amount of force needed to control piping should be in proportion to the mass, amplitude of movement, and nature of disturbing forces acting on the pipe. When it is possible to calculate the exact restraining force required, the size of the Vibration ontrol and Sway race capable of providing this force should be selected. s a general reference, the following sizes have been historically used for the pipe sizes shown: # - /2" and smaller #2-4" to 8" # - 0" to 6" #4-8" to 24" # and #6 - above 24" Sway race (cont.) Installation: ) attach rear bracket to structure and pipe attachment to piping or equipment. 2) connect coupling to pipe attachment and turn coupling so that spring is compressed in direction opposite to and by approximate amount of piping thermal movement. Important: inal adjustment should be made with the pipe in its hot or operating position. Turn the coupling until both spring plates are in contact with the end plates of the Sway race. When correct tension adjustments are completed, the brace exerts no force on the pipe in its operating position. Under shutdown conditions, the brace allows the pipe to assume its cold position. It exerts a nominal cold strain force equal to the preload force plus the amount of travel from the hot to cold position, times the spring scale of the particular size of the Vibration ontrol and Sway race. N PLT Y R K SPRING PLT P L ig. 296 RO OUPLING 2" STNR JM NUT 2" M N Y R K P N PLT SPRING PLT L ig. 0 RO OUPLING STNR JM NUT 2" M 2" N Sway race Pipe Preload and Spring Scale (lb/in) Max orce (lbs) Weight ig. 296: Loads Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Rod ig. 29 ia. Hole ye Thickness Length K L M N P R 0 200 22 4 8 8 8 8 2 0 600 2 4 2 4 8 8 8 8 6 8 9 8 2 to 24 40,800 6 4 22 4 900,600 64 4,0,400 9 2 2 6 8 8 2 4 6 4 2 6 to 0 2 2 6 2 6,800,200 9 20 2 2 6 22 6 2 4 6 ig. 0: Loads Weights (lbs) imensions (in) Sway race Pipe Preload and Spring Scale lb/in Max orce (lbs) Weight Rod ig. 02 ia. Hole ye Thickness Length K L M N P R 0 200 2 4 20 24 4 9 6 2 0 600 26 4 4 2 20 4 6 2 8 9 6 2 to 24 40,800 8 24 8 28 8 6 4 900,600 6 4 24 6 29 8,0,400 82 2 2 6 8 2 6 9 6 9 4 2 6 to 0 6 8 2 2 6,800,200 98 2 6 8 2 2 4 6 PH 6

VIRTION ONTROL N SWY R ig. 29 and ig. 298 Sway race ssembly ig. 02 and ig. 0: With djustable Preload ig. -29, ig. -298, ig. -02 and ig. -0: orrosion Resistant The ig. 29 and ig. 02 consist of a structural attachment, two studs, the Sway race, extension piece up to 2 0" in length as required, and a modified ig. 29 pipe clamp. The ig. 298 and ig. 0 consist of a structural attachment, two studs, the Sway race, adjustable extension piece 2 in length or over as required, an adapter and a toleranced pipe clamp. Note: In specifying Sway race assemblies where the W dimension exceeds 2 0 in length, the ig. 298 or ig. 0 assembly is required. Verify that calculated "W" is within the min/max shown in table. Ordering assemblies: Specify figure number, name, Sway race size, pipe size, W dimension. vailable corrosion resistant as ig. -29, -298, -02 and -0. " " " " STU IG. 296 ody RR RKT ig 296 STU IG. 296 ody RR RKT STU IG. 0 ody RR RKT ig 0 STU IG. 0 ody W XTNSION PI OVRLL LNGTH W W W IL WL OVRLL LNGTH IL WL STU JUSTL PTR XTNSION PI OVRLL LNGTH XTNSION PI STU L STU L L L IG. 29 IG. 298 IG. 02 IG. 0 Vibration ontrol & Sway race RR RKT PTR JUSTL XTNSION PI OVRLL LNGTH STU ig. 29, 298, 02, 0, -29, -298, -02 and -0: imensions (in) Pipe 4 arbon & 6 arbon & 6 lloy 2 4 2 2 2 6 2 6 6 4 6 2 6 8 9 6 6 2 6 8 9 9 6 2 6 6 0 0 2 4 2 4 4 4 2 6 6 6 6 6 8 4 6 8 20 9 9 2 24 2 22 0 2 2 ig. 29, 298, 02, 0, -29, -298, -02 and -0: imensions (in) Sway W race ig. 29, 02 ig. 298, 0 Min Max Min Max 6 24 24 90 6 2 8 9 6 24 24 86 6 8 9 6 24 24 9 6 4 9 6 24 24 4 6 6 9 6 24 24 6 6 46 6 PH

SWY STRUT SSMLY ig. 2, ig. -2 Sway Strut ssembly ig. 640, ig. -640: ield Welded Strut inish: Painted (ig. 2 & ig. 640) or Galvanized (ig. -2 & -640) Service: Used to restrain movement of piping while allowing for movement in the other two directions. How to size: () Select size consistent with max. load to be restrained. (2) to is obtained by subtracting and from the distance from structural steel to center of pipe. Verify that the calculated to is within the min/max limits. () etermine W dimension by: W=( to )-2. Installation: Shipped assembled. Securely fasten bracket to structure, make necessary adjustment in overall length, and fasten clamp to pipe. eatures: ffective under either tensile or compressive force. Provides 2" (ig. 2) or 2" (ig. 640) of field adjustment in either direction. Self-aligning bushings permits ± misalignment or angular motion. ushings are coated with a dry lubricant. Ordering: Specify figure number, assembly size, name, option number, normal pipe size or special O.., and W dimension. lloy pipe clamps are available as a special order. or restraint parallel to the pipe axis using two sway strut assemblies, a riser clamp is available. If a riser clamp is required, consult the nearest nvil representative for information about this clamp. Note: The rear bracket assembly can be ordered separately. Pipe & & 2 -Take Out: imensions (in) 4 2 6 2 9 6 4 2 6 2 4 8 2 8 6 8 6 8 2 2 8 6 8 8 2 6 6 4 6 2 4 4 8 8 0 4 4 4 9 8 9 8 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 0 0 8 8 9 8 9 8 9 8 4 4 4 2 8 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 2 4 2 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 6 4 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 4 4 2 8 2 8 4 2 4 2 4 2 6 6 4 8 6 8 8 4 4 4 8 2 9 8 4 8 4 8 6 8 6 8 6 8 8 4 8 2 20 4 20 4 4 4 4 4 9 4 9 4 2 2 24 8 8 8 8 9 8 9 8 9 8 2 4 2 4 24 0 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 28 6 24 24 26 2 26 2 26 2 28 8 28 8 4 4 6 8 PH 8

SWY STRUT SSMLY ig. 2, ig. -2 Sway Strut ssembly ig. 640, ig. -640: ield Welded Strut OPTION T OPTION 2 N R - ± 2" OR IG. 2 - ± 2" OR IG. 640 W (W = TO - 2) RR RKT (INLUS PIVOT PIN) RO N (R.H.) LOKING NUT IG. 640 ONLY OPTION XTNSION PI RO N (L.H.) S T PIP LMP (INLUS STU) L Sway Strut ssembly Load Rod nd xt. Piece 60 4,00 2 4,00 8,000 4 2,60 2 2 2 2 ig. 2, -2, ig. 640 & ig. -640: Load (lbs) imensions (in) ig. 2 & ig. 640 ig. 2 ig. 640 N R S T 2 2 2 4 2 8 2 8 4 8 8 8 8 4 2,00 4 6 4 2 6 4 20,00 2 2,200 2 4 4 6 8 4 4 4 2 2 2 6,00 2 2 8 8 4 2 8 4 68,200 4 9 8 6 4 2 2 8 0.4 0.2 0.49 0.4 0.49 0.4 0.999 0.99 0.999 0.99.249.24.249.24.499.49.49.4.999.99 - W Weld - Max Min Max Min Z Max Min 60 6 2 8 9 8 6 08 20 9 2 0 8 99 8 0 8 8 0 8 4 6 4 6 6 60 2 8 2 6 4 6 6 6 2 4 8 2 8 0 8 6 6 8 4 4 22 8 08 2 4 8 8 96 2 08 6 20 2 4 26 2 06 2 6 4 8 22 6 28 4 04 4 8 2 4 6 8 2 2 02 2 8 4 8 28 8 8 20,000 4 6 4 4 8 4 2 4 4 4 2.499 8 9 2.49 4 98 4 4 4 4 0 4 Loads must not be applied outside a 0 included angle cone of action to the pipe clamp axis without special authorization. ig. 640 shipped at maximum length -, field cut to "W" to suit, unless otherwise specified. PH 9

SWY STRUT SSMLY ig. 222, -222 Mini-Sway Strut ssembly inish: Painted or Galvanized Service: Used to restrain movement of piping in one direction while allowing movement in the other two directions. How to size: () Select size consistent with max. load to be restrained. (2) to is obtained by subtracting and from the distance from structural steel to center of pipe. Verify that the calculated to in within the min/max limits. () etermine W dimension by: W=(-)-2. Installation: Shipped assembled. Securely fasten bracket to structure, make necessary adjustment in overall length, and fasten clamp to pipe. eatures: ssembly provides a shorter to dimension. ffective under either tensile or compressive force. Self-aligning bushings permit ± misalignment or angular motion. ushings are coated with a dry lubricant. Ordering: Specify assembly size, figure number, name, finish, pipe O.. or option number, if other than standard, and load. x: -, ig. 222 mini sway strut 0 4 O.. pipe, 60#. lloy pipe clamps are available as a special order. or restraint parallel to the pipe axis using two sway strut assemblies, a riser clamp is available. ontact your nvil representative for information about this clamp. Note: The rear bracket assembly can be ordered separately -Take Out: imensions (in) Pipe & 4 2 6 2 9 6 4 2 6 2 4 8 2 8 6 8 6 8 2 2 8 6 2 6 6 4 6 2 4 4 4 4 4 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 8 9 8 9 8 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 2 8 8 4 2 8 2 8 6 8 8 8 4 8 4 8 20 4 4 24 8 8 8 8 0 2 4 2 4 6 24 24 PH 80

SWY STRUT SSMLY ig. 222, -222 Mini-Sway Strut ssembly (cont.) T OPTION N OPTION 2 - R W - L RR RKT PIVOT MOUNT (INLUS PIVOT PIN) RO N XTNSION PI OPTION S T PIP LMP (INLUS STU) SIZS -, -2, - & -2 Sway Strut ssembly ig. 222, -222: Loads (lbs) imensions (in) ssembly Load - Max Min Max Min W - 6 8 8 2 6 9 6 2 8-2 60 8 2 6 2 4 4 2 4 6-4 8 2 6 4 2 6-6 2 6 2 8 2 8 2 Rod nd N R S 4 2 4 4 8 8 T Nom. 8 6 & -2 4 6 8 2 2 8 2 8-8 6 9 6 6 2 6 2 4 4,00-4 0 6 8 6 4 6 2 6 8 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8 4 2 8-6 0 6 6 2 6 6 8-6 9 9 6 6 9 4 8 8 6 8 8 8 6 2 6 2 6 2 0 8 8 8 4 9 6 2 6 6 8,000 8 0 4 4 6 6 4 6 4 2 2 2 2 8 4 9 6 8 2 4 4 8 8 6 6 6 6 6 2 8 8 9 6 6 9 6 Loads must not be applied outside a 0 included angle cone of action to the pipe clamp axis without special authorization. PH 8

SWY STRUT SSMLY ig. 20 Replacement Strut inish: Painted or Galvanized Service: Rigid replacement struts provide a viable, low cost solution that complements snubber reduction programs in nuclear and nonnuclear power plants. They are being used to replace both mechanical and hydraulic snubbers on a one-to-one size basis in most installations. Replaced snubbers may then be placed back on the shelf and used for maintenance and repair, reducing or eliminating the stocking of new snubbers. Ordering: Specify size, figure number, name, finish and W dimension. Note: The ig. 20 has the same load rating as the snubber it replaces. - ±" JUSTMNT W T I. T I. ig. 20: Loads (lbs) imensions (in) to W T Replaces Min Max Min Max Nominal ig. 200/20 ig. 06/0 2 6 9 66 4 8 6 8 8 4K & 2K 2 6 2 9 6 6 6 0 8 2 K 8 4 6 00 8 6 9 4 4 2 K 4 4 8 20 8 2 2 2 0K 4 4 8 20 8 8 0 2 4 4 6 4 9 8 20 8 8 08 2 2 4 6 2 22 2 20 9 2 0 4 8 6 8 2 0 4 4 4 2 K 9 8 2 4 20 0 04 4 2 6 Note: The ig. 20 has the same load rating as the snubber it replaces PH 82

LIMIT STOP ig. 06 ig. 0: With xtension Piece Limit Stop Range: Rated loads from 60 (lbs) to 60,000 (lbs). Service: Limit stops are passive restraints with preset gaps. The gaps are sized to permit free thermal movement but prevent excessive pipe stresses by limiting displacements due to seismic or other disturbing events. How to size: Select size based on expected load. Stroke is determined by the required gap. eatures: Totally passive Unrestricted thermal movement Simple installation Simplified inspection visual ISO-900 qualified Pin-to-pin: up to 20" Materials: Smaller sizes (up to 0,000 lb. Load) are of stainless steel construction and utilize internal body threads for adjusting gaps. or larger sizes, carbon steel is used, and the gaps are adjusted with internal spacer washers. Hard chrome, as well as other platings and coating, are utilized to meet any environment. Ordering: ig. 06 specify: size, stroke, limit stop, compression setting and tension setting ig. 0 specify: size, stroke, limit stop, W dimension, compression setting and tension setting. Rated Load ig 06, 0: Loads (lbs) imensions (in) Stroke * Pin ia Pin to Pin (ig. 06)* Min. Max. Snubbers & Limit Stops 60 4 0 4,00 2 4 2 2 2 6 2,000 4 4 4 9 4 6,000 6 2 2 2 2,00 2 20,000 4 6 20 6 26 6 2,000 4 22 2,000 4 9 24 2 0,000 6 2 0,000 4 22 2 2 2 2,000 6 2 2 4 0 4 20,000 6 6 2 6 8 6 2 2 28,000 8 29 2 4 2 200,000 9 268,000 20 s Required 60,000 2 *Standard - other strokes available PH 8

HYRULI SNUR ig. 06 ig. 0: With xtension Piece Hydraulic Snubber Range: Six standard sizes with load ratings from 0 to 0,000 pounds. inish: asic unit is corrosion resistant salt bath nitrided. ttachments are painted with semi gloss primer, carbo zinc or other. Service: or use on piping systems or equipment when unrestrained thermal movement must be allowed, but which must be restrained during impulsive or cyclic disturbance. The unit is not effective against low amplitude, high frequency movement. Use with standard settings to prevent destructive response to earthquakes, flow transients or wind load. Special settings are available to absorb the continuous thrust resulting from safety valve blow-off or pipe rupture. Standard Settings: The standard settings are: Locking (activation) velocity 8 ± 2 in/min. leed rate (post activation) at normal rated load 4 ± in/min. (Special settings are available). The valves are calibrated at the factory within the tolerances indicated at room temperature. Locking velocity and bleed rate will vary with temperature. Testing has indicated that there is little effect of these changes on dynamic operation. eatures: Temperature compensating valves minimize the effects of temperature on lockup and bleed Pressurized reservoirs ontinuous operation at 0 with brief transients to 0 actory calibrated valves Rapid, positive valve closure Special design minimizes the lost motion which results from the shifting and seating of piston seals Unlocked resisting force is less than /2 pounds for sizes /4 and /2 and less than 2% of rated load for larger sizes Stable non-flammable, long life hydraulic fluid Self-aligning bushings permit ± misalignment or angular motion. ushings are coated with a dry lubricant. hoice of coating (paint, primer, carbo zinc, epoxy, plating or other) for attachments. pplications: irect replacement for ig. 06/0 Pacific Scientific (PS) mechanical snubbers: xact load ratings, exact pin sizes, exact stroke lengths and exact pin-to-pin dimensions. The cross sectional dimensions of the ig. 06 are based on those of PS to facilitate non-interference one-to-one replacement. Pins, clamps, pivot mounts, extension pieces, and rear brackets used with PS snubbers are compatible with the ig. 06 and can be utilized. New installations: or new installations, the ig. 06 is available with a complete line of pipe clamps and rear brackets. ig. 06 ig. 0 with xtension Piece Loads (lbs) Stroke (in) Max Load * 4 4 0 2 2 2 60 4, 8,00, 0 6,000 0 6, 2,000 6 0,000 * Loads must not be applied outside a 0 included angle cone of action to the pipe clamp axis without special authorization. PH 84

HYRULI SNUR ig. 06 ig. 0: With xtension Piece Hydraulic Snubber How to size: () : Use table on the previous page to select size large enough to restrain expected load. (2) Stroke: efine expected movement of the pivot joining the snubber with the equipment to be protected (cold to hot plus any abnormal movements). etermine maximum and minimum distances between this curve and the fixed pivot pin of the snubber. The minimum recommended stroke is 20% greater than the difference between these lengths. Make sure that all normal movement of equipment will be accommodated without the snubber entering the last /4" (preferably /2") of the stroke at either end. Note: If erected position at the snubber s location on the equipment is outside of the range of normal cold-to-hot movement (e.g cold pull of pipe), the snubber should not be installed until after the equipment is in its cold position. This eliminates the need of providing for the extra travel in the snubber s stroke. () Piston position: To aid in measuring the piston position, we have shown a dimension, Z. This dimension represents the distance between the cylinder head and the end of the rod when the rod is fully retracted. Whenever specifying the position at which the piston rod is to be set, the total dimension from the cylinder head to the end of the rod should be given. Thus, piston setting=piston position +Z. (4) ssembly length: etermine the installed dimension by adding the installed piston position (not setting) to minimum. Lay in takeout dimensions and/or, and find required pin-to-pin snubber length. If a pin-to-pin length adjustment is desired, use ig. 0. alculate the required W dimension by subtracting ( installed + ) from the required pin-to-pin length. If this is less than W minimum, only a ig. 06 can be used, and one of the attachments will have to be moved or shimmed to suit. If a ig. 06 is to be used, make sure that the required pin-to-pin length is at least as great as ( installed + ). If neither a ig. 06 nor a ig. 0 can be accommodated, and the installation cannot be modified, consult your nvil representative about designing a special or modified unit. () Installed piston setting: s indicated previously, the snubber should be installed at its cold piston position if possible. rom the installed position, take extension (outward movement) of the piston rod as positive (+) and retraction as negative (-). Installed piston position = Stroke ( lgebraic Sum of Movements) 2 Ordering: Specify ig. No. Stroke Load old and hot piston settings W dimension when specifying ig. 0 Pipe clamp size when specifying option ttachment surface coating Option Option ig. 06 & 0 Options onsists of ig 06: asic unit (snubber) with pivot mount and one rear bracket. 0 ig. 0: asic unit with extension piece and one rear bracket. Option 0 plus cylinder eye. 2 Option 0 plus cylinder eye and additional rear bracket. Option 0 plus cylinder eye and pipe clamp. Snubbers & Limit Stops PH 8

HYRULI SNUR ig. 06 ig. 0: With xtension Piece Hydraulic Shock and Sway Suppressor (cont.) X R L P SIZ ML THR H OR SIZS - ML THR OR SIZS /4 - PTH G PISTON STTING Z X IG. 06 (OPTION 0) OVR-LL SSMLY LNGTH R ±.00 W M L P Q R IG. 0 (OPTION 0) OPTION N T OPTION 2 0 0 T Q R L S K I. T OPTION NOT: YLINR Y MY ROTT TO NY POSITION OLT PLT (SIZS 4-0) STION X X PH 86

HYRULI SNUR ig. 06 ig. 0: With xtension Piece Hydraulic Snubber (cont.) ig 06, 0 imensions (in) Snubber Stroke W K L M Q R T G H N P S Min Mid Max ia ia ia Ref Max ia Min Max 4 4.00 9.0.00.0.00.9 2.00.2 2.94 0.8 0.4 8.2 4.6 8-6 2.2 2.2. 0.2 0.62.9 0.6 0.6 0.2 2 2.0. 8. 0.0 8.2 48.6 Max Pin to Pin Z 6.0 0.9 0 4.00.0.00.0.62.6 4.00..00 0.8 0.499 8.8 4.0 6.0 0.9 8-6.2 2.8. 0.8 0.69 2.00.00.00 8.00. 9.0 2. 0.49 N/ N/ 2.06 0..00 4..00 9. 2.2 2.2.00.62 4.0 0.2 0.49 9..0 6.0 8-8 4.62 4.62 2.8 0.0.44 2.2.8.8 0.00 20. 2.0 0. 0.4 N/ N/ 2.62 6.00. 20.0 2. 0.999 0.8 44.0 2. 2.0.00.06.00 4.00.2.00-4.. 2.88.00.62 2.00.62.8 2.00 24. 0.0 6. 0.99 N/ N/ 9.6.0 6.00 4.62.00 24.0 2.00 0.0 9. 6.0..88 8-2 6.00 4.0.2.00 2.9 2.00.499.49.2 0.00 9..0.48 *Pipe ig 06, 0 imensions (in) -Take Out lamp Stock Snubber Snubber 4 & 2 0 4 & 2 0 4 2 6 6 x 2 9 6 6 x 4 2 6 6 x 2 4 8 4 x 4 2 8 4 x 4 2 2 8 4 x 4 8 x 4 2 x 2 2 8 x 2 2 6 8 8 4 x 4 8 x 4 2 x 2 2 8 x 2 2 2 6 6 8 8 4 x 4 8 x 4 2 x 2 2 8 x 2 2 4 6 2 4 4 8 8 6 x 2 2 x 2 8 x 2 2 8 x 2 2 4 4 4 9 8 6 x 2 2 x 2 8 x 2 2 4 x 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 0 6 x 2 2 x 2 8 x 4 x 4 8 9 8 9 8 9 8 4 2 8 6 x 2 2 x 2 2 4 x 4 x x 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 2 4 4 4 6 x 2 8 x 2 2 4 x 4 4 x 6 4 x 6 2 8 8 8 8 8 x 2 2 4 x x 4 x 6 4 2 8 2 8 4 2 6 8 x 2 2 4 x x 4 x 6 8 8 4 8 8 x 4 x x 4 x 8 8 4 8 4 8 6 8 8 4 4 x 4 x x 6 4 x 9 20 4 4 4 9 4 4 x 4 x x 2 x 8 24 8 8 8 8 9 8 2 4 4 x 4 4 x x 2 x 9 0 2 4 2 4 2 2 4 x 4 4 x 6 x 2 x 0 6 24 24 26 2 28 8 4 x 4 x x 2 x 0 * Intermediate sizes between 20 and 6 are available and will have the take out and stock of the next larger size. Snubbers & Limit Stops PH 8

HYRULI SNUR ig. 200, ig. -200 ig. 20, ig. -20: With xtension Piece Range: Seven standard sizes with cylinder bores of 2" to 8" and with normal load ratings from,000 pounds to 28,000 pounds. ll are available with ", 0", ", or 20" strokes except the 2" size which is offered with " and 0" strokes only. Snubbers are available with integral or remote reservoirs. inish: ig. 200/20 painted with semi gloss primer. ig. -200/-20 corrosion resistant; painted with carbo zinc. Service: or use on piping systems or equipment when unrestrained thermal movement must be allowed, but which must be restrained during impulsive or cyclic disturbance. The unit is not effective against low amplitude, high frequency movement. Use with standard settings to prevent destructive response to earthquakes, flow transients or wind load. Special settings are available to absorb the continuous thrust resulting from safety valve blow-off or pipe rupture. Standard settings: The standard settings are: Locking (activation) velocity 8 ± 2 in/min. leed rate (post activation) at normal rated load 4 ± in/min. (Special settings are available). The valves are calibrated at the factory within the tolerances indicated at room temperature. Locking velocity and bleed rate will vary with temperature. Testing has indicated that there is little effect of these changes on dynamic operation. eatures: hoice of valve type djustable permits field adjustments Temperature compensating minimizes the effects of temperature on lockup and bleed hoice of reservoir type Transparent continuous operation at 200 with brief transients to 20 Metal or pressurized metal allows brief transients to 40 Pressurized eliminates the concern of reservoir orientation relative to valve and cylinder minimizes internal contamination Remote actory calibrated valves Rapid, positive valve closure Special design minimizes the lost motion which results from the shifting and seating of piston seals Unlocked resisting force is less than % of rated load Stable, non-flammable, long life hydraulic fluid made highly visible for ease of inspection Self-aligning bushings permit ± misalignment or angular motion. ushings are coated with a dry lubricant. hoice of coating (paint, primer, carbo zinc, epoxy, plating or other) ylinder (in) Loads (lbs) Hydraulic Snubber Max Load * 2 (" stroke),000 2 (0" stroke),20 2 2 (", 0", " stroke) 2,00 2 2 (20" stroke) 0,00 4 2,000 4 2,000 0,000 6 2,000 8 28,000 * Loads must not be applied outside a 0 included angle cone of action to the pipe clamp axis without special authorization. PH 88

HYRULI SNUR ig. 200, ig. 20 Hydraulic Snubber (cont.) Upgrade Kits: Kits are available to upgrade existing snubbers with temperature compensating valves and/or pressurized reservoir. How to size: () ylinder size: Use table on page PH-9 to select cylinder bore size large enough to restrain expected load. (2) Stroke: efine expected movement of the pivot joining the suppressor with the equipment to be protected (cold to hot plus any abnormal movements). etermine maximum and minimum distances between this curve and the fixed pivot pin of the snubber. The minimum recommended stroke is 20% greater than the difference between these lengths. Note: If erected position at the snubber s location on the equipment is outside of the range of normal cold-to-hot movement (e.g. cold pull of pipe), the snubber should not be installed until after the equipment is in its cold position. This eliminates the need of providing for the extra travel in the snubber s stroke. or 2 2" through 8" snubbers, standard strokes are ", 0", ", and 20". or the 2" snubber, " and 0" are the only standard strokes. () Installed piston setting: s indicated previously, the snubber should be installed at its cold piston position if possible. rom the installed position, take extension (outward movement) of the piston rod as positive (+) and retraction as negative (-). (4) Installed piston position = Stroke ( lgebraic Sum of Movements) 2 To aid in measuring the piston position, we have shown a dimension, Z. This dimension represents the distance between the cylinder head and the end of the rod when the rod is fully retracted. Whenever specifying the position at which the piston rod is to be set, the total dimension from the cylinder head to the end of the rod should be given. Thus, Piston Setting = Piston Position + Z. () ssembly length: etermine the installed dimension by adding the installed piston position (not setting) to minimum. Lay in take out dimensions and/or, and find required pin-to-pin snubber length. If a pin-to-pin length adjustment is desired, use ig. 20. alculate the required W dimension by subtracting ( installed + ) from the required pin-to-pin length. If this is less than W minimum, only a ig. 200 can be used, and one of the attachments will have to be moved or shimmed to suit. If a ig. 200 is to be used, make sure that the required pin-to-pin length is at least as great as ( installed + ). If neither a ig. 200 nor a ig. 20 can be accommodated, and the installation cannot be modified, consult your nvil representative about designing a special or modified unit. Ordering: Option Ordering: Specify part number as follows: XXX X XX X X X X Reservoir Orientation O=oes not apply for pressurized or remote U=Rod up =Rod down or horizontal Reservoir Type L=Transparent (Polycarbonate) M=Metal (limited applications) P=Pressurized R=Remote Valve Type =djustable T=Temperature ompensating Option (0,,2, or ), See Option Table elow Stroke (, 0,, 20) ylinder : ( 2 yl.) 2 (2 2 yl.) ( 4 yl.) 4 (4yl.) (yl.) 6 (6yl.) 8 (8 yl.) igure No. (200 or 20), lso Specify: W imension when Specifying ig 20 Pipe lamp when Specifying Option Surface oating old and Hot Piston Settings. ig. 200 & ig. 20 Options onsists of ig 200: asic unit (snubber) with pivot mount and one rear bracket. 0 ig. 20: asic unit with extension piece and one rear bracket. Option 0 plus cylinder eye. 2 Option 0 plus cylinder eye and additional rear bracket. Option 0 plus cylinder eye and pipe clamp. Snubbers & Limit Stops PH 89

IG. 200 HYRULI SHOK & SWY SUPPRSSOR SIZ OL P.S. STROK HOT P.S. SRIL NO. USTOMRS MRK NO U.S. PTNT NO 06992 HYRULI SNUR ig. 200, ig. 20 Hydraulic Snubber (cont.) VNT PORT I L K R X IG. 200 HYRULI SHOK & SWY SUPPRSSOR SIZ OL P.S. STROK HOT P.S. SRIL NO. USTOMRS MRK NO ML THR "H" OR 2 /2"-8" YL. ML THR OR /2" YLINR PTH "G" PISTON STTING U.S. PTNT NO 06992 STION X-X X IG. 200 (OPTION 0) Z OVR-LL SSMLY LNGTH ± /2" W R T IG. 20 (OPTION 0) Q R OPTION N 0 NOT: YLINR Y MY ROTT TO NY POSITION OPTION 2 T Q R 0 L S T OPTION PH 90

HYRULI SNUR ig. 200, ig. 20 Hydraulic Snubber (cont.) ylinder ig. 200 ore Stroke Wgt. Min Mid Max 2 2 2 4 4 6 8 Pipe ig 200, 20: Weight (lbs) imensions (in) G H Metal Res. I Trans. Res. Press Res. K L N Q R S T 4 2 2 8 8 8 8 8 2 2 8 6 4 8 8 9 6 4 6 4 4 2 4 2 4 8 2 8 8 4 9 8 2 0 49 8 8 2 8 28 8 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 94 9 6 0 8 8 2 2 2 8 2 8 28 8 4 2 2 8 6 8 8 4 6 4 4 8 4 4 84 9 4 2 8 8 0 6 8 8 2 8 0 8 8 8 4 9 6 20 9 28 8 8 8 48 8 N/ 64 9 6 2 4 8 8 9 8 92 0 2 9 8 24 8 29 8 6 6 6 8 8 2 6 8 4 82 4 4 2 4 4 2 2 2 6 6 4 0 2 46 24 8 2 8 9 8 2 8 20 6 29 8 9 8 49 8 N/ 62 6 8 8 8 2 8 89 9 6 0 89 2 4 8 26 8 8 4 6 8 4 4 9 6 2 2 2 6 9 9 8 6 4 2 2 4 8 2 2 2 2 6 2 206 26 8 8 4 8 69 9 6 8 20 22 8 4 8 8 N/ 9 9 6 2 8 20 2 2 86 6 0 26 2 28 9 4 2 8 8 0 6 8 8 2 8 6 6 2 4 4 4 4 4 6 2 8 6 4 2 2 28 2 4 66 6 8 20 298 4 N/ 6 6 292 9 4 22 4 24 4 8 6 0 20 24 4 4 29 4 4 4 0 2 9 8 6 4 6 2 4 2 4-2 9 6 6 8 4 8 2 4 8 2 2 4 2 6 8 48 29 4 4 44 4 6 6 4 20 4 4 44 4 4 4 N/ 6 2 2 26 28 2 2 0 28 2 2 8 2 6 4 6 4 8 4 4 2 4 2 2 2 not available 4 8 4 8 2 4 6 4 4 4 2 2 4 2 2 640 2 4 48 2 2 20 0 8 2 48 2 8 2 4 2 ig 200, 20: imensions (in) -Take Out lamp Stock ylinder ore ylinder ore 2 2 2 4 4 6 2 2 2 4 4 6 2 6 6 8 8 x 4 2 x 2 2 2 2 8 x 4 2 x 2 2 8 x 4 2 x 2 2 2 8 x 4 2 x 2 2 4 4 4 2 x 2 8 x 2 2 4 4 9 8 0 2 x 2 8 x 2 2 4 x 4 x 6 8 8 8 8 0 0 8 2 x 2 8 x 4 x 4 4 x x 8 9 8 9 8 4 4 2 8 2 x 2 2 4 x 4 x x x 6 0 0 2 0 2 2 4 2 4 4 4 8 x 2 2 4 x 4 4 x 6 x x 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 x 2 2 4 x x x 6 x 4 2 8 2 8 4 2 4 2 6 8 x 2 2 4 x x x 4 x 6 6 8 8 4 4 8 8 x 4 x 6 x x 4 x 6 8 4 8 4 8 6 8 6 8 8 4 4 x x x 6 x 4 x 20 4 4 4 4 9 4 9 4 4 x x x 4 x 6 4 x 8 2 x 8 24 8 8 8 8 9 8 9 8 2 4 2 4 4 x 4 x x 4 x 6 4 x 9 2 x 9 0 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 4 x 4 x 6 4 x 6 4 x 8 2 x 8 4 x 0 6 24 24 26 2 26 2 28 8 28 8 4 x x 4 x 6 4 x 9 2 x 0 4 x 0 Min W Max Z 2 4 Snubbers & Limit Stops PH 9

TPR LO PIN ig. 2 Tapered Pin Range: " through 2 2" Service: Used as a replacement to standard rear bracket load pin to facilitate easy removal at time of rebuild or testing. May be supplied with new orders, when specified. How to size: Select size consistent with load pin diameter for ig. 200/20 or ig. 06/0. eatures: esigned to sharply reduce the time necessary to remove a badly corroded conventional pin and may also eliminate damage to the bushing and bracket assembly, particularly if the pin and bracket are corroded. Minimizes free play between pin to pin. Ordering: Specify figure number, nominal pin size and name. Installation: Shipped assembled. Remove cotter pin, slotted hex nut and washer. Loosen sleeve on pin and install sleeve/pin. Re-install washer and slotted hex nut. Tighten hex nut to snug. Install cotter pin. L (R) T (NOMINL) ig 2: Loads (lbs) imensions (in) Nominal ia. T Max Load L ompatible With ig. 200/20 ig. 06/0 8 60 6 64 4 & 2 2,00 2 8 4 6,000 8 2,000 4 8 2 2 0 4 2,000 4 2 4 2 0,000 8 4 4 0,000 6 4 2 2,000 4 6 2 2 28,000 9 8 8 00 The load must be applied by a spherical bearing. PH 92

SPIL SIGN PROUTS ig. 8 S Half lamp This product is a special design per customer requirements. ontact nvil Intl. for further information and how to order. L ig. S Welding Lug for L.R. lbow This product is a special design per customer requirements. ontact nvil Intl. for further information and how to order sizes not shown. Local pipe wall stress should be evaluated. 2 2 ig. S Rod 4 ig. S: imensions (in) Rod Take Out 6 6 2 2 4 8 6 9 6 T R H Hole ia. This product is a special design per customer requirements. ontact nvil Intl. for further information and how to order. The nvil ig. horizontal traveler facilitates the supporting of piping systems subject to linear horizontal movements were head room is limited. esigned for use with nvil Variable Spring Hangers or onstant Supports it can also be used in conjunction with a rigid type hanger assembly. 2 2 2 8 6 2 8 0 4 6 2 2 8 * ased on maximum 4" insulation. 6 6 8 6 2 2 2 4 4 R Hole iam. H T - Thickness ouble Roll Horizontal Traveler Special esign Products PH 9

SPIL SIGN PROUTS ig. 2 S ual irection Horizontal Traveler This product is a special design per customer requirements. ontact nvil Intl. for further information and how to order. The nvil ig. Horizontal Traveler facilitates the supporting of piping systems subject to linear horizontal movements where head room is limited. esigned for use with nvil Variable Spring Hangers or onstant Supports, it can also be used in conjunction with a rigid type hanger assembly. ig. S lat Roller With Saddle This product is a special design per customer requirements. ontact nvil Intl. for further information and how to order. Pipe sizes 4 through 42 L O PIP PIP SIZS 4" - 42" ig. 6 S This product is a special design per customer requirements. ontact nvil Intl. for further information and how to order. abricated Roller for Large iameter Pipe ig. 6S: Loads (lbs) imensions (in) Max Load 0 2 4 8 6 0 6 26 9 60,000 8 8 6 6 42 28 6 0 6 2 L O PIP 2 46 0 8 6 2 6 46 8 2 8 4 48 2 4 6 4 4 60,000 8 4 6 4 0 6 2 4 6 60 4 8 6 66 40 9 6 6 2 2 4 8 8 6 6 4 6 PH 94

SPIL SIGN PROUTS ig. S Slide ase for Type "" Variable Spring Hanger This product is a special design per customer requirements. ontact nvil Intl. for further information and how to order. TYP "" VRIL SPRING HNGR (ORR SPRTLY) ILL TLON ON OTTOM O SLI STINLSS STL ING ON S ig. 40 S Riser lamp Material: arbon steel chrome molybdenum or stainless steel. inish: Plain or Galvanized Maximum Temperature: s required. Ordering: Specify figure number 40S, riser clamp special design, material, exact pipe size, load, operating temperature, insulation thickness, - dimension, rod diameter, finish and if connected to a spring or rigid connection. Service: Riser clamps are used for the support of vertical piping. Load is carried by shear lugs which are welded to the pipe. Shear lugs not provided. S K L OLT IM. LNGTH "" PIP SPR Special esign Products * to * PH 9

SPIL SIGN PROUTS ig. 4 S Non-Standard Three olt Pipe lamp Ordering: Specify ig. 4S double bolt pipe clamp, material specification, pipe size, load, operating temperature, insulation thickness and finish. lloy clamps, unless otherwise specified, will be furnished with alloy studs made from STM -9- stud stock and STM -94-Gr. 2H hex nuts. S OLT I. N LNGTH L H ig. 42 S Non-Standard Two olt Pipe lamp Ordering: Specify ig. 42S pipe clamp, material specification, pipe size, load, temperature and finish. lloy clamps, unless otherwise specified, will be furnished with alloy studs made from STM. -9- stud stock and STM -94-Gr. 2H hex nuts. OLT/STU IMTR L H PH 96

PPLITION SSMLY XMPLS onstant Hanger ssemblies 66 80V TYP 80 V TYP 40, 46 290 29, 29, 29H - (N) 40, 46 290 40 ig_80v_type_.wg,.x, or.ps ig_80v_type_.wg,.x, or.ps 80V TYP L 29 80V TYP 80 V TYP 40, 46 40, 46 40, 46 224, 246 290 29, 29, 29H 290 29, 29, 29H ig_80v_type_.wg,.x, or.ps ig_80v_type_.wg,.x, or.ps ig_80v_type_.wg,.x, or.ps - (N) S 60-66 66 290 40, 46 80 V TYP G 66 290 40, 46 8-H TYP 40, 46 290 66 290 40, 46 8-H TYP 290 29, 29, 29H pplication xamples 224, 246 60 ig_80v_type_g.wg,.x, or.ps ig_8h_type 224.WG,.X, or.ps ig_8h_type 29.WG,.X, or.ps ach of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file. PH 9

PPLITION SSMLY XMPLS onstant Hanger ssemblies (continued) 66 8-H TYP 66 8-H TYP LUG 29 8-H TYP 40, 46 290 29, 29, 29H 40, 46 299 -S WL LUG 40, 46 290 29, 29, 29H LOW ig_8h_type 29.WG,.X, or.ps ig_8h_type S.WG,.X, or.ps ig_8h_type_.wg,.x, or.ps 8-H TYP 40, 46 299 -S WL LUG LOW 8 H TYP ig_8h_type_.wg,.x, or.ps ig_8h_type_.wg,.x, or.ps PH 98 ach of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file.

PPLITION SSMLY XMPLS Spring Hanger ssemblies 60 66 290 40, 46 82, 268, 98 TYP 66 290 40, 46 82, 268, 98 TYP 40, 46 82, 268, 98 TYP 40, 46 290 22, 26 40, 46 290 29, 29, 29H 40, 46 290 29, 29, 29H SH_Type 22.WG,.X, or.ps SH_Type 29.WG,.X, or.ps SH_Type 60.WG,.X, or.ps 60 40, 46 66 290 40, 46 82, 268, 98 TYP 82, 268, 98 TYP 40, 46 - (N) 66 290 40, 46 82, 268, 98 TYP 40, 46 299 -S WL LUG 299 -S WL LUG 40, 46 290 40 LOW LOW SH_Type S.WG,.X, or.ps SH_Type S_60.WG,.X, or.ps SH_Type Riser.WG,.X, or.ps 66 82, 268, 98 TYP 40, 46 290 29, 29, 29H 66 82, 268, 98 TYP 40, 46 299 -S WL LUG L 29 82, 268, 98 TYP 40, 46 290 22, 26 pplication xamples LOW SH_Type 29.WG,.X, or.ps SH_Type S.WG,.X, or.ps SH_Type 22.WG,.X, or.ps ach of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file. PH 99

PPLITION SSMLY XMPLS Spring Hanger ssemblies (continued) L L 29 82, 268, 98 TYP 82, 268, 98 TYP 82, 268, 98 TYP 82, 268, 98 TYP 40, 46 40, 46 40, 46 299 290 -S WL LUG 290 29, 29, 29H 29, 29, 29H 40, 46 299 -S WL LUG LOW LOW SH_Type 29.WG,.X, or.ps SH_Type S.WG,.X, or.ps SH_Type 29.WG,.X, or.ps SH_Type S.WG,.X, or.ps 82, 268, 98 TYP PIP STNHION 6 PIP SLI 290 40, 46 82, 268, 98 TYP 82, 268, 98 TYP, WITH PIP ROLLR 82, 268, 98 TYP 29, 29, 29H SH_Type_.WG,.X, or.ps SH_Type PipeSlide.WG,.X, or.ps SH_Type PipeRoller.WG,.X, or.ps SH_Type 6.WG,.X, or.ps LOW PIP STNHION 62 - (N) 66 290 - (N) 66 290 40, 46 40, 46 S 82, 268, 98 TYP 60-66 82, 268, 98 TYP G 82, 268, 98 TYP G SH_Type 62.WG,.X, or.ps SH_Type_G.WG,.X, or.ps SH_Type_G_60-S.WG,.X, or.ps 60 PH 200 ach of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file.

PPLITION SSMLY XMPLS Rigid Hanger ssemblies - (N) 66 290 2 20 66 290 40, 46 66 290 2 20 40 66 290 IG. 20 TURNUKL N IG. 2 RO MY OR VRTIL JUSTMNT 40, 46 299 40, 46 290 22, 26 290 29, 29, 29H -S WL LUG 290 40 LOW RH_40_290_20_Riser.WG,.X, or.ps RH_22_290_40_66.WG,.X, or.ps RH_29_290_20.WG,.X, or.ps RH_S_299_290.WG,.X, or.ps 60 66 LUG 299 LUG 299 40, 46 40, 46 40, 46 40, 46 290 22, 26 290 22, 26 290 29, 29, 29H 260 RH_260_40_60.WG,.X, or.ps RH_22_290.WG,.X, or.ps RH_22_290_299_.WG,.X, or.ps RH_29_290_299_.WG,.X, or.ps 60 - (N) 66 290 40, 46 20 S 40, 46 4 K/K HNNL SIZ Y USTOMRS TO MT LO RQ. LTRNT ORINTTION O S/PIP - (N) S 40, 46 4 K/K HNNL SIZ Y USTOMRS TO MT LO RQ. LTRNT ORINTTION O S/PIP pplication xamples RH_4_S_66_Trapeze.WG,.X, or.ps 60 RH_4_S_60_Trapeze.WG,.X, or.ps 60 ach of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file. PH 20

PPLITION SSMLY XMPLS Rigid Hanger ssemblies (continued) 28 28 28 92, 9 40, 46 40, 46 40, 46 40, 46 8 6, 260 6, T-6, 260 6, T-6, 260 6 6 RH_8 28.WG,.X, or.ps RH_6_6 28.WG,.X, or.ps RH_6 28.WG,.X, or.ps RH_6_6_92.WG,.X, or.ps 228, 292 228, 292 228, 292 28 HOT SRVI UP TO 4" INSULTION 40, 46 40, 46 40, 46 290 29, 29, 29H 40, 46 260 290 22, 26 69, T-69, 0 RH_29_290_228.WG,.X, or.ps RH_260_228.WG,.X, or.ps RH_22_290_228.WG,.X, or.ps RH_69 28.WG,.X, or.ps 60 86 92, 9, 94 66 290 HOT SRVI UP TO 4" INSULTION 40, 46 40, 46 40, 46 40, 46 290 290 29, 29, 29H 29, 29, 29H 6, T-6, 260 69, T-69, 0 RH_6_86.WG,.X, or.ps RH_69_92.WG,.X, or.ps RH_29_290_60.WG,.X, or.ps RH_29_290_66.WG,.X, or.ps PH 202 ach of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file.

PPLITION SSMLY XMPLS Rigid Hanger ssemblies (continued) 60 66 290 IG. 20 TURNUKL N IG. 2 RO MY OR VRTIL JUSTMNT 40, 46 260 40, 46 6, 260 MIUM SRVI MX. SRVI TMP. 60 OR PIP LMP 40, 46 290 22, 26 6 RH_260_290_66.WG,.X, or.ps RH_6_6_60.WG,.X, or.ps RH_22_290_60.WG,.X, or.ps 28, 282, 28 28, 282, 28 28, 282, 28 40, 46 40, 46 40, 46 69, T-69, 0 6, T-6, 260 6, 260 6, S SLTION HRT RH_69_28_I.WG,.X, or.ps RH_6_28_I.WG,.X, or.ps RH_6_6_28_I.WG,.X, or.ps 40, 46 40, 46 40, 46 8 pplication xamples 69, T-69, 0 6, T-6, 260 6 60 (" INSUL.) 6 ( 2" INSUL.) 62 (2" INSUL.) 6 (2 2" INSUL.) 64 (" INSUL.) 6 (4" INSUL.) RH_69_60.WG,.X, or.ps RH_60_8_60.WG,.X, or.ps RH_6_260_60.WG,.X, or.ps ach of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file. PH 20

PPLITION SSMLY XMPLS Rigid Hanger ssemblies (continued) 40, 46 60 (" INSULTION) 6 ( 2" INSULTION) 62 (2" INSULTION) 6 (2 2" INSULTION) 64 (" INSULTION) 6 (4" INSULTION) 60 (" INSULTION) 6 ( 2" INSULTION) 62 (2" INSULTION) 6 (2 2" INSULTION) 64 (" INSULTION) 6 (4" INSULTION) 40, 46 2 RH 60_Trapeze.WG,.X, or.ps RH_2_60_Support.WG,.X, or.ps RH Trapeze.WG,.X, or.ps 40, 46 2 RH Support.WG,.X, or.ps RH_2_Support.WG,.X, or.ps RH Support.WG,.X, or.ps PH 204 ach of these drawings are available on the nvil web site in format. The file name at the bottom of each box refers to that file.

THNIL T Typical Pipe Hanger Specification.SOP This specification shall apply for the design and fabrication of all hangers, supports, anchors, and guides. Where piping design is such that exceptions to this specification are necessary, the particular system will be identified, and the exceptions clearly listed through an addendum which will be made a part of the specification. 2.SIGN (a) ll supports and parts shall conform to the latest requirements of the SM ode for Pressure Piping. and MSS Standard Practice SP-8, SP-69, SP-89 and SP-90 except as supplemented or modified by the requirements of this specification. (h) onstant Support Hanger should be individually calibrated before shipment to support the exact load specified. The calibration record of constant support shall be maintained for a period of 20 years to assist the customer in any redesign of the piping system. Witness marks shall be stamped on the Load djustment Scale to establish factory calibration reference point. (i) In addition to the requirements of STM-2 all alloy springs shall be shot peened and examined by magnetic particle. The spring rate tolerance shall be ±%. ll three critical parameters (free height, spring rate and loaded height) of spring coils must be tested for. ach spring coiled must be purchased with a.m.t.r. and be of domestic manufacture. (b). esigns generally accepted as exemplifying good engineering practice, using stock or production parts, shall be utilized wherever possible. (c) ccurate weight balance calculations shall be made to determine the required supporting force at each hanger location and the pipe weight load at each equipment connection. (d) Pipe hangers shall be capable of supporting the pipe in all conditions of operation. They shall allow free expansion and contraction of the piping, and prevent excessive stress resulting from transferred weight being introduced into the pipe or connected equipment. (e) Wherever possible, pipe attachments for horizontal piping shall be pipe clamps. (j) (k) onstant Supports should have a wide range of load adjustability. No less than 0% of this adjustability should be provided either side of the calibrated load for plus or minus field adjustment. Load adjustment scale shall be provided to aid the field in accurate adjustment of loads. dditionally, the constant support should be designed so that load adjustments can be made with-out use of special tools and not have an impact on the travel capabilities of the supports. onstant Supports shall be furnished with travel stops which shall prevent upward and downward movement of the hanger. The travel stops will be factory installed so that the hanger level is at the cold position. The travel stops will be of such design as to permit future re-engagement, even in the event the lever is at a position other than cold, without having to make hanger adjustments. (f) or critical high-temperature piping, at hanger locations where the vertical movement of the piping is 2" or more, or where it is necessary to avoid the transfer of load to adjacent hangers or connected equipment, pipe hangers shall be an approved constant support design, as nvil ig. 80-V and ig. 8-H onstant Support Hangers, or equal. Where transfer of load to adjacent hangers or equipment is not critical, and where the vertical movement of the piping is less than 2", Variable Spring Hangers may be used, provided the variation in supporting effect does not exceed 2% of the calculated piping load through its total vertical travel. (l) or non-critical, low temperature systems, where vertical movements up to 2" are anticipated, an approved precompressed Variable Spring design similar to nvil ig. - 268 may be used. Where movements are of a small magnitude, spring hangers similar to nvil ig. 82 may be used. (m) ach Variable Spring shall be individually calibrated at the factory and furnished with travel stops. Spring coils must be square to within to insure proper alignment. ach spring coil must be purchased with a.m.t.r. and be of domestic manufacture. (n) ll rigid rod hangers shall provide a means of vertical adjustment after erection. (g) The total travel for onstant Support Hangers will be equal to actual travel plus 20%. In no case will the difference between actual and total travel be less than ". The onstant Support Hanger will have travel scales on both sides of the support frame to accommodate inspections. (o) Where the piping system is subject to shock loads, such as seismic disturbances or thrusts imposed by the actuation of safety valves, hanger design shall include provisions for rigid restraints or shock absorbing devices of approved design, such as nvil ig. 200 shock and sway suppressor, or equal. Technical ata PH 20

THNIL T Typical Pipe Hanger Specification (p) Selection of vibration control devices shall not be part of the standard hanger contract. If vibration is encountered after the piping system is in operation, appropriate vibration control equipment shall be installed. (q) Hanger rods shall be subject to tensile loading only (see Table III). t hanger locations where lateral or axial movement is anticipated, suitable linkage shall be provided to permit swing. (r) Where horizontal piping movements are greater than 2" and where the hanger rod angularly from the vertical is less than or equal to 4 degrees from the cold to hot position of the pipe, the hanger pipe and structural attachments shall be offset in such manner that the rod is vertical in the hot position. When the hanger rod angularity is greater than 4 degrees from vertical, then structural attachment will be offset so that at no point with the rod angularity exceed 4 degrees from vertical. (t) (u) Hangers shall be spaced in accordance with Table and Table 2 on the following page. (see page PH-20) Where practical, riser piping shall be supported independently of the connected horizontal piping. Pipe support attachments to the riser piping shall be riser clamp lugs. Welded attachments shall be of material comparable to that of the pipe, and designed in accordance with governing codes. (cont.) force subsides. The suppressor shall have a hard surfaced, corrosion resistant piston rod supported by a rod bushings and shall be designed so that it is capable of exerting the required force in tension and compression, utilizing the distance. (y) Paint - Variable Spring and onstant Support units will be furnished painted with Stewart ros. Green Semi-Gloss Primer (#094). ll other material will receive one shop coat of a red chromate primer meeting the requirements of ederal Specification TT-P-66. (z) or corrosive conditions hangers will be galvanized or painted with carbo-zinc #. ll threads are UN unless otherwise specified. Hanger esign Service Hanger for piping 2 2" and larger, and all spring support for assemblies, shall be completely engineered. (a) ngineered hanger assemblies shall be detailed on 8 2" x " sheets. ach sketch will include a location plan showing the location of the hanger in relation to columns of equipment. ach sketch will include an exact bill of material for the component parts making up each assembly. (v) Supports, guides, and anchors shall be so designed that excessive heat will not be transmitted to the building steel. The temperature of supporting parts shall be based on a temperature gradient of 00 per inch distance from the outside surface of the pipe. (w) Hanger components shall not be used for purposes other than for which they were designed. They shall not be used for rigging and erection purposes. (x) Hydraulic Snubbers - The hydraulic units shall have a temperature stable control valve. The valve shall provide a locking and bleed rate velocity that provides for tamper proof settings. The fluid level indicator for exact reading of reservoir fluid level in any snubber orientation. The valve device shall offer a minimum amount of resistance to thermal movement. ny shock force shall cause the suppressor valve to close. With the suppressor valve closed the fluid flow shall essentially stop, thereby causing the unit to resist and absorb the disturbing forces. fter the disturbing forces subside, the suppressor valve shall open again to allow free thermal movement of the piping. The suppressor shall have a means of regulating the amount of movement under shock conditions up to the design load for faulted conditions without release of fluid. The suppressor design shall include a fluid bleed system to assure continued free thermal movement after the shock (b) (c) ach engineered hanger assembly will be individually bundled and tagged as far as practical, ready for installation. Hanger material for piping 2" and smaller shall be shipped as loose material, identified by piping system only. piping drawing marked with approximate hanger locations and types, and hanger sketches showing typical support arrangements will be furnished. Hanger inspections shall be performed in accordance with MSS-SP-89 (Section.) and SM. (ppendix V). PH 206

THNIL T Typical Pipe Hanger Specification (cont.) Table : Maximum Horizontal Spacing etween Pipe Supports for Standard Weight Steel Pipe*. Nominal Pipe (in) 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 6 8 0 2 4 6 8 20 24 0 Max. Span (t) Water Service 9 0 2 4 6 9 22 2 2 2 28 0 2 Max. Span (t) Vapor Service 8 9 9 2 4 6 9 2 24 26 0 2 9 42 4 Recommended Hanger Rod s 2 4 4 2 2 or trapeze The above spacing and capacities are based on pipe filled with water. dditional valves and fittings increase the load and therefore closer hanger spacing is required. *Many codes and specifications state "pipe hangers must be spaced every 0ft. regardless of size." This local specification must be followed. Table 2: Maximum Horizontal Spacing etween opper Tubing Supports Nominal Tubing (in) 2 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 Max. Span (t) Water Service 6 8 8 9 0 2 Max. Span (t) Vapor Service 6 8 9 0 4 6 Note: Spans shown in Tables and 2 do not apply where there are concentrated loads between supports or where temperatures exceed 0. Table : Load arrying apacities of Threaded Hanger Rods. Materials arbon Steel with Minimum ctual Tensile Strength of 0 Ksi. Rod iameter (in) Threads per Inch Root rea of oarse Thread (in 2 ) Maximum Safe Load (lbs) Rod Temperature, 60 Maximum Safe Load (lbs) Rod Temperature, 0 6 0.068 0 2 2 0.26,0,0 0.202 2,60,692 4 0 0.02,20 2,0 9 0.49 4,480,08 8 0.2,900 4,620 4 0.889 9,00,440 2 6.29,800 0,80 4.44 8,600 4,66 2 4 2 2.292 24,600 9,26 2 4 4 2.02 2,00 2,29 2 2 4.6 9,800,69 2 4 4 4.69 49,400 8,68 4.62 60,00 4,066 4 8 UN 6.20,900 6,0 2 8 UN.98 84,00 66, 4 8 UN 9.24 98,00,9 4 8 UN 0.608,400 88,80 4 4 8 UN 2.00 29,400 0, 4 2 8 UN.690 46,600 4,80 4 4 8 UN.9 64,00 28,982 8 UN.6 84,000 44,096 Standard UN thread thru " diameter and 8-UN-2 thread series for 4" diameter and larger Technical ata PH 20

THNIL T Thermal xpansion of Pipe Material Thermal xpansion of Pipe Material (in/ft) Temp arbon Steel - Low hrome Steel (thru % r) 0 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 90-200 -0.080-0.08-0.092-0.098-0.020-0.0209-0.02-0.0220-0.022-0.020-00 -0.02-0.02-0.0-0.040-0.046-0.02-0.08-0.06-0.069-0.04 0-0.00-0.008-0.006-0.00-0.0080-0.008-0.0096-0.00-0.009-0.06 0-0.00-0.0044-0.00-0.0029-0.0022-0.00-0.000 0 0.0008 0.00 00 0.002 0.000 0.008 0.0046 0.00 0.006 0.0068 0.006 0.0084 0.009 200 0.0099 0.00 0.06 0.024 0.02 0.04 0.049 0.0 0.06 0.04 00 0.082 0.09 0.0200 0.0208 0.02 0.0226 0.02 0.0244 0.022 0.026 400 0.020 0.029 0.0288 0.0298 0.00 0.06 0.02 0.04 0.044 0.0 00 0.062 0.02 0.082 0.09 0.040 0.04 0.042 0.04 0.0440 0.040 600 0.0460 0.040 0.048 0.049 0.00 0.02 0.022 0.02 0.042 0.0 00 0.06 0.04 0.084 0.09 0.0606 0.06 0.062 0.068 0.0649 0.069 800 0.060 0.068 0.0692 0.00 0.04 0.026 0.0 0.048 0.09 0.00 900 0.08 0.092 0.080 0.08 0.0824 0.08 0.0846 0.08 0.086 0.088,000 0.0889 0.090 0.092 0.0924 0.09 0.0946 0.098 0.090 0.098 0.099,00 0.004 0.0 0.02 0.06 0.046 0.0 0.068 0.08 0.089 0.099,200 0.0 0.2 0.2 0.44 0. 0.66 0. 0.88 0.200 0.2,00 0.222 0.2 0.244 0.26 0.26 0.28 0.299 0.20 0.42 0.6,400 0.4 Thermal xpansion of Pipe Material (in/ft) Temp ustenitic Stainless Steels (04, 6, 4) 0 0 20 0 40 0 60 0 80 90-200 -0.028-0.029-0.00-0.04-0.024-0.04-0.04-0.0-0.062-0.02-00 -0.08-0.09-0.020-0.026-0.0226-0.026-0.024-0.024-0.026-0.022 0-0.008-0.0089-0.000-0.02-0.02-0.04-0.04-0.0-0.066-0.06 0-0.008-0.006-0.006-0.0044-0.00-0.0022-0.00 0 0.002 0.002 00 0.004 0.004 0.006 0.0068 0.009 0.0090 0.00 0.02 0.024 0.0 200 0.046 0.08 0.069 0.08 0.092 0.020 0.02 0.022 0.028 0.020 00 0.026 0.02 0.028 0.029 0.009 0.02 0.02 0.044 0.06 0.068 400 0.080 0.092 0.0404 0.046 0.0428 0.0440 0.04 0.046 0.04 0.0489 00 0.00 0.0 0.026 0.08 0.00 0.062 0.0 0.08 0.099 0.062 600 0.0624 0.06 0.0649 0.0662 0.064 0.068 0.000 0.02 0.02 0.0 00 0.00 0.06 0.06 0.089 0.0802 0.08 0.0828 0.084 0.084 0.086 800 0.0880 0.089 0.0906 0.0920 0.09 0.0946 0.099 0.092 0.0986 0.0999 900 0.02 0.260 0.09 0.0 0.066 0.080 0.094 0.0 0.2 0.4,000 0.48 0.62 0. 0.89 0.202 0.26 0.229 0.24 0.2 0.20,00 0.284 0.298 0. 0.2 0.8 0.2 0.66 0.9 0.9 0.406,200 0.420 0.44 0.44 0.46 0.44 0.488 0.02 0. 0.29 0.42,00 0.6 0.0 0.8 0.9 0.60 0.624 0.68 0.6 0.66 0.68,400 0.692 0.04 0. 0. 0.44 0. 0. 0.84 0.96 0.8 Note: Intersect 0 egree increments across the top of each table with the 00 degree increments down the left side to determine the coefficient of thermal expansion for the desired temperature. PH 208

THNIL T eam imensions Y Z Y Z Y Z epth of Section Y 4 6 8 9 0 2 8 merican Standard hannels Weight per t., lb. lange Width 4. 8.0 2 6.0 8.4 8.2 4 6. 4 9.0 8 8.2 8 0. 2.0 2 8 9.8 2 8 2.2 2 4 4. 2 4. 2 4. 2 8 8. 2 2.4 2 8.0 2 2 20.0 2 8. 2 8 20.0 2 4 2.0 2 8 0.0 20. 2.0 0.0 8.9 8 40.0 2 0.0 4 42. 4 4.8 4.9 4 8 8.0 4 4 Mean Thick of lange Z 0.20 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.48 0.48 0.00 0.62 0.62 epth of Section Y 4 6 8 0 2 8 20 20. 24 Weight per t., lb. S Shapes lange Width. 2 8. 2 2. 2 8 9. 2 4 0.0 4. 4 2. 8.2 8. 8 20.0 8 8.4 4 2.0 4 8 2.4 4 8.0.8.0 8 40.8 4 0.0 2 42.9 2 0.0 8 4. 6 0.0 6 4 66.0 6 4.0 6 8 86.0 96.0 4 80.0 90.0 8 00.0 4 Mean Thick of lange Z 0.20 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.48 0.00 0.6 0.688 0.62 0.688 0.8 0.98 0.8 epth of Section Y Weight per t., lb. W Shapes lange Width Mean Thick of lange Z 9 0.40 6 2 6 8 0.4 8 0 2 4 8 4 0.0 2 4 0.400 24 6 2 0.400 28 6 2 0.46 8 0.4 8 0.49 40 8 8 0.60 48 8 8 0.68 8 8 4 0.80 6 8 4 0.9 22 4 0.60 26 4 0.440 0 4 0.0 8 0.4 9 8 0.0 4 8 0.620 49 0 0.60 4 0 0.6 60 0 8 0.680 68 0 8 0.0 0 4 0.80 88 0 4 0.990 26 6 2 0.80 0 6 2 0.440 6 2 0.20 40 8 0. 4 8 0. 0 8 8 0.640 0 0. 8 0 0.640 6 2 0.60 2 2 0.60 9 2 8 0. 8 2 8 0.80 96 2 8 0.900 06 2 4 0.990 0 6 4 0.8 4 6 4 0.4 8 6 4 0. 4 8 0.0 48 8 0.9 8 0.660 6 0 0.64 68 0 0.20 4 0 8 0.8 82 0 8 0.8 90 4 2 0.0 epth of Section Y 4 6 Weight per t., lb. W Shapes lange Width Mean Thick of lange Z 99 4 8 0.80 09 4 8 0.860 20 4 8 0.940 2 4 4.00 6 0.40 40 0.0 4 0.6 0 8 0.6 8 0. 6 0 4 0.66 0 4 0.60 89 0 8 0.8 00 0 8 0.98 0 2 0.0 2 0.60 60 2 0.69 6 8 0.0 8 8 0.80 6 0.680 86 8 0.0 9 8 0.80 06 4 0.940 62 8 4 0.6 68 8 4 0.68 8 4 0.40 2 8 8 8 0.8 9 8 8 0.90 0 2 4 0.800 2 8 0.8 22 2 8 0.960 24 2 0 6 6 9 0.680 84 9 0.0 94 9 8 0.8 04 2 4 0.0 2 4 0.80 2 8 0.960 94 0 0.4 02 0 0.80 4 0 8 0.90 46 4 0.9 08 0 2 0.60 6 0 2 0.80 24 0 2 0.90 2 0 2.000 8 2 0.40 0 2 0.8 4 2 0.960 2 0.90 0 2 0.940 60 2.020 Technical ata PH 209

THNIL T Steel Pipe ata Schedule No 40 & 80 Pipe O.. Schedule No. PH 20 0.6 2 0.840 4.00. 4.660 2.900 2 2. 2 2 2.8.00 2 4.000 4 4.00.6 6 6.62 8 8.62 0 0.0 2 2. 4 4.000 6 6.000 8 8.000 20 20.000 Wall Thick. Weight. per oot (lbs) Weight of Water per oot (lbs) 40 0.09 0.6 0.08 80 0.26 0.8 0.06 40 0.09 0.80 0.2 80 0.4.08 0.0 40 0..0 0.20 80 0.4.4 0.86 40 0..68 0.4 80 0.9 2. 0. 40 0.40 2.22 0.64 80 0.9 2.996 0. 40 0.4 2. 0.882 80 0.200.6 0.6 40 0.4.62.42 80 0.28.022.29 40 0.20.90 2.02 80 0.26.660.84 40 0.26.0.200 80 0.00 0.20 2.860 40 0.226 9.0 4.280 80 0.8 2.0.80 40 0.2 0.90.0 80 0. 4.980 4.980 40 0.28 4.620 8.660 80 0. 20.80.80 40 0.280 8.90 2.0 80 0.42 28.0.290 40 0.22 28.0 2.600 80 0.00 4.90 9.800 40 0.6 40.480 4.00 80 0.9 64.400.00 40 0.406.600 48.00 80 0.68 88.600 44.000 40 0.4 6.000 8.00 80 0.0 0.000.200 40 0.00 8.000 6.00 80 0.84.000 69.00 40 0.6 0.000 9.200 80 0.9.000 88.00 40 0.9 2.000 20.400 80.0 209.000 09.400 24 24.000 40 0.68.000 4.200 80.28 29.000 8.200 0 0.000 20 0.00 8.000 286.000 6 6.000 PI 0.00 90.000 4.000

THNIL T opper Tube ata Tube O.. Tubing O.. Type L Wall Thick. Weight per oot (lbs) Weight of Water per oot (lbs) 4 0. 0.00 0.26 0.04 2 0.00 0.0 0.98 0.062 2 0.62 0.040 0.28 0.00 4 0.0 0.042 0.62 0. 4 0.8 0.04 0.4 0.209.2 0.00 0.6 0. 4. 0.0 0.884 0.46 2.62 0.060.40 0.6 2 2 2.2 0.00.0.4 2 2 2 2.62 0.080 2.480 2.064.2 0.090.0 2.949 2.62 0.00 4.290.989 4 4 4.2 0.0.80.88.2 0.2.60 8.08 6 6 6.2 0.40 0.200.66 8 8 8.2 0.200 9.290 20.289 0 0 0.2 0.20 0.00.90 2 2 2.2 0.280 40.400 4.426 Type K Tube O.. Tubing O.. Wall Thick. Weight per oot (lbs) Weight of Water per oot (lbs) 4 8 0. 0.0 0.4 0.02 8 2 0.00 0.049 0.269 0.0 2 8 0.62 0.049 0.44 0.094 8 4 0.0 0.049 0.48 0.44 4 8 0.8 0.06 0.64 0.88 8.2 0.06 0.89 0. 4 8. 0.06.040 0.2 2 8.62 0.02.60 0.4 2 2 8 2.2 0.08 2.060.0 2 2 2 8 2.62 0.09 2.920 2.000 8.2 0.09 4.000 2.960 2 8.62 0.20.20.900 4 4 8 4.2 0.4 6.0.060 8.2 0.60 9.60 8.000 6 6 8 6.2 0.92.80.200 8 8 8 8.2 0.2 2.900 9.00 0 0 8 0.2 0.8 40.00 0.42 2 2 8 2.2 0.40.800 4.6 Technical ata PH 2

THNIL T Other Pipe ata Pipe lange ast Iron Pipe dd Weight of langes * lass O...I. Pipe Wall Thick. Weight per ft. (lbs) Weight of Water per ft. (lbs). 0.96 0.2 2.2. 4 0 4.80 0.2 6.4. 6 0 6.90 0.8 2. 2.8 8 0 9.0 0.4 6. 2. 0 0.0 0.44 48.. 2 0.20 0.48 62.9.0 4 0.0 0. 8.8 69. 6 0.40 0.4 9.0 90. 8 0 9.0 0.8 4. 4.0 20 0 2.60 0.62.9 4. 24 0 2.80 0. 90.4 20.0 0 0 2.00 0.8 2. 2.0 6 0 8.0 0.94 68.9 449.0 42 0 44.0.0 49. 62.0 48 0 0.80.4 9.2 80.0 * Mechanical joint pipe class ISO is approximately the same weight as ell & Spigot Pipe Glass Pipe - Regular Schedule O.. Wall Thick. Weight/ per ft. (lbs) Weight of Water per ft. (lbs) 2.84 0.2 0.64 0.89 2 2.4 0.4 0.94.4.4 0..60.9 4 4. 0.20 2.60.9 6 6.66 0.24 4.0 2.8 Pipe Glass Pipe - Heavy Schedule O.. Wall Thick. Weight per ft. (lbs) Weight of Water per ft. (lbs). 0.6 0.6 0. 2.84 0. 0.9 0.6 2 2.4 0...6.4 0.20 2.0.06 4 4. 0.26.4.44 6 6.66 0. 6. 2.42 Maximum Recommended pplied Torques or ig. 26 Riser lamp olt Torque Value (ft.- lbs) 4 6 2 2 46 00 4 0 90 280 olts per STM 0 Nuts per STM 6 or Set Screws In MSS Type 9 & 2 -lamp Thread Torque Value (in.- lbs) 4 40 60 2 2 20 4 400 66 xtracted from MSS-SP-69 PH 22

THNIL T PV Pipe Support Spacing PIP SIZ (in.) SHUL 40 TMPRTUR ( ) SHUL 80 TMPRTUR ( ) SHUL 20 TMPRTUR ( ) 60 80 00 20 40 60 80 00 20 40 60 80 00 20 40 4 4 2 2 2 2 4 4 2 2 2 2 4 4 2 2 2 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 4 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 2 6 2 2 6 2 2 4 2 2 6 6 2 2 6 2 6 2 2 2 2 6 2 2 6 2 6 2 2 2 6 2 6 2 6 4 2 2 6 2 2 6 2 6 4 2 2 6 2 4 2 2 2 6 2 6 4 2 2 2 6 2 4 2 4 8 2 4 2 4 6 4 2 8 2 4 2 4 8 2 8 2 4 2 2 2 6 2 4 4 8 2 8 2 4 2 9 8 2 2 4 2 4 2 6 2 4 2 4 9 8 2 2 4 2 9 2 9 8 2 2 8 2 4 2 4 9 2 9 8 2 0 2 0 9 6 2 6 8 2 8 2 4 2 0 9 2 9 6 2 0 2 9 2 6 2 6 8 9 8 2 8 4 2 0 2 9 2 6 2 2 0 0 9 8 2 2 2 0 6 2 2 0 2 9 2 6 2 2 2 0 2 2 6 2 4 2 0 6 2 8 6 2 2 2 0 2 2 6 2 4 2 2 8 2 2 8 2 8 4 2 4 2 9 20 4 2 2 2 0 8 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 9 2 24 2 2 9 2 4 2 2 0 2 SR 4 SR 26 8 2 8 4 2 4 2 9 8 20 2 2 2 2 8 2 2 4 2 2 2 9 2 8 2 24 4 2 9 8 2 0 9 Note: lthough support spacing is shown at 40, consideration should be given to the use of PV or continuous support above 20. The possibility of temperature overrides beyond regular working temperatures and cost may either make either of the alternatives more desirable. This chart based on continuous spans and for un-insulated line carrying fluids of specific gravity up to.00. The above table is meant as a general guideline, it is recommended that the pipe manufacturer be consulted for specific spacing recommendations relating to their pipe, load conditions, operating temperature and service conditions. Local codes and specifications may also vary from the above recommended spacing and should be consulted for the applicable spacing requirements prior to installation. Technical ata PH 2

THNIL T PV Pipe Support Spacing Pipe (in.) SHUL 40 TMPRTUR ( ) SHUL 80 TMPRTUR ( ) 00 20 40 60 80 00 20 40 60 80 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 4 4 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 6 6 2 2 4 2 2 2 6 2 6 6 2 2 2 6 6 2 2 6 2 6 2 2 2 2 6 6 2 2 6 2 6 4 2 2 2 6 2 6 4 2 8 2 2 6 2 4 2 4 6 4 2 8 8 2 4 2 4 2 2 2 6 2 4 4 8 2 8 2 8 2 4 2 4 2 2 6 2 4 2 4 8 2 9 8 2 2 4 2 6 8 2 8 2 4 2 0 9 2 9 8 2 8 9 2 9 8 2 2 2 0 2 0 9 6 2 0 0 2 0 9 2 8 6 2 2 0 2 9 2 6 2 6 2 2 0 2 0 8 2 6 2 6 2 2 2 2 0 2 2 6 2 4 2 0 9 8 6 2 2 2 9 2 8 6 2 9 2 8 2 6 2 2 0 8 2 Note: lthough support spacing is shown at 40, consideration should be given to the use of PV or continuous support above 20. The possibility of temperature overrides beyond regular working temperatures and cost may either make either of the alternatives more desirable. This chart based on continuous spans and for un-insulated line carrying fluids of specific gravity up to.00. The above table is meant as a general guideline, it is recommended that the pipe manufacturer be consulted for specific spacing recommendations relating to their pipe, load conditions, operating temperature and service conditions. Local codes and specifications may also vary from the above recommended spacing and should be consulted for the applicable spacing requirements prior to installation. PH 24

THNIL T nvil ompliances, Listings and pprovals nvil igure Number MSS-SP-8 & MSS-SP-69 Product Types ederal Specifications WW-H-- --92 M* Rod M* Pipe pplication s UL Rod UL Pipe UL Rod UL Pipe 4 2 4 2 40 42 42 4 46 4 49 0 2 4 L 60 62 6 6 2 2 2 2-4 66 22 22 22 6 69 0 0 0 8 4-4 8 4-4 2-8 2-8 8 4-2 8 4-2 8 4-2 86 2 2 2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 8 4, 8 4, 8 4, 4 6 4 6 4 6 8 4-2 8 4-2 8 4-2 8 2 2 2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 8 4, 8 4, 8 4, 4 6 4 6 4 6 8 4-2 8 4-2 8 4-2 88 2 2 2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 8 4, 8 4, 8 4, 4 6 4 6 4 6 89 89X 92 9 & 2 2 9 & 2 8 4-4 8 2 2-4 8 2 2-4 2-8 2-8 2-8 9 9 & 2 2 9 & 2 94 9 9 9 8 4-4 8 2 2-4 8 2 2-4 2-8 2-8 2-8 8 0 8 0 4 2 4 2 9 2 2 2 8 4-2 8 4-2 9 9 9 9 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 8 4 8 4 9 9 9 9 00 0 04 6 6 6 08 0R 6 6 6 8 4-4 8 4-4 2-8 2-8 8 0 8 0 4 2 4 2 8 2 8 2 Technical ata *= M pproved = UL Listed = UL Listed PH 2

THNIL T nvil ompliances, Listings and pprovals (cont.) nvil igure Number PH 26 MSS-SP-8 & MSS-SP-69 Product Types ederal Specifications WW-H-- --92 M* Rod M* Pipe pplication s UL Rod UL Pipe UL Rod UL Pipe 2 4 20 26 2 28 28R 2 2 2 8 4-4 8 4-4 2-8 2-8 4 2 2 2 2-8 2-8 8 0-2 8 0-2 R 8 4-2 8 4-2 8 4-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 6 8 4, 8 4, 8 4, 4 6 4 6 4 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 6R 24 24 24 24 24 24 S 8R 2 2 2 40 42 46 48 8 4-2 8 4-2 8 4-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 2 8 4, 8 4, 8 4, 4 6 4 6 4 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 4-2 8 4-2 8 4-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 8 4, 8 4, 8 4, 4 6 4 6 4 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 4-2 8 4-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 8 4, 8 4, 4 6 4 6 8 8 8 8 60 9 & 9 40 & 40 9 & 9 6 9 & 9 40 & 40 9 & 9 62 9 & 9 40 & 40 9 & 9 6 9 & 9 40 & 40 9 & 9 64 9 & 9 40 & 40 9 & 9 6 9 & 9 40 & 40 9 & 9 6 9 & 9 40 & 40 9 & 9 66 9 & 9 40 & 40 9 & 9 6 40 4 40 68 40 4 40 4 42 4 44 4 44 4 42 4 8 49 0 49 *= M pproved = UL Listed = UL Listed

THNIL T nvil ompliances, Listings and pprovals (cont.) nvil igure Number MSS-SP-8 & MSS-SP-69 Product Types ederal Specifications WW-H-- --92 M* Rod M* Pipe pplication s UL Rod UL Pipe UL Rod UL Pipe 8 4 44 4 9 8 92 8 9 8 94 2 8 4-2 2 2 2-2 8 4, 4 6 8 8 9 2 2 99 4 202 4 4 206 4 4 20 4 4 8 4-2 8 4-2 8 4-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 8 4, 8 4, 8 4, 8 4-4 8 4-4 2, 6 2, 6 8 8 8 8 8 4-4 8 4-4 2-8 8 4-2 8 4-2 8 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 22 4 4 4 8 4, 8 4, 8 4, 4 6 4 6 4 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 22P 4 4 4 26 4 4 4 2 2 2 8 4-2 8 4-2 8 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 28 0 0 0 8 4, 8 4, 8 4, 4 6 4 6 4 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 224 2 2 2 22 2 8 4-2 8 4-2 2 2 2 2-8 2 2 2-8 228 28 & 29 0 & 28 & 29 228L 28 & 29 0 & 28 & 29 20 2 24 244 246 2 2 2 248 248L 248X 2 2 26 2 2 28 6 6 & 6 *= M pproved = UL Listed = UL Listed 4-2 4-2 PH 2 Technical ata

THNIL T nvil ompliances, Listings and pprovals (cont.) nvil igure Number MSS-SP-8 & MSS-SP-69 Product Types ederal Specifications WW-H-- --92 M Rod M Pipe pplication s UL Rod UL Pipe UL Rod 29 8 4-2 8 4-2 8 UL Pipe 4-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 2 2 2-2 260 8 4, 8 4, 8 4, 4 6 4 6 4 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 26 8 8 8 N/ 2-8 N/ 2-8 262 26 26 26 264 8 9 8 26 8 9 8 2 44 4 44 24 46 4 46 24P 2 2 4 46 4 2S 28 28L 28X 8 4-4 8 4-4 8 4-4 28 8 9 8 2-8 2-8 2-8 8 8 MX. 8 8 MX. 8 8 MX. 4 8 MX. 4 8 MX. 4 8 MX. 8 4-4 8 4-4 8 4-4 2-8 2-8 2-8 282 8 8 8 8 8 MX. 8 8 MX. 8 8 MX. 4 8 MX. 4 8 MX. 4 8 MX. PH 28 8 8 MX. 8 8 MX. 8 8 MX. 284 28 9 8 8 8 4-4 8 4-4 8 4-4 2-8 2-8 2-8 8 8 MX. 8 8 MX. 8 8 MX. 286 8 8 8 290 290L 29 292 28 & 29 28 & 29 28 & 29 292L 28 & 29 28 & 29 28 & 29 29 29 29H 299 4 4 4 00 9 42 46 46 49 90 94 9 8 8 99 600 8 8 *= M pproved = UL Listed = UL Listed

THNIL T nvil ompliances, Listings and pprovals (cont.) nvil igure Number MSS-SP-8 & MSS-SP-69 Product Types ederal Specifications WW-H-- --92 M Rod M Pipe pplication s UL Rod UL Pipe UL Rod UL Pipe T-6 2 T-69 0 0 0 T-99 9 9 9 T-99 9 9 9 T-09 T-2 8 8 8 T-2 T-28 T-8R 2 2 2 T-2 type is dependent upon its appropriate installation and use. Note: igure 28 Must be used with igure. ngineered Hangers - ompliances, Listings and pprovals Product Types nvil igure Number MSS-SP-8 & MSS-SP-69 ederal Specifications WW-H-- --92 0 - Horizontal Traveler 8 - - 200, -200, 20 and -20 - Hydraulic Snubbers 4 - - 20 - Replacement Strut - - - 2, -2, 640, -640 - Sway Strut ssembly - - - 222 and -222 - Mini-Sway Strut ssembly - - - 24 - Spring ushion 48 49 49 296, -296, 29, -29, 298, -298, 0, -0 & 02 - Swing Sway race 0 2 - Tapered Pin - - - 06 and 0 - Limit Stop - - - 06 & 0 - Hydraulic Snubbers 4 - - Variable Spring Hangers 82, -268, 98, Triple, Quadruple Type - -82, -268, -98, Triple-R, Quadruple-R Type - 82, -268, 98, Triple, Quadruple Type 2 6 6-82, -268, -98, Triple-R, Quadruple-R Type 2 6 6 82, -268, 98, Triple, Quadruple Type G -82, -268, -98, Triple-R, Quadruple-R Type G onstant Support Hangers 80-V and -80-V Type - 8 8 80-V and -80-V Type G 6 9 9 8-H and -8-H Type - 4 2 2 Technical ata *= M pproved = UL Listed = UL Listed PH 29

THNIL T nvil Terms of Sale and onditions. ONTROLLING PROVISIONS: These terms and conditions shall control with respect to any purchase order or sale of Seller's products. No waiver, alteration or modification of these terms and conditions whether on uyer's purchase order or otherwise shall be valid unless the waiver, alteration or modification is specifically accepted in writing and signed by an authorized representative of Seller. 2. LIVRY: Seller will make every effort to complete delivery of products as indicated on Seller's acceptance of an order, but Seller assumes no responsibility or liability, and will accept no back charge, for loss or damage due to delay or inability to deliver caused by acts of God, war, labor difficulties, accident, delays of carriers, by contractors or suppliers, inability to obtain materials, shortages of fuel and energy, or any other causes of any kind whatever beyond the control of Seller. Seller may terminate any contract of sale of its products without liability of any nature, by written notice to uyer, in the event that the delay in delivery or performance resulting from any of the aforesaid causes shall continue for a period of sixty (60) days. Under no circumstances shall Seller be liable for any special or consequential damages or for loss, damage, or expense (whether or not based on negligence) directly or indirectly arising from delays or failure to give notice of delay.. WRRNTY: Seller warrants for one year from the date of shipment Seller's manufactured products to the extent that Seller will replace those having defects in material or workmanship when used for the purpose and in the manner which Seller recommends. If Seller examination shall disclose to its satisfaction that the products are defective, and an adjustment is required, the amount of such adjustment shall not exceed the net sales price of the defective products and no allowance will be made for labor or expense of repairing or replacing defective products or workmanship of damage resulting from the same. Seller warrants the products which it sells of other manufacturers to the extent of the warranties of their respective makers. Where engineering design or fabrication work is supplied. uyer's acceptance of Seller's design or of delivery of work shall relieve Seller of all further obligation, other than expressed in Seller's product warranty. THIS IS SLLR'S SOL WRRNTY. SLLR MKS NO OTHR WRRNTY O NY KIN, XPRSS OR IMPLI N LL IMPLI WRRNTIS O MRHNTILITY N OR PRTIULR PURPOS WHIH X SLLR'S ORSTT OLIGTION R HRY ISLIM Y SLLR N XLU ROM THIS WRRNTY. Seller neither assumes, nor authorizes any person to assume for it, any other obligation in connection with the sale of its engineering designs or products. This warranty shall not apply to any products or parts of products which (a) have been repaired or altered outside of Seller's factory, in any manner; (b) have been subjected to misuse, negligence or accidents; (c) have been used in a manner contrary to Seller's instructions or recommendations. Seller shall not be responsible for design errors due to inaccurate or incomplete information supplied by uyer or its representatives. 4.SLLR'S LIILITY: Seller will not be liable for any loss, damage, cost of repairs, incidental or consequential damages of any kind, whether based upon warranty (except for the obligation accepted by Seller under "Warranty" above), contract or negligence, arising in connection with the design, manufacture, sale, use or repair of the products or of the engineering designs supplied to uyer.rturns: Seller cannot accept return of any products unless its written permission has been first obtained, in which case same will be credited subject to the following: (a) all material returned must, on its arrival at Seller's Plant, be found to be in first-class condition; if not, cost of putting in saleable condition will be deducted from credit memoranda; (b) a handling charge deduction of twenty percent (20%) will be made from all credit memoranda issued for material returned; and (c) transportation charges, if not prepaid will be deducted from credit memoranda. 6. SHIPMNTS: ll products sent out will be carefully examined, counted and packed. The cost of any special packing or special handling caused by uyer's requirements or requests shall be added to the amount of the order. No claim for shortages will be allowed unless make in writing within ten (0) days of receipt of a shipment. laims for products damaged or lost in transit should be made on the carrier, as Seller's responsibility ceases, and title passes, on delivery to the carrier.. SPIL PROUTS: Orders covering special or nonstandard products are not subject to cancellation except on such terms as Seller may specify on application. 8. PRIS N SIGNS: Prices and designs are subject to change without notice. ll prices are.o.. Point of shipment, unless otherwise stated. 9.TXS: The amount of any sales, excise or other taxes, if any, applicable to the products covered by this order, shall be paid by uyer unless uyer provides Seller with an exemption certificate acceptable to the taxing authorities. 0. NULR PLNTS: Where the products, engineering design or fabrication are utilized in nuclear plant applications, uyer agrees: (a) to take all necessary steps to add Seller as an insured under the property insurance policies and nuclear liability insurance policies covering the nuclear power plant facility at which the products, engineering design or fabrication are utilized; (b) to obtain a waiver of any claims against Seller by the nuclear power plant owner and a waiver of subrogation against Seller from such owners' property insurer with respect to any loss or damage to property at the nuclear power plant site arising from the products, engineering design or fabrication; (c) to indemnify and hold Seller harmless against all claims, costs, expenses (including attorneys fees), loss, damage, or other liability that Seller would not have incurred but for uyer's failure to comply with subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 0; and (d) to indemnify and hold Seller harmless with respect to any personal injury (or death), property damage or other loss resulting from a nuclear incident which is caused directly or indirectly by defective design, material or workmanship furnished by Seller.. MINIMUM INVOI: $00.00 plus transportation. 2. TRMS: ash, net 0 days unless otherwise specified. NOT: ll orders are accepted on the basis of prices in effect at the time of shipment. NOTI: The prices and terms quoted, there will be added any manufacturers or sales tax payable on the transaction under any effective statute. RIGHT LLOWN: ll prices are.o.. point of shipment. On (non-engineered product) shipments of 2,00 pounds or more, rail freight or motor freight at the lowest published rates is allowed to all continental U.S. rail points or all U.S. highway points listed in published tariffs (laska and Hawaii excluded). In no case will more than actual freight be allowed. XPTIONS: ll onstant Supports, Spring Hangers, Sway races and all ngineered, undled and Tagged Hanger ssemblies are.o.. Plants, with No reight llowed. PH 220

THNIL T nvil Pipe Hangers and Support Services Pipe Hanger & Support Hardware Hangers omplete Product Line of: arbon Steel, Stainless Steel ast Iron, Malleable Iron opper & PV oated Plain, Galvanized & Painted ngineered Hangers Variable Springs onstant Supports Hydraulic Snubbers Vibration Sway races Sway Struts Limit Stops Special Structural Steel, abrication/miscellaneous Special esign Products per ustomer Specifications omestic Manufactured Product Line nvil Markets ire Protection Mechanical HV/Plumbing Industrial Petro hemical Refinery Pulp & Paper Waste Water, Water Treatment Marine o-generation ossil Power Nuclear Power Seismic Technical Services esign services, either on or off site, help you maximize the efficiency of your pipe support systems. These services include: Pipe Hanger design and engineering rafting Services System nalysis Pipe Stress nalysis Product Qualification Testing Supervision of client design personnel HYRULI SNURS: The Pipe Support ivision has the technical expertise, manufacturing facilities and testing equipment to provide extensive design, installation, maintenance and repair or rebuild services for hydraulic shock suppressors. On site service available by certified technicians for fossil and nuclear plants. Pipe Hanger Specifications ederal Spec WW-H- and --92 Underwriters Laboratory actory Mutual (M) Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) SP-8, SP-69, SP-, SP-89 and SP-90 National ire Protection ssociation (NP) SM oiler and Pressure Vessel ode. Power Piping. hemical Plant and Petroleum Refinery Piping.9 uilding Services Piping MIL Spec P-8 Marine Hangers IL SRVIS: Support walk downs and verification Q/Q services for on site or off site work Support adjustments and materials Q inspection and verification Integrity nalysis Non-destructive Testing Training Programs Nuclear services geared to nuclear power market include: Section XI Services ompliance with NR directives involving piping systems and components ccredited by and granted an NPT & "NS" Nuclear ertificate of uthorization Quality activities audited by NUPI and various individual utilities ommercial grade dedication program. lectronic Pipe Support atalog vailable on-line on our web site xport drawings to most programs (PS, X and WG). Quick Retrieval of Product ata aster Way to uild Product Submittals Web Site ddress http://www.anvilintl.com Technical ata PH 22

RGIONL SRVI NTR INORMTION NVIL MNUTUR PROUTS olumbia, P oundry 4 Lancaster venue olumbia, P 2 Tel: -684-4400 ax: -684-6868 Henderson, TN Plant 280 Old Jackson Road Henderson, TN 840 Tel: -989- ax: -989-444 Rich rooks Plant Manager anvil 90 Second venue Simcoe, ON anada NY 4K9 Tel: 9-426-4 ax: 9-426-09 rent Widdifield Plant Manager Longview, TX Plant 0 Simms Longview, TX 604 Tel: 90-9-44 ax: 90-9-82 Van O Keefe Plant Manager J.. Smith 668 Navigation Houston, TX 0 Tel: -928- ax: -928-6 Ray Mullenix Plant Manager North Kingstown, RI Plant 60 renchtown Road North Kingstown, RI 0282 Tel: 40-886-00 ax: 40-886-00 Robert Taylor General Manager NGINR PIP SUPPORTS Variable Springs onstant Supports Hydraulic Snubbers Structural abrication ield Services Non-destructive Testing ontact:north Kingstown, RI Plant 40-886-00 NVIL RSRH N VLOPMNT 20 Thurber lvd. Smithfield, RI 029 Tel: 40-49-020 ax: 40-49-02 WW/OMMRIL RITION Hardware Hangers Hanger abrication ontact:henderson, TN Plant Tel: -989- or a Regional Service enter SOUTH WST & SOUTH ST RGION Regional Service enter: Servicing labama, rkansas, olorado, lorida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, New Mexico, North and South arolina, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas, Wyoming venue R Grand Prairie, TX 00 Tel: 92-4-9206 ax: 92-64-8946 Toll ree: -800-4-444 ob rison Regional Vice President Satellite Offices 6999 Old linton Rd Houston, TX 020 Tel: -6-6 ax: -68-88 2600 W. 42nd Street Odessa, TX 964 Tel: 42-66-280 ax: 42-66-0890 4200 Holly Street enver, O 8026 Tel: 0-94-28 ax: 0-2-00 Sales Office 202 Tech lvd., Suite 0 Tampa, L 69 Tel: 8-66-926 ax: 8-66-08 Toll ree: 800-429-00 WSTRN RGION Regional Service enter: Servicing laska, rizona, alifornia, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington 8 Greg Street Sparks, NV 894 Tel: --029 ax: --0 Toll ree: -800-2-00 ob rison Regional Vice President Satellite Offices P.O. ox 0206 Portland, OR 920 Tel: 0-22-0 ax: 0-22-0 40 orate St. Sante e Springs, 9060 Tel: 62-802-49 ax: 62-802-9

MI WST RGION Regional Service enter: Servicing Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North and South akota, Ohio, West Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Wisconsin 0 entral venue University Park, IL 60466 Tel: 08-4-44 ax: 08-4-44 Toll ree: -800-0-20 ean Taylor Regional Vice President STLLIT OIS 20 W. 96th Street loomington, MN 4 Tel: 92-884- ax: 92-88-0 Toll ree: -800-- 90 Le Saint rive airfield, OH 404 Tel: -682-20 ax: -80-009 Toll ree: -800-8-2424 820 ast rd Street Indianapolis, IN 46226 Tel: -89-2424 ax: -89-240 Toll ree: -800-8- 90 Warren Street Kansas ity, MO 646 Tel: 86-44-000 ax: 86-22-0 Toll ree: -800-8-00 24600 Northline Rd. Taylor, MI 4880 Tel: -94-08 ax: -94-4682 Toll ree: -800-29-60 NORTH ST RGION Regional Service enter: Servicing onnecticut, elaware, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, ast Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont, Virginia 20 Pearl uck Road ristol, P 900 Tel: 2-88-406 ax: 2-88-44 Toll ree: -800-4-29 ean Taylor Regional Vice President

Today, Mueller low ontrol is the number one distributor of PV and fire protection products in anada. PROUTS RIGHT WHN YOU N THM. Mueller low ontrol carries thousands of combinations and styles of valves, pipe and fittings along with a premier line of fire protection sprinklers and related equipment. With this comprehensive product lineup, Mueller low ontrol can continuously meet the needs of the industrial, commercial, fire protection markets. This extensive North merican inventory is readily available to you...right now. Prince George dmonton elta Nanaimo Vancouver ity algary Regina Saskatoon Winnepeg Montreal Ste oy Sudbury tobicoke Sarnia Stoney reek ORPORT OIS 40 Seaman Street Stoney reek, ON L8 2V9 PH: (90) 664-49 X: (90) 664-90 Kevin ullan Vice President kfullan@muellerflow.com RITISH OLUMI istribution entre 68 Progress Way elta,.. V4G H2 PH: (604) 940-449 (800) 66-426 X: (604) 940-988 delta@muellerflow.com ONTRIO istribution entre 40 Seaman Street Stoney reek, ON L8 2V9 PH: (90) 664-920 (800) 268-060 X: (90) 664-96 (800) 8-46 stoney@muellerflow.com QU istribution entre 980 Jean Talon Street West Montreal, QU H4P V6 PH: (4) 42-200 (800) 6-9 X: (4) 42-2 Montreal@muellerflow.com oug rawford National Marketing Manager dcrawford@muellerflow.com LRT algary PH: 40-246-00 X: 40-246-00 istribution entre 40 20th Street dmonton, TG 0W PH: (80) 42-984 (800) 66-248 X: (80) 42-98 edmonton@muellerflow.com MNITO istribution entre entury Street Winnipeg, M RH 0M2 PH: (204) 4-46 (800) 66-62 X: (204) 86-044 winnipeg@muellerflow.com 260 Kenworth Road Nanaimo,.. V9T Y4 PH: (20) 8- (800) 60-6 X: (20) 8-60 nanaimo@mullerflow.com 8 Unit Mcloney res. Prince George,.. V2K 4L2 PH: (20) 6-29 (800) 20-62 X: (20) 6-8 prgeorge@muellerflow.com 2 West 2nd venue Vancouver,.. VY 8 PH: (604) 8-6990 X: (604) 8-6962 vancouver@muellerflow.com 2 ampbell Street Sarnia, ON NT 2G6 PH: (9) 6-690 (800) 26-08 X: (9) 6-62 Sarnia@muellerflow.com 2 Kelly Lake Road Sudbury, ON P P PH: (0) 6-9600 (800) 9-808 X: (0) 6-8082 (800) 289-0264 Sudbury@muellerflow.com vans ve. tobicoke, ON M8Z K8 PH: (46) 2-4 X: (46) 2-469 6 venue Godin Ville Vanier, QU GM 2W8 PH: (48) 60-66 (888) 40-086 X: (48) 266-022 Stefoy@muellerflow.com SSKTHWN 28 Mill Street Regina, SK S4P W PH: (06) 4-6 (800) 66-0 X: (06) 4-090 regina@muellerflow.com 0 4th Street ast Saskatoon. SK SK PH: (06) 242-688 (800) 66-002 X: (06) 242-089

Subject Index Table of ontents 4 - Photo Index 6 - opper Tubing Hangers 4-2 Pipe Rings 22-26 levis 2 - Steel Pipe lamps 2-4 Socket lamps 44-4 eam lamps 46 - Structural ttachments 8-62 rackets 6-6 eiling Plates 68-0 oncrete Inserts & ttachments - 9 Hanger Rods 80-8 Rod ttachments 84-90 olts Nuts & Pins 9 U-olts 92-9 Straps 94-9 Pipe Supports 98-9 Trapeze 0-0 Pipe Shields & Saddles 06 - Pipe Rolls 2-9 Pipe Guide & Slides 20-0 Spring Hangers - 49 onstant Supports 0-4 Vibration ontrol & Sway race - Sway Strut ssembly 8-82 Snubbers & Limit Stops 84-8 Special esign Products 9-96 Technical ata 20-22

2024 © autodocbox.com Privacy Policy | Terms of Service | Feedback